                                                   TABLE OF CONTENTS


1. The Elder Scrolls: Arena ....................................................................................................... 1
   [1] Oghma Infinium*............................................................................................................ 3
2. The Elder Scrolls Chapter 2: Daggerfall ............................................................................... 5
   [1] The Alik'r ........................................................................................................................ 7
   [2] Ark'ay The God............................................................................................................... 9
   [3] The Arrowshot Woman ................................................................................................ 11
   [4] The Asylum Ball ........................................................................................................... 12
   [5] Banker's Bet .................................................................................................................. 14
   [6] Biography of Barenziah* .............................................................................................. 16
   [7] A Brief History of the Empire* .................................................................................... 17
   [8] Broken Diamonds ......................................................................................................... 18
   [9] The Brothers of Darkness* ........................................................................................... 20
   [10] Confessions of a Thief ................................................................................................ 21
   [11] Divad the Singer ......................................................................................................... 23
   [12] A Dubious Tale of the Crystal Tower......................................................................... 25
   [13] The Ebon Arm ............................................................................................................ 26
   [14] {Engraved Card}......................................................................................................... 27
   [15] The Epic of the Grey Falcon....................................................................................... 28
   [16] Etiquette With Rulers.................................................................................................. 30
   [17] The Faerie ................................................................................................................... 32
   [18] The Fall of the Usurper ............................................................................................... 33
   [19] First Scroll of Baan Dar .............................................................................................. 35
   [20] Fools' Ebony ............................................................................................................... 38
   [21] From The Memory Stone of Makela Leki .................................................................. 79
   [22] Galerion The Mystic* ................................................................................................. 82
   [23] Ghraewaj and the Harpies........................................................................................... 83
   [24] The Healer's Tale ........................................................................................................ 84
   [25] A History of Daggerfall .............................................................................................. 85
   [26] Holidays of the Iliac Bay ............................................................................................ 87
   [27] Invocation of Azura* .................................................................................................. 89
   [28] Ius, Animal God.......................................................................................................... 90
   [29] Jokes............................................................................................................................ 92
   [30] King Edward ............................................................................................................... 94
   [31] Legal Basics.............................................................................................................. 168
   [32] The Legend of Lovers Lament.................................................................................. 170
   [33] Letters ....................................................................................................................... 172
   [34] The Light and The Dark............................................................................................ 264
   [35] {Lord Woodborne's Private Journal}........................................................................ 267
   [36] The Madness of Pelagius* ........................................................................................ 268
   [37] Mara's Tear ............................................................................................................... 269
   [38] {Message from the King of Worms}........................................................................ 271
   [39] Mysticism*................................................................................................................ 272
   [40] Notes ......................................................................................................................... 273
   [41] Notes For Redguard History ..................................................................................... 277
   [42] Oelander's Hammer................................................................................................... 279
   [43] Of Jephre................................................................................................................... 281
viii                                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

   [44] The Old Ways* ......................................................................................................... 282
   [45] On Artaeum*............................................................................................................. 283
   [46] On Lycanthropy ........................................................................................................ 284
   [47] On Oblivion* ............................................................................................................ 286
   [48] On Wild Elves*......................................................................................................... 287
   [49] Origin of the Mages Guild* ...................................................................................... 288
   [50] An Overview of Gods and Worship in Tamriel*...................................................... 289
   [51] {A Perfidious Document}......................................................................................... 290
   [52] The Pig Children*..................................................................................................... 291
   [53] The Real Barenziah*................................................................................................. 292
   [54] Recipes...................................................................................................................... 293
   [55] Redguards, Their History and Their Heroes* ........................................................... 296
   [56] Research Papers ........................................................................................................ 297
   [57] Rude Song................................................................................................................. 300
   [58] The Sage ................................................................................................................... 302
   [59] A Scholar's Guide to Nymphs................................................................................... 305
   [60] Scrolls ....................................................................................................................... 307
   [61] Special Flora of Tamriel* ......................................................................................... 310
   [62] The Story of Lyrisius ................................................................................................ 311
   [63] A Tale of Kieran ....................................................................................................... 313
   [64] {Testimony of Arthago, Prince of Sentinel} ............................................................ 318
   [65] {Tract} ...................................................................................................................... 319
   [66] Vampires of the Iliac Bay ......................................................................................... 320
   [67] Wabbajack* .............................................................................................................. 324
   [68] The War of Betony ................................................................................................... 325
   [69] The War of Betony ................................................................................................... 327
   [70] Wayrest, Jewel of the Bay ........................................................................................ 329
   [71] Writs.......................................................................................................................... 331
3. An Elder Scrolls Legend: Battlespire ................................................................................ 333
   [1] Arcana Restored*........................................................................................................ 335
   [2] Book Of Life And Service* ........................................................................................ 336
   [3] Book Of Rest And Endings* ...................................................................................... 337
   [4] {Book of the Wheels of Heaven} ............................................................................... 338
   [5] Codex Arcana ............................................................................................................. 339
   [6] Curiosities Of The Second Age .................................................................................. 357
   [7] Harvest's End, 3E 172*............................................................................................... 359
   [8] Letters ......................................................................................................................... 360
   [9] Messages ..................................................................................................................... 361
   [10] Notes ......................................................................................................................... 363
   [11] The Kendhall Book Of Riddles ................................................................................ 384
   [12] The Legendary Scourge* .......................................................................................... 386
   [13] Malham's Annotated Compendium of Arcane Contrivances of the Second Age..... 387
   [14] The Posting of the Hunt* .......................................................................................... 389
   [15] The Requisite Book of Daedra*................................................................................ 390
   [16] A Short History Of The Augmented Craftworks...................................................... 391
   [17] Starkhorn's Compendium Of His Arts And Crafts In The Realms Of Lesser
        Enchantments............................................................................................................ 393
   [18] Starlover's Log* ........................................................................................................ 395
   [19] The Vagaries of Magicka*........................................................................................ 396
   [20] The Waters Of Oblivion* ......................................................................................... 397
                                                        TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                                    ix

 4. The Elder Scrolls Adventures: Redguard ......................................................................... 398
    [1] Book of Dwarven Lore ............................................................................................... 401
    [2] Brother Kithral's Journal............................................................................................. 402
    [3] Elven Artifacts ............................................................................................................ 403
    [4] Ffoulkes Firmament*.................................................................................................. 405
    [5] Flora of Hammerfell ................................................................................................... 406
    [6] Iszara's Journal............................................................................................................ 407
    [7] Keep Out ..................................................................................................................... 408
    [8] N'Gasta's Necromancy Book ...................................................................................... 409
    [9] No Trespassing ........................................................................................................... 410
    [10] Redguards. Their Heroes & History* ....................................................................... 411
    [11] Richton's Palace Expansion Schematic..................................................................... 412
    [12] Text on Potions ......................................................................................................... 413
    [13] Tobias' Letter ............................................................................................................ 414
    [14] Wanted ...................................................................................................................... 415
Index...................................................................................................................................... 417
    I. Names, Places, Titles, etc.............................................................................................. 417
    II. Years ............................................................................................................................ 426
1. The Elder Scrolls: Arena
2
                      [1] OGHMA INFINIUM   3



[1] Oghma Infinium*


See vol. I.
4
                                                                                              5


2. The Elder Scrolls Chapter 2: Daggerfall

Editor's note: Some of the following texts are not found within the books folder. These texts
have been taken from the qrc files and entitled by the editor. Although I derived most of the
titles from the dialogues or the texts themselves, they are by no means official, hence they are
given in {brackets}. Furthermore, in many non-book texts the reader will find variables
instead of the names and places shown in game. For a more comfortable reading, I replaced
them with {...}.
6
                                        [1] THE ALIK'R                                         7



[1] The Alik'r


                                          The Alik'r
                                        by Enric Milres


I might never have gone to the Alik'r Desert had I not met Weltan in a little tavern in Sentinel.
Weltan is a Redguard poet whose verse I had read, but only in translation. He chooses to write
in the old language of the Redguards, not in Tamrielic. I once asked him why.

"The Tamrielic word for the divinely rich child of rot, silky, pressed sour milk is ... cheese,"
said Weltan, a huge smile spreading like a tide over his lampblack face. "The Old Redguard
word for it is mluo. Tell me, if you were a poet fluent in both languages, which word would
you use?"

I am a child of the cities, and I would tell him tales of the noise and corruption, wild nights
and energy, culture and decadence. He listened with awed appreciation of the city of my birth:
white-marbled Imperial City where all the citizenry are convinced of their importance because
of the proximity of the Emperor and the lustration of the streets. They say that a beggar on the
boulevards of the Imperial City is a man living in a palace. Over spiced ale, I regaled Weltan
with descriptions of the swarming marketplace of Riverhold; of dark, brooding Mournhold; of
the mold-encrusted villas of Lilmoth; the wonderful, dangerous alleys of Helstrom; the stately
avenues of grand old Solitude. For all this, he marvelled, inquired, and commented.

"I feel as if I know your home, the Alik'r Desert, from your poems even though I've never
been there." I told him.

"Oh, but you don't. No poem can express the Alik'r. It may prepare you for a visit far better
than the best guide book can. But if you want to know Tamriel and be a true citizen of the
planet, you must go and feel the desert yourself."

It took me a little over a year to break off engagements, save money (my greatest challenge),
and leave the urban life for the Alik'r Desert. I brought several books of Weltan's poems as
my travel guide.

"A sacred flame rises above the fire, The ghosts of great men and women without names,
Cities long dead rise and fall in the flame, The Dioscori Song of Revelation, Bursting walls
and deathless rock, Fiery sand that heals and destroys."

These first six lines from my friend's "On the Immortality of Dust" prepared me for my first
image of the Alik'r Desert, though they hardly do it justice. My poor pen cannot duplicate the
severity, grandeur, ephemera and permanence of the Alik'r. All the principalities and
boundaries the nations have placed on the land dissolve under the moving sand in the desert. I
could never tell if I was in Antiphyllos or Bergama, and few of the inhabitants could tell me.
For them, and so it came to me, we were simply in the Alik'r. No. We are part of the Alik'r.
That is closer to the philosophy of the desert people.
8                      2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

I saw the sacred flame of which Weltan wrote on my first morning in the desert: a vast, red
mist that seemed to come from the deep mystery of Tamriel. Long before the noon sun, the
mist had disappeared. Then I saw the cities of Weltan. The ruins of the Alik'r rise from the
sand by one blast of the unbounded wind and are covered by the next. Nothing in the desert
lasts, but nothing dies forever. At daylight, I hid myself in tents, and thought about the central
character of the Redguards that would cause them to adopt this savage, eternal land. They are
warriors by nature. As a group, there are none better. Nothing for them has worth unless they
have struggled for it. No one fought them for the desert, but the Alik'r is a great foe. The
battle goes on. It is a war without rancor, a holy war in the sense the phrase should always
imply.

By night, I could contemplate the land itself in its relative serenity. But the serenity was
superficial. The stones themselves burned with a heat and a light that comes not from the sun,
nor the moons Jone and Jode. The power of the stones comes from the beat of the heart of
Tamriel itself.

Two years I spent in the Alik'r.

As write this, I am back in Sentinel. We are at war with the kingdom of Daggerfall for the
possession of a grass-covered rock that belongs to the water of the Iliac Bay. All my fellow
poets, writers, and artists are despondent for the greed and pride that brought these people into
battle. It is a low point, a tragedy. In the words of Old Redguard, an ajcea, a spiral down. Yet,
I cannot be sorrowful. In the years I spent in the glories of the Alik'r, I have seen the eternal
stones that live on while men go dead. I have found my inner eye in the tractless, formless,
changeless and changeable land. Inspiration and hope, like the stones of the desert, are eternal
though men be not.
                                     [2] ARK'AY THE GOD                                        9



[2] Ark'ay The God


                                      Ark'ay The God
                                  by Mymophonus the Scribe


So be it known that the gods were once as we.

Ark'ay, the god of death and birth, was an ordinary shopkeeper whose only unusual
characteristic was a passion for knowledge. To indulge his hobby he became an avid collector
of books on almost any subject he could find in print. One day he stumbled across a tome
which purported to tell the secrets of life, death, and the purpose of existence. After months of
studying the convoluted logic, written in opaque language, he thought that he was finally
beginning to understand what the author was saying.

During this time he became so intent on understanding the book that he ignored everything
else: his business started to slide towards bankruptcy, his few friends stopped visiting him, he
ignored the plague which was ravaging the town, and his family were ready to leave him. Just
as he felt that the book was opening visions of new worlds, the plague brought him low. His
family tended his illness out of a sense of duty, but he slowly sank towards death. So, as a last
resort, he prayed to Mara the mother-goddess to allow him enough time to complete his
studies of the book.

"Why should I make an exception for you, Ark`ay?" asked Mara.

"Mother Mara, I am finally beginning to understand this book and the meaning of life and
death" he answered, "and with a little more time to study and think, I should be able to teach
others".

"Hmmm, it sounds to me like that `teaching others' is an afterthought to appeal to me", she
replied. "What is the reason for death and birth?"

"There are far more souls in the Universe than there is room for in the physical world. But it is
in the physical world that a soul has an opportunity to learn and progress. Without birth, souls
would not be able to acquire that experience, and without death there would be no room for
birth."

"Not a very good explanation, but it does have elements of truth. Maybe with more study you
could improve it," she mused. "I cannot give you 'a little more time.' I can only condemn you
to Eternal labor in the field you have chosen. How say you to that?"

"I do not understand, mother," said Ark'ay.

"Your choice is to either accept the death that is so close or to become a god with us. But a
god is not an easy nor pleasant thing to be. As the god of death and birth you will spend
eternity making sure that deaths and births stay in proper balance in the physical world. And,
in spite of what you believe you understand, you will always agonize over whether your
decisions are truly correct. How do you decide?"
10                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Ark'ay spent what seemed to him as an eternity in thought before answering. "Mother, if my
studies are not completely wrong, my only choice is to accept the burden and try to transmit
the reasons for death and birth to humanity."

"So be it, Arkay, God of Birth and Death."
                               [3] THE ARROWSHOT WOMAN                                    11



[3] The Arrowshot Woman


                                  The Arrowshot Woman
                                     by Anonymous


I heard this story on good authority from a good and honest friend, whose friend was witness
to the incident. I do truly believe it happened, as fantastical as it may seem.

My friend's friend, Terron, was visiting the Elsweyr citystate of Riverhold during a very hot
summer and went to the marketplace there. If you have never been to Riverhold, the
marketplace is very crowded, much more than in comparably sized city states. People from
the countryside flock to the marketplace daily in their wagons and carriages. Terron was
passing one such carriage, and noticed that the sole occupant was a woman, seated with her
eyes closed and her hands behind her head. An odd sight, to be sure, but he assumed she must
be sleeping. Terron continued on. A little while later, after Terron had finished shopping in
the marketplace, he passed the same carriage. The same woman was sitting in it. Her eyes
were open now, but her hands were still behind her head.

"Are you all right, my lady?" he asked. "An arrow shot me in my head and I'm holding my
brains in," came the woman's reply. Terron did not know what to do. He ran into the
marketplace and literally bumped into a healer and his knight companion. They were good
people and agreed to help. The carriage door had to be torn off its hinges, as the lady had
locked it and feared to move to unlock it. What they found when they finally could get into
the carriage was this: the woman was holding barley dough on the back of her head with her
hands. Apparently, in the heat of the day, a jar of barley dough had exploded with the thwang
of an arrowshot and struck the woman in the back of her head. When she reached back to feel
what had hit her, she felt the dough and reasoned that she was feeling her brains.
12                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[4] The Asylum Ball


                                      The Asylum Ball
                                      by Waughin Jarth


My great great uncle was a warder at an asylum in Torval (maybe he was my great great great
uncle -- it was quite a long time ago), and this is the story that has been passed down in my
family from his generation to mine. Perhaps it is purely apocryphal, but when I was told it, it
was whispered in such a way that it was meant to be taken seriously. Not having any children
of my own to whisper to, and being in need of some gold, I have elected to publish my story.

The asylum my great great uncle worked in was apparently very posh. Only the right class of
lunatics were admitted. Eccentric dukes, mad baronesses, touched lords, and daft ladies filled
the asylums tapestried and gilded halls. Still, it was a time of great excitement when the rumor
began that the unhinged Emperor of Tamriel, Pelagius III, was transferring there from a resort
in Valenwood. When the rumor became a reality, the asylum went into nice, calm, restive
chaos. Pelagius was given an entire wing of the asylum for his own use, for, though he was
madder than a jackal, he was still His Terrible Majesty, the Emperor of Tamriel.

The Emperor was remarkably well behaved, my great great uncle supposedly asserted. Of
course, he did not have to face the commoners who came on all sorts of pretenses to gawk at
their overlord, the loon. When one of the warders (not, I have been assured, my uncle) forgot
himself and let His Terrible Majesty know that people had been there to see him, the Emperor
grew very excited. He made up his mind right there and then to have a ball. A huge party with
musicians, dancing, and dinner, right at the lunatic asylum. Or precisely, in his wing of the
asylum.

Rumors of the Emperor's interest in holding a ball spread throughout Torval and eventually it
reached the ears of the Emperess Regent Katariah, Pelagius' dear wife, in the Imperial City.
Eager to make her husband happy, she sent a caravan laden with gold to the asylum so a ball
might be held befitting the Imperial dignity.

The Emperor picked a date for the ball, and preparations began immediately. The old asylum
walls were beautifully decorated, but needed cleaning. A pit had to be constructed to house
the orchestra; servants for cooking and serving the food had to be hired; gold and ebony
candelebras and matching chandeliers were ordered; the old rugs were destroyed, and new
rugs embroidered with gems were weaved; lists of guests had to be compiled, reconsidered
and recompiled. The Emperor knew that the guest list had to be very exclusive, and he relied
on his advisors to tell him who was alive, who was dead, and who was imaginary.

The party was set to begin at nine o'clock. At six, the hairdresser he had hired from Torval
finished his Imperial coiffure. At seven, he was fully dressed in the robes he had ordered for
the ball: voluminous black silk and piled velvet crusted with red diamonds. At eight, he
walked down the newly reconstructed staircase to supervise the final preparations -- the
lighting of the candles, the opening of the wine, the murder of the first course. At nine
o'clock, he took his seat at the facsimile throne he had ordered and awaited the first guests.
                                    [4] THE ASYLUM BALL                                       13

At nine thirty, his advisor, seeing the royal eyes beginning to glaze over with madness, said,
"Your Terrible Majesty surely knows that it is not fashionable to arrive at any ball for at least
an hour after the desired time, yes?"

The Emperor just stared.

At ten thirty, the Emperor called for some food and wine, and sat at his throne, looking at the
open door, eatting. Thirty minutes later, he ordered the orchestra to begin playing. For the
next three hours, they played gaily for the empty, candlelit ballroom.

At one o'clock, the Emperor announced his intention to retire for the evening. My uncle was
one of the warders who assisted His Terrible Majesty up the staircase. Halfway to his room,
Pelagius threw himself on the floor in a hysteria, screaming and laughing, ordering more wine
(my mother was good at this part of the story, rolling her eyes and shreiking, "More wine!
More wine! Wine!"), and, in short, imagining that he was possessed by all the revellers at his
party that never was.

Two days later, he was still not better. He had cut himself and those who tried to grapple him
horribly with the red diamonds of his robe. Eventually it was decided that the Torval asylum
was not equipped to deal with a lunatic of his severity, and he was sent to a more secure
location in Black Marsh. It was only three months later, my uncle heard that the Emperor had
died.

One of my uncle's duties was to clear out the personal property of the inmates after their
death. Being primarily landed nobility, the personal property was often quite extensive.
Several years after the asylum ball, my uncle was called to clear out the apartment of a
duchess whose chief eccentricity was a propensity to pilfer. Kleptomania, I believe it's called.
Locked away in a secret door in her desk, protected by a trap armed with a barbed needle, was
a variety of jewels, piles of gold, and a five large stacks of beautifully engraved invitations
signed in the Emperor's childlike handwriting.
14                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[5] Banker's Bet


                                           Banker's Bet
                                       by Porbert Lyttumly


It was a perfectly ordinary day at the main office of the Bank of Daggerfall. Normal
transactions took place: deposits were deposited, withdrawals were withdrawn, house
mortgages were collected, letters of credit were golded. When a teller named Clyton J.
Wifflington saw the little old lady approaching him, dragging two large sacks, each nearly as
large as her, he changed his mind. It was not to be a perfectly ordinary day at the Bank of
Daggerfall after all.

"I would like you to take the thirty million gold pieces I have in these sacks and open me an
account," croaked the little old biddy.

"Certainly, madam," Wifflington said, eagerly. He counted the gold in the sacks and found
that it was thirty million gold exactly.

"One moment, sonny," the little old lady chirruped. "Before I open the account, I would like
to meet the man I'm trusting it to. I'd like to talk to the president of the bank."

Wifflington wanted the president to know that he was the teller who had taken the largest
single deposit that year, so eagerly sent word to the president's secretary. As it turned out, the
president was equally eager to meet such a wealthy woman, so the old lady was brought to his
office that very day.

"Pleased to make your acquaintance, milady. I am Gerander P. Baggledon," said the
president, Gerander P. Baggledon.

"My name," said the little old lady. "Is Petuva Smuthworthy." That was, in fact, her real
name. "Thank you for seeing me. I like to conduct my business in a more personal way."

"I can certainly appreciate that," said Baggledon chucklingly. "It is an appreciable sum of
gold. Would it be rude of me to ask how you came by it?"

"Not at all," said Mrs. Smuthworthy.

"How came you by it?" asked Baggledon.

"I'll let you guess," replied Mrs. Smuthworthy, with a trace of unattractive girlish flirtation.
Baggledon was a man of enormous imagination, for a banker. He guessed inheritance and
longtime thrift, but Mrs. Smuthworthy coyly shook her head. Perhaps she had sold a large, old
mansion? No. In a moment of chumminess, Baggledon asked if the gold came as a result of
plunder or thievery. Mrs. Smuthworthy took no offense, but said no. Finally, he admitted
defeat.

"I'm a gambler," she said.
                                       [5] BANKER'S BET                                      15

"In arena fights?" he asked, interested.

"No, no, dearie. Different things. For example, I'd be willing to wager twenty five thousand
gold pieces that at this time tomorrow morning, your testicles will be covered with feathers."

Mr. Baggledon was somewhat taken aback by the old woman's words. Could she be mad?
Could she be a witch? He eliminated the latter possibility, for he had a sense for such things.
If she were mad, she was still a rich madwoman. And he could use twenty five thousand gold
pieces. So he took her wager. For the next twenty-four hours, Mr. Baggledon obsessed over
his testicles. He checked his pants so often that afternoon, his subordinates feared the worse
and suggested that he not touch anything and go home for the rest of the afternoon. He spent
the night seated, his pants around his ankles, his beady banker's eyes focused on his scrotum.
Every time he started to doze off, his vision was filled with images of Mrs. Smuthworthy
plucking feathers from his balls, cackling.

Mr. Baggledon arrived at the bank late the next day -- only moments before Mrs.
Smethworthy's arrival. Accompanying her was a lean, bespeckled fellow she introduced as a
barrister from the court. Her son, it turned out. Young Mr. Smutworthy always accompanied
his mother when there was money involved, she explained.

"Enough banter," she crowed. "Our bet, dearie?"

"My dear, dear madam, I can tell you that your gold will be quite safe at the Bank of
Daggerfall. I hope it will not cause you distress to discover that your gold will be safer here
than in your own hands. My family jewels are quite, shall we say, featherless. And you owe
me a sum equally twenty five thousand gold."

Poor Mrs. Smethworthy's face fell when she heard this. "Are you sure?"

"Quite, madam."

"Not even one feather?" Her voice suggested doubt.

Mr. Baggledon could tell she thought he might be lying. "Not one, I fear, madam."

"It's not that I don't trust you, Mr. Baggledon, but it is quite a lot of gold. Might I -- would
you -- could I possibly see for myself?"

As he knew he was soon to be a twenty five thousand gold pieces richer, and he was still a bit
punchy from lack of sleep, Mr. Baggledon merely smiled and dropped his breeches to the
floor. Mrs. Smethworthy examined his testicles very carefully, under, to the left, to the right.
At last, she was satisfied that there was not so much as a down feather anywhere in the region.

While she was looking under them one last time, Mr. Baggledon heard a thwacking noise
across the office. Young Mr. Smutworthy was banging his head against the stone wall. "What
in the Lady's name is wrong with your son, Mrs. Smutworthy?" he asked.

"Nothing, dear," she said. "I merely bet him one hundred thousand gold pieces that by this
time I would have the president of the Bank of Daggerfall by the balls."
16               2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[6] Biography of Barenziah*


See vol. I.
                       [7] A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE EMPIRE   17



[7] A Brief History of the Empire*


See vol. I.
18                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[8] Broken Diamonds


                                      Broken Diamonds
                                      by Ryston Baylor


I remember as a young lad in Glenumbra Moors my first Broken Diamonds holiday. The big
noisy festivals I remember very well -- Harvests' End, Mid Year, New Year, the Emperor's
Day.

All of these I have memories of that stretch back before I became truly aware of the meaning
of our celebrating. On the 19th of Frost Fall, every year, my family and I would walk to a
ruined castle in the middle of the wilderness, together with everyone else we knew in the
Moors. Hands clutched in hands, we would form an enormous circle around the ruins, and
head reverently bowed we would sing a song, the Sepharve.

For years, we did this and I never asked why. It is an odd thing that normally curious children,
from my experience, never ask questions about Broken Diamonds, and adults seldom
volunteer information. Gradually, as we learn about our homeland through university or the
prattling of ancient relatives, we come to guess and then know the meaning of Broken
Diamonds.

I cannot be objective as a native of Glenumbra Moors, but visitors have told me that the
sorrow -- more often they use the word shame -- of the natives is almost overwhelming. There
is a sense that a great and ancient crime still burns in the conscience of the people of the
Moors. Though it did not happen in our lifetimes, we know that the debt is not yet paid.

I refer, of course, to the murder of Her Terrible Majesty, Kintyra II, Emperess of Tamriel, on
the frozen morning of the 23rd of Frost Fall, in the year 3E 123.

We do not know the name of the castle where she was held; we do not know the name of her
murderer (though the man who ordered the murder was her cousin and usurper, Uriel III); we
do not know where she was buried. But our ancestors knew that their rightful ruler was
imprisoned somewhere in their land, and did nothing to help her. For that, we bear their
shame.

On that morning, when our great-great grandparents heard of Kintyra's death, all were
stricken with horror and regret at their lack of action. All the people of Glenpoint and
Glenumbra Moors searched out those responsible in every Imperial castle. They formed
barriers with their bodies to hold the killer within. Flags bearing the Red Diamond of the
Septim family were torn and scattered, and broken diamonds littered the snow.

The song we sing every Broken Diamonds, as I mentioned before, is the Sephavre. I asked
everyone in Glenumbra Moor what the meaning of the song is, for it is in Old Bretic, and each
generation only knows it because they were taught by their parents. No one knew the exact
meaning of the words, not even the tone and emotion the words can be easily translated.
When I later talked to a scholar who gave me an accurate translation of the Sephavre, I began
to understand both why our ancestors chose it as the anthem for the great injustice of the
                                  [8] BROKEN DIAMONDS                               19

murder of Kintyra II and the sorrow that still prevades Glenumbra Moors since that dark
morn.

The Sephavre

Souls of our fathers, suffer deeply,
For you have led us to the dark time,
When our own souls, filled with air,
Allowed ignorance and villiany to thrive
In what used to be our land.
Howl, ancestors, howl and bring us
Memories of our conformance with evil.
We do anything we can to survive,
Giving up our minds and hearts and bodies
We will not fight, and we will be torn
And like flotsam in a whirling tide
We will be forever the agents of injustice
But we will mourn it forever.
20               2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[9] The Brothers of Darkness*


See vol. I.
                                 [10] CONFESSIONS OF A THIEF                                  21



[10] Confessions of a Thief


                                    Confessions of a Thief
                                       by Anonymous


I'm a thief. Now, don't get me wrong. I ain't saying this out of pride, but I ain't ashamed of my
occupation neither. Thieves got a perfect right to exist in the Empire. People say we're
dishonest. Of course, those people are usually either merchants or priests, which really slays
me. Sort of the snake calling the worm legless.

Rulers like us. Crime in moderation is good for the economy. The trick is to keep it at a good
even pace, with a well timed lull and a minor wave to keep the fat bottoms from becoming
compacent. Of course, stupid, but talented thieves will keep stealing, empty their pockets, and
steal some more. This ain't good for no one. That's where the guilds come in.

A thieves guild is what they call a crime regulator. We protect each other and punish the
clumsy and greedy. The kings depend on us to keep the amateurs out of business.

Yeah, occasionally, a king will come down on us. I've even seen my Thieves Guildmaster get
himself stuck in prison once or twice. Some cohort of mine said her first Guildmaster got
himself hanged. Then the Thieves Guild has to get foul on the king, and, let someone who
knows tell you, the results ain't pretty.

I got into the guild, the way I've seen most thieves do it. It was a few years back, when that
bully Jagar Tharn was sitting on the throne only everyone thought he was the Emperor. My
parents farm turned into eight acres of dust and rock, and they threw me and my brothers out.
I was always a skinny thing, but by the time I made it to the closest town, I was a good deal
more skinnier.

Just cause the town had some dirt that plants could grow on didn't make them that much
richer than my folks were. I tried to get all kinds of jobs, but the hungrier and more raggedier
I got, the quicker anyone who might have work would kick me out. When the rainy season
finally came, it came like a sea, and I didn't have nowhere to stay. Lucky I found the unlocked
cellar door.

Turns out that the owners of the house slept like old dogs, cause I robbed them blind (and
tripped into things like I was the blind one) and they never woke up. I sold all the stuff at a
dirty pawners I knew and spent the next two days living like a potentate. Then I got my first
visit from the local thieves guild.

I remember what the guy looked like, but not exactly what he said. Something like, "Hey, kid,
if you want to steal in these parts, you're going to have to join the Guild. Otherwise, I or
someone like me is going to break your skinny arms so you can't steal."

I've know some people who've refused membership in the Guild and kept on stealing anyhow.
22                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

I've broken someone of their arms. As for me, this was the first offer I'd had for a career since
my pa told me that if I didn't milk the cow, he'd rip my head off. In comparison, this guy at
the tavern was almost a gentleman. I agreed right away.

Sure, I had to prove my worth to the Guild before I could join and even now. But having two
working arms is only part of the benefit. They trained me, taught me, and kept me out of
prison. How many other guilds can boast a forgery expert on the premises?

So the next time you're calling some swindling merchant or usurious priest a thief, think about
it. There is honor among thieves -- I should know.
                                     [11] DIVAD THE SINGER                                       23



[11] Divad the Singer


                                        Divad the Singer
                                        by Destri Melarg


Divad The Singer is in one body, two unique and distinct people. Divad is the most well
known of the Redguard heroes. Frandar Hunding's son, probably the most accomplished
Ansei who ever lived. Yet early in his life, Divad appeared to thoroughly have rejected The
Way of the Sword.

Divad was the only son of Frandar Hunding, and was born late in Hunding's life (2396 in the
old way of reckoning, probably about 1E 760 by the Tamrielic calendar), when he was away
most of the time fighting the last of his duels and engaging in the many battles and
insurrections of the period. At eleven, Divad entered the Hall of the Virtues of War and began
training, but at 16, he finally let his anger at growing up essentially fatherless get the better of
him. Divad broke his swords and left the Hall to become an acrobat in a traveling circus.

The life in the circus was unsatisfying to Divad, and after two years, his innate artisan
heritage drove him to become a musician and finally a Bard. For two more years he traveled,
singing in the cities of the empire -- gaining no small amount of fame and recognition for his
stirring and popular songs and music.

Although Divad had publicly forsaken the Way of the sword, it would appear that he
continued to practice the compulsory forms of training he was taught in the Hall. He carried
no sword, but in the late evening, bright lights could be often be seen in his tent (my source
says nothing more about this, but it may be assumed that the writer was suggesting that Divad
was practicing the form of the Way known as Shehai Shen She Ru -- the Way of the Spirit
Sword, or simply the Shehai).

Divad was very popular with the people of the empire, and his music and concerts were well
attended. Still he could not escape his heritage of the sword. When the Last Emperor
ascended to power and began to persecute the sword-singers, Divad was among the first to
attract his attention.

Once the Emperor Hira and his consort decided to go to war with the Singers for control of
the empire, he moved swiftly against those Singers who were visibly a part of empire society.
Most he had killed, but Divad's music and fame were so wide spread that he sent a team of his
personal guards to arrest him.

The Emperor's men were either very lucky or very unlucky depending on how you choose to
view it. Being no fool, Hira sent 100 of his best guards, for even an unarmed Singer was a
very dangerous foe. The luck was that they were able to capture Divad and place him in
chains, for they came at him as he sat dining with his elderly mother. The disaster was that as
he surrendered, they rashly struck the pleading old woman. Too hard, it would seem, for she
fell dead with that single blow.
24                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

That single thoughtless deed, as is often the case in war, was the one pivotal factor causing
their eventual defeat. That act ignited in Divad the spirit of the Way. Up until that careless
stroke, Divad was an ordinary artisan, no, an artist, a great artist, but no warrior.

The moment of her death, Divad rose from his seat, took his chains between his two hands
and began swinging the heavy chain in a deadly arc. He slew four of the guards, gaining
enough space to run and dive through the window and into the river He disappeared into the
night

From that point, Divad was spotted many times and told of in many more rumors all across
the empire -- far more places than a mere mortal man could have ever been. At every point
where Hira's men gathered to do mischief, the resistance was attributed to Divad.

As Hira moved against the Singers and began forming his army to invade High Desert, it was
Divad who carried the news to the Singers. Divad was among those who climbed Hattu to
find Hunding in his cave. What is not well known is that Hunding, at first refused to take
leadership of the Singers. The first attempt to interrupt him at his death poem cause him to
drive the elders from his cave, he even formed the Shehai in his anger. It was Divad who
reentered the cave alone to speak with Hunding. To this day, no one knows what was said,
what happened in that cave. Scribes of the time reported bright flashes of light and angry
voices. Five long hours came and went, then both emerged from the cave, Divad, at Hunding's
side. The rest, as they say, is history ...

Divad, who had not completed training in the Hall of the Virtues of War, became an adviser
to Hunding and spent his time reading the newly completed Book of Circles, but his role in
the Hammer and Anvil strategy was as a simple sword-singer and fighter. It was not till the
Singers fled their native empire and landed In New Land that his story truly begins.
                        [12] A DUBIOUS TALE OF THE CRYSTAL TOWER                             25



[12] A Dubious Tale of the Crystal Tower


                             A Dubious Tale of the Crystal Tower
                                     by Bibenus Geon


This story was first told to me when I was a neonate, newly studying in the Crystal Tower of
Sumurset. I was admiring the famous animal pens of the Tower when I was approached by an
older student. The fellow who told me this tale seemed very trustworthy at first, but, as the
reader will soon discover, the tale is very dubious indeed. Of course, I have told it since to
other neonates of the Tower in the same spirit.

I offer the following for your august consideration, gentle reader.

Many, many years back, a talented but poor bard was passing through Sumurset, looking for
work. He could sing, he could dance, he could act, but no one had any use for his
performances. The poor bard was lugubrious, but he still visited the taverns and palaces, day
after day, begging for a chance to showcase his talents.

One day, dejected from more bad luck, he was approached by a tall elf in a long robe. A
Magister of the Crystal Tower, in charge of the animal pens. The elf tells the bard of the white
ape they made a cell for at the Tower, how it had died en route. There was a royal party from
Firsthold visiting who had been promised a glimpse at the rare white ape. The Magister had a
costume for the bard if he would deign to act out the part of the ape for the visitors. The bard
had promised himself to take the first part that came his way, no matter how minor, so he
agreed. The elf promised that the charade would last no longer than a fortnight, when the
visitors left.

For the first several days of the masquerade, the bard did nothing more than sit in the back of
the pen. He was afraid to move and show the possible imperfections of the ape costume. In
time, he became bored and began walking around. He suddenly noticed that the royal party
was watching, fascinated. Happy that the ruse was working, he decided to enliven the act.

Soon he had both a performance and a crowd. Instead of dancing a traditional elven jig, he
would swing around the cell with every acrobatic trick he knew. Instead of singing a ballad,
he would roar a roar he imagined a rare white ape might roar. The crowd loved it. The party
outside his cell grew larger and larger every day.

One day, he was performing for the crowd -- his finest work to date. He swung himself round
and round, roaring and bleating. His hand slipped and he went flying through the bar and into
the cell next door, where a Snow Wolf was in residence. Hackling its back and growling, the
Snow Wolf began to inch toward the bard.

Seeing no other way out, the bard screamed, "Help! Help!"

The Snow Wolf whispered, "Shut up or you'll get us all fired."
26                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[13] The Ebon Arm


                                        The Ebon Arm
                                        by Witten Rol


The ground shakes. The great armies continue to wage their unrelenting battle. The battlefield
is red, the rivers flow crimson, the sky reflects a deep pink. In the distance lightning flashes,
and thunder sounds. Two huge ravens begin circling the field; their blackness is vibrant
against the various shades of red in this vista of death and suffering. The bright flashes of
light and rumbling begin to increase. The redness surrounding the battlefield begins giving
way to a golden glow from the east, almost like a summer's setting sun. From the false sunset
a massive golden stallion and single rider approach. All become suddenly still on the field of
battle as both sides recognize Reymon Ebonarm, God of War, and the companion and
protector of all warriors, also known as the Black Knight and his mighty steed War Master.

He rides into the middle of the blood soaked field and dismounts. He is a very imposing
figure. His very tall and heavily muscled body is encased in ebony armor. His ebony helmet
does not hide the flowing reddish blonde hair and beard which appear almost as shimmering
gold, nor does it shield the steel blue eyes that seem to pierce all they fall upon. In his left
hand he carries a massive ebony tower shield on which is emblazoned a fiery red rose. As he
raises his right arm, all see an arm and a magnificent ebony blade which are extensions of
each other. The fused arm and sword are a result and symbol of the wounds suffered by this
god during titanic battles in the youth of this world.

The ravens come to rest on his shoulders. And, as the point of the ebony blade seemingly
touches the sky, lightning flashes, thunder roars. Then total quiet descends and a shudder rolls
through both armies.

The leaders of both armies approach Reymon Ebonarm and kneel. In turn they tell their
reasons for this war. Each asks for the favor of the Black Knight for their cause. Reymon
Ebonarm listens, but there is no acknowledgment that he has chosen to favor one side or the
other in this fight. However, each of the leaders has heard the other state his position. And,
each now knows that this war is baseless. They embrace and turn to their armies. They
instruct their forces to bury their dead, tend their wounded and return to their homes.

Reymon Ebonarm mounts his great golden stallion, War Master, and again raises the ebony
blade skyward and extends the huge rose emblazoned ebony shield to both armies. A massive
chorus of cheers rises from the armies. The ravens again take to the air. Lightning and thunder
follow him as he rides into the sunset followed by the two birds.

The armies do as they have been bidden. They care for their wounded and bury their dead. As
they retreat towards their homes each warrior is sure that the great God Reymon Ebonarm, the
Black Knight, has responded to their individual prayers for intervention. Each side has won,
neither has lost.

As the armies depart the field, the rivers begin to run clear, and a single red rose begins to
bloom near the grave of a fallen hero.
                                [14] {ENGRAVED CARD}                                    27



[14] {Engraved Card}



       King Eadwyre and Queen Barenziah, Sovereigns of the Kingdom of Wayrest

                                 Are Proud to Announce

The Engagement of Morgiah, Princess of Wayrest, to Karoodil, King of Firsthold in the Isle
                                    of Sumurset.
28                      2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[15] The Epic of the Grey Falcon


                                  The Epic of the Grey Falcon
                                    by Anido Jhone, editor


As uncovered and translated by Anido Jhone, Royal Archaeologist, from an ancient tome:

This tale comes from sometime in the 2nd Era, most probably after the time of the Knahaten
Flu, or at least I have so surmised due to reasons in the text. Whether or not the tale is true, it
remains an interesting story of survival.

The reader will, I trust, forgive me if I translated the epic somewhat informally. The message,
I think, is universal, and should not be misread.

Enjoy, gentle reader.

A.J.J.


The Grey Falcon, a small warship of the Sumurset Isle, Was patrolling deep in the ocean for a
pirate That had been looting the coast. The first three weeks out were uneventful. Two hours
after sunset, on the 22nd day out of port, The lookout spotted a top of a sail in the moonlight,
Just on the horizon. "Sail! To starboard, forward quarter!" The lookout of the Grey Falcon
cried. The crew and captain of the Grey Falcon were quickly roused, And stumbled to the
deck. "'Tis the ship we're looking for, Captain," said the lookout.

"All hands to battle stations! All archers to their posts," The Captain yelled, "Full ahead!" The
two ships closed, And a dark figure stepped out onto the forecastle of the pirate ship. The
figure made a gesture with his hands, And a giant ball of fire streaked towards the Grey
Falcon. The ball of fire struck the Grey Falcon in her sails, Quickly catching them aflame.

The figure made another gesture. Large bolts of ice streaked out from his hands, And hit the
Grey Falcon just above and below the water line, Gouging large holes in her hull. The Grey
Falcon was mortally wounded. The Captain cried, "All hands abandon shi-" As he was cut off
by a pirate's arrow shot into his throat.

As the Grey Falcon, aflame and listing badly, plunged into the sea, One of her sailors, Darik
Seaspit, Managed avoid the pirate arrows and spells to make his way to a lifeboat, And
lowered it into the darkness below. Just as the lifeboat entered the water, a quick grey shape
jumped into it. Darik looked, and saw it was Helnor Snarlsbane, A Khajiit mercenary
assigned to the ship. The two rowed the small boat away, As the Grey Falcon finished her
descent into the sea. In the darkness, the Pirate ship missed their small craft. After the two
rowed well out of the pirates possible view, They both collapsed from exhaustion.

Early morning the next day, They took an inventory of the lifeboats stores. Normally the
lifeboat carries enough food and water To supply seven people for at least ten days.
                              [15] THE EPIC OF THE GREY FALCON                                 29

In place of the food, though, Helnor found a note: "The food in this lifeboat was found to be
in violation of Sumerset Navy regulation during inspection. In accordance to that article, the
food was taken away and destroyed. A replacement may be obtained by redeeming this letter
at the Port Supply Office. Signed, Lt. Inspector Windhollow" Helnor read aloud.

Said Darik, to his Khajiit Companion, "We have plenty of water, but we are out of food. I
don't know what we're going to do. I suppose we could try fishing, but we have no bait.
"There's no chance we can make it back to land Before we starve to death - 'twill be over a
month in this craft" "Wait, I have an idea" said Helnor, with a gleam in his catlike eye.

Six weeks later, the lifeboat entered the port of Corwich. As it was tethered to the dock, a
solitary figure was pulled out, Looking weather beaten and thin. One of the dock workers
peered into the life raft, After the figure was taken away to the port healer for treatment.
"Hmm, what's this", a worker said to himself, As he picked up a large bone from the boat, A
bone bleached white by the sun.

After the sole survivor of the Grey Falcon recovered from his ordeal, He was taken to the
inquest for the death of Darik Seaspit, And placed on a chair before the magistrate. "We here
in High Rock have a dim view of cannibalism. You'd better have a good reason for your
actions," The inquisitor boomed at Helnor Snarlsbane.

"By the Lady, do you?" Helnor stood, and said, "Your Honor, I had no choice. There was no
food, and it was at least two months to the closest port. We both decided this was the only
way someone would make it" "Well, then, I suppose that is understandable, If somewhat
distasteful," the inquisitor said. "You think it was distasteful?," Helnor muttered to himself, "I
didn't have any seasoning."

"One final thing, Mr. Snarlsbane, How was it decided that you would be the one that would
dine on the other? The toss of a coin?" Helnor drew himself up and said, "Your honor, it was
very simple. Darik Seaspit was a vegetarian" "Case dismissed!"
30                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[16] Etiquette With Rulers


                                     Etiquette With Rulers
                                       by Erystera Ligen


Because the rules are so complex and the stakes are so high, many people blanche at the
thought of speaking with a noble with a title. For starters, it is important to address them
correctly, for just as no one likes to be misnamed, no one likes to be mistitled. The problem is
that in High Rock, traditions of the peerage differ slightly from region to region. The base
rules follow:

There are eight kingdoms in High Rock in the following regions: Northpoint, Daggerfall,
Shornhelm, Camlorn, Farrun, Evermore, Wayrest, and Jehanna. If a woman is ruling one of
these areas, she is called the Queen. The husband of a Queen and the wife of a King is not
necessarily of equal rank -- they may not be Kings and Queens themselves. Their children are
Princes and Princesses. Their grandchildren are also Princes and Princesses. If a male ruler
dies, his wife takes the title Dowager Queen, providing there is not a Dowager Queen already.
Like all rules, there are exceptions. One noted exception took place recently in Daggerfall,
when King Lysandus died. In most regions, his wife Mynisera would not have become
Dowager Queen of Daggerfall, because Lysandus' mother, the widow Nulfaga, still lived. In
Daggerfall, however, it is permissable for there to be two persons with the same title. Thus,
both Nulfaga and Mynisera have the title Dowager Queen.

If a female ruler, who does not share rank with her husband, dies, there is no male equivalent
to the word Dowager. Widowers of Queens usually take another title, either a lesser family
title or one given by their children. There have been a few men in the history of High Rock
who have fallen from being addressed as King to being addressed as Mister at the death of
their wife.

Other regions are ruled by Dukes and Duchesses, Marquises (or Marquesses) and Marquises
(or Marchionesses), Counts and Countesses, Viscounts or Viscountesses, Barons or
Baronesses, and Lords or Ladies. This list is theoretically listed from highest to lowest rank,
but the ruler of a territory outranks all other nobles, regardless of title. Dwynnen, for example,
is a Barony, and the Baron or Baroness of Dwynnen outrank any other noble in that territory,
even Dukes and Counts.

In theory, (again, this may not be the case according to local custom) the eldest son or
daughter of a noble takes their parents highest family title below their parents. Thus, the Duke
of Northmoor, who is also the Marquis of Calder, had a daughter who became the
Marchioness of Calder.

Kings and Queens are always addressed as "Your Majesty" in conversation; Dukes and
Duchesses, "Your Grace". All other rulers may be addressed with their title and name, or Lord
or Lady and their name.

A few hints may be needed to determine exactly who rules a territory. You may rely on
people on the streets to make reference to their ruler, but that may not be enough. After all, if
                                [16] ETIQUETTE WITH RULERS                                    31

the gossip involved Lord Bemmish and Viscountess Byrd, neither or both could be the ruler
of the territoy. I have found that a more predictable method is to pay some attention to the
names of taverns and shops in a region. By tradition, many of these are called "The Duke's
Fox" or "The Lady's Provisions." This, more often than not, is the name of the ruler. If the
shop's name is "Lady Annisa's Provisions" or "Lord Boxworth's Fox," that is probably the
name of a local titled merchant, not the ruler. A store with a unnamed ruler's title has probably
been around for some time, and does not bother to change its name with the new name of the
ruler.

In speaking with any person, a ruler or not, it is best to know what sort of a person they are
first. Rulers tend to stand on ceremony, and prefer that people addressing them speak politely
and deferentially. There are, of course, acceptions to this, particularly among younger rulers,
or rulers new to their positions. They may prefer a bolder, slangy style. If you are unsure, or
unsure of your ability to adopt the vocubulary of either an aristocrat or a criminal, choose to
speak as plainly and directly as possible. You will seldom charm someone by plain talk, but
you will also not alienate by mangled politesse or dated slang. Alienating a ruler, I need not
tell you, can be the last mistake one can make.
32                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[17] The Faerie


                                         The Faerie
                                        by Szun Triop


Faerie have been on Tamriel, in all probability, long before recorded history, perhaps since or
before the days of the Elder Ones. The tales of their mischief are found in every culture, in
most every village, town, and city-states in the Empire. Alternately they are called Faerie,
Fey, Illyadi, Sprites, Pixies, and Sylphim, and their natures seem to flit from one story to the
next with the same variation. It could almost be said that Faeries are anything unpredictable in
nature.

The noted scholar Ahrtabazus studying at the time in the Crystal Tower of Sumurset Isle
developed an interesting if controversial theory about Faerie. He organized the Fey variants
on a chain, beginning with the glimmering sparks called Pixies or Whilloki by the Redguards
at one end and the godlike beings such as Gheateus, Chonus, and Sygria at the other. In the
middle are human and semi-human beings generating up to intelligent trees, brooks, rocks,
even mountains. All of this was a new and completely original theory and would have
prompted enthusiastic, if somewhat skeptical response had Ahrtabazus not added this
footnote: "It may be that elves as a whole are part of this chain, above whilloki and below
nephrine. They certainly have similar features and propensities for magicka as the other
Faerie." (Ahrtabazus, "The Faerie Chain" Firsthold, 2E 456)

No elf liked to be put in a hierarchy slightly above whimsical pranksters like the whilloki, and
Ahrtabazus was challenged on his assumptions based on very slight coincidences.
Nevertheless, with modification, his Fairie Chain theory has gained wider and wider
acceptance since its publication.

The hierarchial chain is not, in the strictest sense, an order of command. While Gheateus and
Sygria are said to be surrounded by a host of minor Sylphim, faerie on the whole are not
followers nor leaders. Their plans and schemes are not governed by a higher purpose, simply
by their own whim.

To this most faerie scholars agree. Because it is based on coincidental evidence and supported
by auxiliary theories, it may very well be wrong.
                               [18] THE FALL OF THE USURPER                                  33



[18] The Fall of the Usurper


                                    The Fall of the Usurper
                                       by Palaux Illthre


The people of Dwynnen celebrate Othroktide every 5th of Suns Dawn, the date when,
according to legent, a man emerged from the wilderness of High Rock and defeated the
undead of Castle Wightmoor to become the first Baron of Dwynnen. Few people believe the
legend anymore, but there most certainly was a Baron Othrok of Dwynnen who was destined
to become one of true heroes of High Rock, if not all Tamriel.

The legend, as most any Dwynnen child will tell you, is that years and years ago (archivists
have agreed to the year 3E253), the people of Dwynnen were ruled by a lich and its armies of
zombies, ghosts, vampires, and skeletons. Othrok was blessed with by gods and given an
army of men and animals to destroy the dead. He brought peace and prosperity to the land,
growing more powerful as the land improved. Years later, he led the tiny barony against the
Camoran Usurper, and saved all of Tamriel.

How much credit the Baron ought to receive for the defeat of the Camoran Usurper has been
debated, but it is an uncontestable fact that in the year 3E 267, the Camoran Usurper's
relentless move north through High Rock was halted around the area of contemporary
Dwynnen. Dwynnen is actually larger than it was in the first Baron's day -- it did not, in fact,
have a sea port -- but the Battle of Firewaves was a coastal battle. The fact that the battle
probably did not occur in Dwynnen does not in itself belittle the Baron's participation in it.

The Camoran Usurper had conquered Hammerfell and Valenwood by means of a large army,
which by legend consisted entirely of undead and daedra, but was mostly composed of
Redguards and Wood Elves. In all probability, the Usurper summoned the daedra and undead
in Arenthia and slowly replaced the original summoned creatures with the armies of his
conquered territories. Most armies of Valenwood have been historically mercenary.

Word of the Usurper's conquests reached High Rock in early 266, but preparations to repel the
invasion did not begin until early the following year. Historians attribute two factors to High
Rock's hesistancy. The primary powers of the Bay were ruled by particularly inept monarchs -
- Wayrest and Sentinel both had kings in their minority, and Daggerfall was torn by
contention between Helena and her cousin Jilathe. The Lord of Reich Gradkeep (now
Anticlere) was deathly ill through 266 and finally died at the end of the year. There were, in
short, no leaders to unite the province against the Usurper. Of the leaders with any influence,
at least eight (the "Eight Traitors" of legend) made secret allegiances with the Usurper to
protect their lands.

The secondary reason for the lethargy of High Rock had to do with the depth of relations
between the province and the Septim Empire. For the first time since the beginning of the
Dynasty, an Emperor ruled Tamriel who was neither Breton nor had spent any of his
childhood in High Rock. The difference between Cephorus II and his cousin Uriel IV who
preceded him was appalling to the people of High Rock. Even mad Emperors like Pelagius III
revered the Bretons over all other races, and cousins and younger siblings of the Emperors
34                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

have ruled in High Rock since the foundation of the Empire. Cephorus was a Nord, with
Skyrim and Morrowind sympathies. The attitude of the common men of High Rock was
sympathetic toward the Camoran Usurper as an archfoe of this hated Emperor.

The Baron and his less legendary allies, the rulers of Ykalon, Phrygia, and Kambria, changed
this favorable perception. News of the Usurper's barbaric treatment of captives and abuse of
conquered lands, mostly true, spread rapidly through their territories, and then to other neutral
lands. Within a few months, the greatest navy ever combined organized along the High Rock
edge of the Iliac Bay. Only the navy of Uriel V's illfated invasion of Akavir was comparable.

How the combined forces of High Rock defeated the endless army of the Camoran Usurper is
certainly worthy of a lengthy book in itself. And perhaps, it is best left to the public
imagination. Certainly the weather worked against the Usurper, which is reason in itself to
attribute divine intervention.

Baron Othrok's divine purpose is the central theme to Othroktide, after all. And as the poet
Braeloque wrote, "To find the facts, the wisest always look first to the fiction."
                               [19] FIRST SCROLL OF BAAN DAR                                  35



[19] First Scroll of Baan Dar


                                    First Scroll of Baan Dar
                                            by Arkan


What follows is a translation of the first fragment from a series of vellum scrolls found in 3
Alabaster jars sealed in a cave. The discoverer was a nomad wanderer somewhere on the
shores of Lake Vread in the Province of Elswyer. I can neither vouch for nor deny its
authenticity or veracity - only that the scrolls, as such, DO exist. Read and judge for yourself:

Baan Dar, The Legend... Thief, Warlock, ShadowMaster, Ruthless Assassin, Undying
Avenger, Dark God, Robber Baron, MasterMind of Nefarious Plots. All these things and
more are the Legendary Baan Dar, he who is called The Bandit God. But what is the Truth?
Baan Dar, The Man is a much more simple and complex being. I pen this tale as I slowly die
of old age and a mortifying arrow wound. I cannot decide if the truth will add to or subtract
from the legend that is Baan Dar, nor if the original Baan Dar would want the truth to be
known. Therefore, I will leave this tale hidden when I am done and gone, and let Fate (which
was ever Baan Dar's true master and motivator) decide.

I was a child of 12 Seasons when I first met Baan Dar. Orphan of a Slaver raid during one of
the many inter-provincial border wars. Living by my quick wits, nimble fingers, and the grace
of Lady Luck in the back alleys and byways of my birth city. I had just "liberated" a loaf of
bread and a few small apples from a local street vendor in the Bazaar on the edge of the city
near the tumbled outer wall, and had withdrawn down an ill-lit alley to feast on my bounty
when I was beset by an older band of my ilk. The older and lazier variety which were want to
engage in the easier and less dangerous art of stealing from the stealers. There were 5 of the
bully boys who had decided they were more deserving of my booty than I, and they were
beating me half to death with staves in between bites and laughter at the time.

Lying on the ground curled up into as tight a ball as I could manage, trying to protect my head
and groin, I heard a quiet voice ask if they were not "more suited to go down to the wharf and
take food from your brother rats, or would you care to try your tricks on game a bit more your
size and number?" Since my "companions" had become otherwise engaged with the
newcomer and had for the nonce ceased thumping, kicking and cuffing at me, I looked up to
see a dark shadow of boots, cloak, and chainmail hood leaning against the wall at the end of
the alleyway.

The others, being what they were, took this as a challenge to their manhood - and easy prey to
their superior number with a promise of coin of the realm as added reward (else the first part
would have been overlooked). The leader of my band of playmates suggested that the stranger
take a leap off the mentioned wharf unless he wished to join me there when they were done
with their evening meal. Having drawn chuckles and courage from his underlings, he then
proceeded forward with staff at high port. I'm not quite sure exactly what followed, but within
a short space of time, Lead Bully was lying in the dirt with a thrown dagger in his chest,
number two bully had lost three teeth to a boot (I still carry them in a leather pouch as a
keepsake), and number three bully was brought short by his own staff applied forcefully up
36                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

between his toes (the two big ones!). Bullies four and five thought better of the entertainment
and departed rapidly for parts unknown.

Baan Dar picked me up, dusted me off, and dragged me round to a near tavern where we
shared a meal and a mug. I attempted to thank him for saving my life. How can I ever repay
this favor, I asked? His reply was short, to the point, and has driven my actions in life ever
since... "THE PROPER WAY TO REPAY A FAVOR, IS NOT TO - PASS IT ON
INSTEAD."

Things having not progressed well along the lines of health, wealth and welfare for me until
that point in my life came upon a sudden change that night. I later learned (along with MANY
other things) that Baan Dar had decided to take a direct and immediate interest in me because
my situation reminded him very much of the bad start his own life had taken, and the odds he
had faced to survive it. On that night he took me under his wing as a kind of apprentice. He
saw to it that I learned weaponcraft and stealth, that I learned to read and write! He took me
along when he traveled for the next year. I served as messenger, valet, packmule, lookout,
cook - many things. I saw other towns, cities, races, provinces, and broadened my view and
knowledge of the world far beyond belief. He taught me both morals and coldhearted
ruthlessness - and when and how to apply each as the ethics of the situation required.

At the end of the year, he gave me good dagger, and decent horse, the 3 teeth, and leave (nay,
Command) to make my own way in the world from that day forward - but to remember all I
had been given, and to attempt to pass such a gift to another when and where I should find
need and opportunity. That I have done, several times... as I assume he has also, and as I hope
my various charges have after me (and they theirs).

Thus has the Legendary Baan Dar been seen time and again in various lands of our world at
numerous and the same times in days of need. Thus also is the description so very hard to
obtain and track - for in truth, there have been, and continue to be, many Baan Dars in the
world. The most valuable lesson he ever taught me was that "for Evil to triumph required not
so much that many bad men to do wrong, as for One good man to fail to do what was right."
We only hope that our combined and concatenated efforts have produced enough single men
and women that will not fail to do the right thing, regardless of current local, morals, laws,
religion, creed, or lure of coin of the realm.

The Legend grows still. Of the Dark Avenging Blade on the Wings of Night that make no
sound. The Patron Saint of the Lone Wolf. The Thousand Eyes and Ears, the Hundred Arms
direspectful of Time or Distance. Undying, Master of Disguise, Man of a Thousand Faces,
Shapes and Sizes, Gentle, Rough-Edged, Gay, Stern. All the Mystery of the "Man Unknown
and Undying"... not a single man nor God at all, but a string of seeds sown upon the land and
left to grow into a forest. How to reconcile this truth with the tales of cruelty and the gangs of
"Baan Dars" or "Bandits"?

Some are jealous Thieves who take the name only for the cloak of mystery and hope of hiding
in it's Shadow. Others are tales twisted to reverse by those justly served by Baan Dar's
unfettered by technicalities of law and custom. Some are backsliders drawn of the true path by
temptation and returning to their old ways. Many are the things that any one Baan Dar cannot
answer for, as others did the deeds in the same name. Some are tales of fishwives, made up to
scare the child into doing what is wanted. Some are left as part of the "Mystery" that is both
cloak and shield to the hidden purposes - a case where the fear of the tale serves to save the
                              [19] FIRST SCROLL OF BAAN DAR                                  37

need of arms or action. But, by and large, the true Baan Dar is a string of beings taught to act
upon what they believe in, and stand to take the yoke of needed action upon their own
shoulders.

Don't fight if you can avoid blood or war, But if you must make War, do so with all your
Heart and Might. Leave it at Threats if Threats be enough - but never make threats you are
unwilling to carry to conclusion if required. Use all the arts at hand. But ever keep the true
purpose in mind. Stand Tall, but never forget how to bend your knee to help another.


Note: The rest of the scrolls are tales and tellings of various parts of the Legend, some as
passed from Bard to Bard, some as the true tales underlying the Ballads. These fragments are
still to be translated and debated. This fragment, however, contains the kernel of the
Revelation and the true source of the questions surrounding the Baan Dar Legend. What Say
You, Reader? For myself, I do not know... but God or unrelated string of linked souls as laid
out here... I do know that Baan Dar IS a force in our Land and Lives, and one that gives Hope
to many that need it, and pause to many I despise.

-- Arkan, Scribe of Daggerfall in the year 2E24
38                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[20] Fools' Ebony

[20.1] Fools' Ebony I


                                 Fools' Ebony, Part the Oneth
                                         by Frincheps


Dramatis Personae
Prologue
The Adventurer, A Dark Elf Rascal
Komon, A Priest of Akatosh
Lheban, Another Priest of Akatosh
Epilogue
Stete, A Priest of Julianos
Raic, Another Priest of Julianos
Shub, A Mage
Shub, A Different Mage of the Same Name
Nephron, A Somewhat Sleazy Merchant
5 Armorers
Ortho
Crunn, Husband of Millie
A Lusty Contessa
Millie, Innkeep and Philosopher
Gurnsey, Bovine Wench
Assorted Wenches and Cads of the Taverns
Soldiers
Dwarves
Giants

                        Part The Oneth - Concerning Priests and Nackles

As related at length by two Priests of Akatosh to the Adventurer, who at the time was not
having an adventure, and had nothing better to do. In which some (probably unwanted) light
is shed upon the Priesthood and its members, and upon an old peasant myth of some
significance, especially common in High Rock. And in which the mysterious Fools' Ebony
appears, that strange material that could bring either drastic cultural change for the many, or
just great profit for a few, or death for a bunch, or have no result whatsoever.

Daggerfall and Environs in the Doldrums of the 3rd Era

Early in the month of Frostfall. The Dead Daedra Inn. Enter Prologue

PROLOGUE: Our poor players will try and remember their lines and not trip over our meager
set. I beg you, the audience, not to heckle, badger, or throw rotten foodstuffs. You will only
make this short play last longer. The Guild of Playwrites, Actors, and Dramatists wish any of
you who are sensitive or allergic to rambling dialogue, wooden acting, incomprehensible
exposition, or unsatisfying endings that leave one confused and unhappy to exit the theatre
                                   [20.1] FOOLS' EBONY I                                    39

immediately. Your gold will, alas, not be refunded. As a saving grace, this series of vignettes
contains gratuitous references to all pleasures of the flesh. You may enjoy it. Ah, here comes
our hero, the roguish Dark Elf called the Adventurer. It is time for Prologue to trip merrily
away.

Exit Prologue

Enter the ADVENTURER

ADVENTURER: What an odd conversation I just heard between those two mages. It is best
not to speak of such matters next to privy hedges.

Enter 2 Priests of Akatosh (LHEBAN, KOMON)

LHEBAN: Mind if we join you, fellow? ... Good, need some company ourselves. I am named
Lheban, my fellow priest here is Komon. We both serve Akatosh, all in our own ways, of
course ...

ADVENTURER: Make yourselves at home, it's not my bench. But I thought that priests ...
didn't go to ... er ... places like this, Inns. I mean ... unless on duty?

LHEBAN: Oh, we're not on duty. Got to regenerate our internal vital energies, so we can go
on blessing and curing ...

KOMON: We often come here, hike up our robes, kick up our heels, as it were. Fill up with
some bottled energy ...

(Komon snickers)

LHEBAN: Looking for those in need of comfort and blessing, of course ...

KOMON: Oh, yes, Oh yes ... like that young girl outside the other evening ...

(Lheban kicks Komon)

KOMON: ... and anyway our High Priest told us to get lost...

LHEBAN: He means told us to get some air. We've been having visions, you see...

KOMON: Yes, sort of weird, really ... and we hadn't even been taking any of that ...

(Lheban kicks Komon)

LHEBAN: Both of us been having the same visions - real odd.

ADVENTURER: Do tell, I'm not going anywhere in a hurry.

LHEBAN: Well, we've both been hearing sort of ... words ... for a start. Like 'Sir Nich' or
'Sain Nack' ...
40                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

ADVENTURER: You said 'Nick' or 'Nack'? Just a minute ... let me have a swig from your
bottle, Brother ... Ah! That's better - high-class stuff you fellows drink! Yes, I recall - some
story or old legend about an elf, name of Nuckle, I think -- from Morrowind?

LHEBAN: You know, maybe you're on to something there -- there is a old legend around
these parts, comes from deep in High Rock I think ... hmmmm ... Nackles, that's it!

ADVENTURER: Nackles, eh! Seems that several Dark Elves use that name ... particularly
the ... more peculiar ones...

KOMON: Yes, I guess that the bad ones are into all that weapons magicka stuff ... very nasty
fellows ...

LHEBAN: (to Komon) Komon! This fellow's got pointy ears and red eyes ...

KOMON: Pardon me, friend ... it's sort of dark, and I didn't ... uh ...

ADVENTURER: Oh, that's fine. These are strange times. You know, live and let live -- or die
-- as the case may be. Now ... suppose you tell me about this Nackles myth? Here, let me help
you with that bottle ... Ah! Thanks.

LHEBAN: Er ... sure, if you want to put it that way ... Here, have another swig! Sure, we've
got the time, and I recall it clearly now.

KOMON: Yes, we've a couple hours 'til that little blonde shows up at her lamp...

(Lheban kicks Komon)

LHEBAN: (to Komon) Quiet! Remember, we had to tell the High Priest her address, so she
won't be around for a while!

(to all) Very well, here's the story, best as I can recall it. This is a tale the peasants up in High
Rock tell their kids to scare them into being good for a while, I guess. They tell it, let me see
... either on Tales and Tallows, or is it Witches' Festival? -- just before the kids are sent out to
the barn or pigsty to sleep.

KOMON: Nasty cruel peasants! But then, I'd send them all out to the midden ...

LHEBAN: Really, Komon! Remember, those poor souls need our compassion and blessing,
we are their salvation!

KOMON: Now who's in Old High Mucky-Mucks' study?

LHEBAN: Er ... anyway. It goes a bit like this. If the kids have been real good during the year
-- filched enough in the market, mucked out the stables every day, not gone playing with
goblins, left the sheep alone, and so on. If they have been real good, they've nothing to worry
about. But if they haven't been real good then there is this nasty, horrid Dark Elf spirit called
Nackles. Doesn't look like your typical Dark Elf -- thinner, taller. Pasty white face, long as
your arm. Walks like his knees and elbows bend the wrong way. Snickers like when you drag
                                     [20.1] FOOLS' EBONY I                                     41

your fingernails across slate. Wears a tight black suit (not Khajiit, more like a formal suit with
buttons) but too tight and small. He visits the bad girls and --
KOMON: Why are you talking about Old High Mucky again, Lheban?

(Komon hiccoughs) (Lheban kicks Komon)

LHEBAN: You really must excuse Komon here: overwork, you know. Too many curings and
conversions ... Anyway, Old Nasty Nackles is supposed to wander under our Tamriel, in dirty
deep dark dwarven tunnels. Everywhere under the lands, if you can believe that! Rides in a
rusty squeaky old mine cart, on old mine tracks ...

ADVENTURER: I saw some of those in Fang Lair once, down in Hammerfell a long long
while ago ...

KOMON: (to Lheban) What the Sheogorath was he doing in Fang Lair!?

LHEBAN: (to Komon) Hush! If he's who I think he is, you do not want to know! (to all) Um,
yes. Well, Nackles gets pulled all around these deep tunnels by goblins -- not your usual dirty
yellow ones, but nasty black things. Anyway, they pull Nackles round and through these dark
tunnels, and then, late at night, he stops below each and every bad child's hovel or house or
castle - makes no difference. Then he slides up the drainage pipes ...

KOMON: Creeps up cracks ... crawls through holes ...

LHEBAN: Oozes up oubliettes ...

KOMON: Climbs giggling up garderobes...

LHEBAN: Right into the kid's place! Then, if the kid's only been sort of bad, Nackles will just
mess things up in general, so the kid gets blamed. Make greasy dirty marks everywhere (more
than usual, anyway), break some things, steal some things, so on and so forth. Maybe take the
sugar sweets, leave some lumps of fools' ebony instead ...

ADVENTURER: Fools' Ebony - what's that? Heard mention of that, oh, a few hours ago ...
Some Mages ...

LHEBAN: You did now? Interesting ... Very ... Well, lets talk of that in a bit ... just let me
finish this Nackles thing. Where was I -- Oh yes ... Now, if the little brat has been real bad --
then all the little brat's toys get taken. The copper dagger, the wooden sword, the little whip,
and so on. All the usual favorite kids things.

KOMON: Whips? I like those.

(Komon hiccoughs) (Lheban kicks Komon)

LHEBAN: Now if that little brat has been very, very bad then Nackles grabs the brat. Pops
him or her in his dirty great sack. Hauls the sack off down the holes and cracks, down to his
rusty old mine cart! And away they go!

KOMON: Hope he leaves some bad little girls behind.
42                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

(Lheban kicks Komon)

LHEBAN: Er ... so we can save them, of course, friend ... Well. Sometimes, so I've heard tell,
the brat never comes back. No great loss, I guess, peasants just breed another.

KOMON: Know 'bout that, I do, I do ...

(Lheban pinches Komon's nose)

LHEBAN: But, as the story goes round here anyway, often the brat is just put to work,
digging out lumps of Fools' Ebony, shoveling dirt, bagging it. Extending the tunnels of the
Nackles. After a while, Brat is pushed back up to where it came from. Seems that Brat might
think it's spent a year down there, but only a day has passed up top ... Brat comes back real
thin and dirty though, covered in black mess ... You know, come to think of it -- on the day
past Witches' Festival, I've often seen some little brats, scrawny, real dirty black mess on
them, looking terrified, too. Parents drag them into Temples to get blessed and cured, if they
have the gold. By the Beard of Sheogorath, the wailing and noise! Enough to drive a priest to
... er ... well, never mind ... that's our problem ...

KOMON: Nah ... it's a problem with our suppliers, I tell you ...

(Lheben throws Komon through a screen)

LHEBAN: Anyway, that's the short of it, this Nackles legend up around here. I recall now, it's
widespread all over Tamriel ... and knowing the place, probably more than a grain of truth in
the tale, much, much more ...

ADVENTURER: So, I guess some of the ... er, darker Dark Elves sort of identify with this
Nackles. Take on the persona, so to say ...

LHEBAN: Yeah, that sort of sums it up, I guess ... though we don't see those types hauling off
brats in sacks, now do we?

KOMON: Nah, that's wot we does, girly brats anyway, isn't it not?

(Komon hiccoughs) (Lheban breaks a bottle over Komon's head)

(Komon falls unconscious)

ADVENTURER: Thats a very interesting tale, gentlemen. Say, let me repay you with another
bottle -- what's that you're drinking? Ah, thought so - Innkeep! More holy wine for these holy
men!

LHEBAN: A blessing on you for that kind gesture, friend.

ADVENTURER: I thank you, I sure could use one or three ... Anyway, this 'Fools' Ebony',
I've heard mutters and murmurs about that of late -- mostly eavesdropping ... pardon me ...
listening ... to Mages and the like. What's with this stuff? Here, have another swig ... good!
                                   [20.1] FOOLS' EBONY I                                    43

LHEBAN: Well, we're not supposed to tell outsiders ... but then, you seem to know something
already. And if you have been hearing Mage gossip ... Why, maybe we can do some business.
Profit all round! Well ... for the Akatosh Chantry, of course, and your fee, good Sir.

ADVENTURER: More and more interesting -- tell on, I pray you.

(Komon staggers to feet) (Komon hiccoughs)

KOMON: Time for me to go convert that little lamppost girl ... no, no, no - not last nights
one, but the blonde ...

(Exit Komon) (Female squeals from offstage)

LHEBAN: Friend, you'll have to excuse Komon. He's a bit ... you know strange ... Got these
...

ADVENTURER: Oh, that's all right, we've all got our own...

(Exeunt Lheben and the Adventurer) (Enter EPILOGUE)

EPILOGUE: Our apologies for the quality of this drama so far. If those of you still present
will wait for a few minutes while our bard plays "Silence Implies Consent," we will change
the set for the next act, Part the Twoth. Please don't forget to tip your wench. Do you believe
there's such a thing as Fools' Ebony? Maybe we'll find out in Part the Twoth. Or maybe not.

(Flourish) (Exit Epilogue)

End of Part the Oneth, Being Mostly Concerned with The Legend of Nackles.
44                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[20.2] Fools' Ebony II


                                 Fools' Ebony, Part the Twoth
                                         by Frincheps


Dramatis Personae
Prologue
The Adventurer, A Dark Elf Rascal
Komon, A Priest of Akatosh
Lheban, Another Priest of Akatosh
Epilogue
Stete, A Priest of Julianos
Raic, Another Priest of Julianos
Shub, A Mage
Shub, A Different Mage of the Same Name
Nephron, A Somewhat Sleazy Merchant
5 Armorers
Ortho Crunn, Husband of Millie A Lusty Contessa
Millie, Innkeep and Philosopher
Gurnsey, Bovine Wench
Assorted Wenches and Cads of the Taverns
Soldiers
Dwarves
Giants

               Part The Twoth - Bearing Mostly on Fools' Ebony and Temples

Same place, same Inn, A bottle or two later. Enter Prologue, the Adventurer, and Lheben

PROLOGUE: Little has occured so far in our comedic drama. The Adventurer, our Dark Elf
rascal, has bought drinks for two priests of Akatosh. All have drunk considerably. One of the
priests has rushed off in pursuit of his lamp girl. And, unless I've forgotten something or
something happened when I was paying attention to something else, that's a complete
synopsis of Part the Oneth. Ah, here come two more priests. Humble Prologue must depart.

(Enter RAIC and STETE)

RAIC: Evening Lheban! Evening stranger. My fellow priest here is Stete, I am Raic. We are
honored to serve Julianos.

ADVENTURER: What is this, anyway - Priests night out? And ... I thought that your
Temples - Akatosh, Julianos, the rest ... I thought them all cut-throat competitors. In theology
and gold, if you will forgive my bluntness. Yet you all seem the best of friends ..? Come to
think of it, didn't I have words with Stete earlier, you said you were of the Temple of
Stendarr?

RAIC: A common misconception, friend ...
                                     [20.2] FOOLS' EBONY II                                   45

LHEBAN: ... but one that we ... encourage ...

RAIC: Really, we all work together closely, move between the Temples as needs dictate ...

LHEBAN: ... exchange information ...

RAIC: ... share funds ...

STETE: ... swap our sisters ...

(Lheben kicks Stete) (Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: Sorry to interrupt the merry slapstick, but I neglected to mention earlier that the
Fools' Gold saga -- if that is the word -- contains gratuitous reference to priestly misdeeds and
sexual excess. I hope those of you in the audience of peevish, prudish, sullen, frumpy, or
grumpy demeanors are not offended. Now then, on with the entertainment.

(Exit Prologue)

LHEBAN: ... and all that ...

RAIC: But it helps in our ... holy work, if we are perceived as separate and, uh, competitive...

LHEBAN: Mind you, there are one or two, er ... religious organizations ... well, sort of ... that
we do not have anything to do with ...

RAIC: Nothing at all, nothing at all ... animals, just animals ...

ADVENTURER: Such as ..?

LHEBAN: Weeell -- the Dark Brotherhood for one ... nasty bunch of thugs ... and then there's
the Afterdark Society ...

(aside to Raic)

This fellow, seems a decent sort of chap ... seems to know something about Mages and Fools'
Ebony ...

RAIC: (aside to Lheban) Really now ... how interesting...

(to all) Hey fellow, have another bottle -- this will bless you throat. My, my, yes indeed it
will...

ADVENTURER: Thanks Raic, don't mind a bit ...

LHEBAN: But let me continue -- I was explaining about this Fools' Ebony to you ...

RAIC: Yes, Fools' Ebony ...
46                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

LHEBAN: Well. Fools' Ebony now. Well, you know about ordinary Ebony, how it's rare,
only some dwarven clans dig it and sell it. And not too many, these days and times ...
STETE: How's that popular song go ..? (singing)

Where have all the Old Dwarves gone, Long time ago ...

(Lheben throws Innkeep at Stete) (Raic breaks chair on Innkeep and Stete) (Innkeep loses
consciousness)

LHEBAN: There's a pile of real ebony up in the Wrothgarians somewhere north, I hear tell.
You know how that dullish black ebony gets worked over by Mages, by some skilled
armorers, made into all kinds of potent weapons, amulets, belts, what have you. All fetch a
huge price, when you can find any. And how the best was made long ago, by those old
dwarves ...

(Stete rises to his feet) (Lheban kicks Stete back down) (The Adventurer loosens his tunic)

LHEBAN: Oh my! Oh, my apologies, friend, Sir! I see you have -- what's that? An ebony
torc? Oh my, and an ebony katana! Oh My! Oh My, My! So, of course, you know all that, sir.

ADVENTURER: Oh, that's all right, you didn't know. Here, have another bottle ...

LHEBAN: Many thanks, kind Sir. Well, then you know how every adventurer, even snotty
kids, all the dungeon-delvers, are always looking for ebony artifacts, weapons, whatnot. But
what you may not know, some of the more experienced delvers hunt for raw ebony lodes,
piles, dwarven leavings. That stuff, the raw ebony, is far more valuable.

ADVENTURER: The raw unshaped material that provides work ... and power ... for so few?
Apparently just loaded with negative magicka?

RAIC: Right, right!

LHEBAN: Yes, right so! Quite so! Well, Fools' Ebony now. Looks just about like the real raw
stuff. Runs in veins in the deep rocks. Feels the same, smells almost the same. But the big
difference: it's not real ebony. No power at all. If you pick some up, it gets you hands a bit
dirty. Softer too, by all accounts. But sort of shiny too. But who can tell all that, deep in some
old mine, maybe a ghoul breathing down your neck! So it's just grab and run, I guess, down in
those nasty holes. So the fools, the kids, the crazy delvers, are always hauling up a bag, a
sack, of Fools' Ebony. And getting laughed at by the merchants, dealers, mages, us ... hence
the Fools' part. Stuff just gets thrown into the Bay ...

ADVENTURER: Yeah, that's sort of what I ... er ... heard from some Mages. But I heard
something else, too ...

LHEBAN: And just what was that, friend ... if you want to tell us, of course ... Sir.

ADVENTURER: Oh, of course! I think that we can come to ... er ... an arrangement?

LHEBAN and RAIC (Together): Certainly, Oh Yes!
                                     [20.2] FOOLS' EBONY II                                   47

ADVENTURER: So, yeah, so these mages -- Shub and Shub, they are always called Shub,
aren't they? -- anyway, these old guys were saying how this Fools' Ebony can burn. Not
magically, but like an ordinary piece of wood. But the flame lasts far longer, gives off lots
more heat, makes no smoke to speak of, no noise ... very interesting ... Mages were saying as
how the alchemists want it, to heat the retorts and flasks ... How the Mages Guild wants it, to
make and sell ... er ... fake amulets and the like ... rotten trick that! And especially the
Armorers, they want it bad, for their forges, I guess. And the Alchemists, for their alembics ...

LHEBAN: Precisely my information! Now... gets cold up here in the winter, doesn't it? And
everyone is cutting down all those trees, making siege engines, boats, all that evil war
machinery! All those rich royals and merchants got to heat their great big piles of homes. So
their Contessas can run around in next to nothing, instead of furs...

STETE: ... just like my sister ...

(Lheben bites Stete's arm) (Stete shreiks and falls unconscious)

ADVENTURER: All those armorers got to keep their hearths and furnaces running...

LHEBAN: ... All the Mages got to keep their familiars warm ...

RAIC: ... All those royals got to keep the contessas running ...

LHEBAN: ... All those peasants got to keep their animals warm ...

ADVENTURER: And To Sheogorath with the wife and kids, right? Ha! And, I guess, its sort
of hard for you Priests to give blessings and cures, when your fingers are all cold and stiff ..?
Makes getting corks out a tad hard, to say nothing of opening those little twists of parchment
..?

RAIC: You speak truly, indeed!

LHEBAN: A man of wisdom, indeed! Yes!

ADVENTURER: So, where do we find this Fools' Ebony -- in quantity?

LHEBAN: You put your finger (you have six, I note -- oh, excuse me, Sir) on the crux of the
matter. I have heard rumors, just rumors, mind you, that there are huge enormous veins of this
stuff, at one place on the surface, far up in the Wrothgarians. Bad, bad place to go. But, if you
can get there and back, cartloads of the stuff!

ADVENTURER: Thats just what I overheard from those Mages -- far up there in the
Wrothgarians -- orcs, dragonlings, daedra, Sheogorath only knows what ... Those Mages
seemed to know the spot, though. Mages wanted someone to ...

RAIC: You didn't ... talk ... to the Mages. I mean, you haven't ...

ADVENTURER: Oh no. They didn't even know I was there...

(aside) Not yet, anyway...
48                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

LHEBAN: Good, good - can't trust those Mages, you know ... old fossils would turn their own
mothers into sludge-toads, just for a bit of gold! Gold-mad, power-mad, Mad-mad, the whole
rotten lot of them! But then they don't have mothers!

RAIC: Excellent. Seems to me, friend -- or, can we call you partner? Yes? Excellent. Seems
tome, partner, that my brother priests and you should do some digging and poking around -
see if we can get to those veins, those deposits, eh!

ADVENTURER: Yes indeed, partners! But it would cost a fair pile of gold to get up there --
weapons, spells, women, clothing, carts and horses, women, food, potions ... Best go well-
prepared, up there.

LHEBAN: No problem, partner. Our Temples have ... certain resources, such that if we were
guaranteed ... sole access, sole knowledge of the location, then we could finance someone ...
someone with the requisite skills, such as yourself? Just by happenstance, I am Keeper of the
Books ... you see the opportunity?

ADVENTURER: Oh yes! Oh yes! Well -- lets split a last bottle, and shake on an agreement?

LHEBAN: Indeed, let us! We first need information -- who knows about the site up there,
where it is, how to reach it ... Why don't we meet back here in, say, a week, to the hour. And
see what we can learn, meanwhile?

RAIC: We need to find a merchant, too. Someone who can handle it for us ... warehouses,
distribution ...

LHEBAN: And keep a shut mouth!

ADVENTURER: I'll make some inquiries about merchants ... got a contact or two ... Trouble
is -- well, you know how these things go -- few golds here, few there, before you know it
you've bribed half the town, or so it seems. Now, as luck would have it, I don't have much --
got swindled by a wretched Mage, some town south of here, and lost most of my belongings
in a shipwreck ...

LHEBAN: Ah Yes! You need some ... seed money as it were.

RAIC: (To Lheban) Let me lift old Stete's purse, he made a lot renting out his sister last week
...

LHEBAN: Thank you, Raic. Here, about 100 gold -- enough ?

ADVENTURER: Oh yes, more than enough for a start, Gentlemen. Good, good, good ... so
we have a deal?

ADVENTURER: Yes! It's agreed. One week!

(Exit Lheban, Raic dragging Stete) (Exit the Adventurer)

(Enter Epilogue)
                                    [20.2] FOOLS' EBONY II                                     49

EPILOGUE: Ah, things are happening now, I doubt it not. Patrons, I request that you recall
that this is a work of fiction created by one of the finest writers of the asylum, Frincheps,
Archprince of All Sumurset. There is no such thing as Fools' Ebony. Furthermore, Ebony is
not mined as the priests have described the process. Grasp that please. If you can still enjoy
the play as a rude work of fiction, stay with us for Part the Threeth. If you can't, farewell. And
don't forget to tip the wenches.

And so endeth Part the Twoth
50                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[20.3] Fools' Ebony III


                               Fools' Ebony, Part the Threeth
                                       by Frincheps


Dramatis Personae:
Prologue
The Adventurer, A Dark Elf Rascal
Komon, A Priest of Akatosh
Lheban, Another Priest of Akatosh
Epilogue
Stete, A Priest of Julianos
Raic, Another Priest of Julianos
Shub, A Mage
Shub, A Different Mage of the Same Name
Nephron, A Somewhat Sleazy Merchant
5 Armorers
Ortho Crunn, Husband of Millie A Lusty Contessa
Millie, Innkeep and Philosopher
Gurnsey, Bovine Wench
Assorted Wenches and Cads of the Taverns
Soldiers
Dwarves
Giants

              Part The Threeth - In The Mages' Guild, One to Three Days Later

(Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: We are now at the halfway point of our disjointed epic. If you are just arriving,
you have missed little. The Adventurer, our rogue Dark Elf, has joined with a quadripartite
(that's a triumvirate plus one) of priests intent on discovering a burning metal called Fools'
Ebony and becoming wealthy. The priests have given our hero some gold for bribing
merchants, but the only people who know where the Fools' Ebony is are the mages of the
Mages' Guild. As the Epilogue pointed out at the end of Part the Twoth, there is no such thing
as Fools' Ebony and real Ebony is not mined. Something our playwrite apparently did not
research. Well, accept it as high fantasy, if you will. Or whatever. Hark, here comes our hero
now. Imagine the miasma (if that's the word I want) of magical elixirs, bubbling cauldrons,
hovering balls of sparkling whatnot. And now, the Prologue must depart.

(Enter the Adventurer and SHUB)

ADVENTURER: Ho! Anyone around?

SHUB: Over here, young man, in the corner ...

ADVENTURER: Morning. Do I call you ... Shub ..?
                                     [20.3] FOOLS' EBONY III                                       51

SHUB: Oh yes, Shub is my name, Shub it is ... How on Tamriel did you know?

ADVENTURER: Can we have some ... privacy ... I have a somewhat ... er ... delicate matter
to discuss..?

SHUB: No need for privacy here! We Mages do not hide anything!

ADVENTURER: Fools' Ebony?

SHUB: Quick through this door ..! Turn right ... Turn left ... Ah ... just let me throw a privacy
spell around us ...

(Loud zap sounds) (Enter SHUB)

Good! Now Sir -- Oh, by the way, meet my fellow Mage, Shub.

SHUB: Mmmm.

SHUB: Now, you mentioned Fools' Ebony ..?

ADVENTURER: Well, I fancy myself a bit of an expert in ebony. Had quite a bit come and
go through my hands in my time, I have ...

SHUB: We notice that you have an ebony amulet, and an ebony katana -- Of Lightning, no
less! And an ebony belt ... ...mmmm...

ADVENTURER: Hands off the toys, gentlemen, please!

SHUB: Forgive us -- but we so appreciate such fine items ...

SHUB: ... collect them too ...

ADVENTURER: Well, the other day, just by chance of course, I just happened to hear two
priests of the Temple of ... er ... Stendarr, I think it was ... They were a bit high in their cups, I
think, a bit loud, and never noticed me skulking -- I mean, standing -- there. They were going
on about this Fools' Ebony - stuff like the real thing, only no magicka at all. None. But it
burns like wood, only longer, hotter, no smoke, nice even heat.

SHUB: Yes ... we have heard similar rumors. Seen a bit of that stuff -- lumps from a sack or
two that some crazed delver dragged up, that kind of thing. Right, Shub?

SHUB: Oh - Oh yes, right, that kind of thing ... right ...

(aside) I must remember to keep the secret, whatever it is.

ADVENTURER: Well, these fool priests seemed to talk as if they knew a location for lots, I
mean piles, of that stuff -- somewhere up in the Wrothgarians ...

SHUB and SHUB (Together): Where! Who! Did they say? How? When? Where?
52                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

SHUB: You didn't let them know you were listening, did you?

ADVENTURER: Of course not! What do you take me for, a priest lover?

SHUB: Calm yourself, my lord ... that's better...just don't go fiddling with that katana so
much. Makes us nervous.

SHUB: Yes, nervous, very ...

SHUB: Here, sit down. There. Want some mulled wine? No? Oh well, just have to finish it
myself.

SHUB: So they seemed to know the location.

(aside) Hmmmm. This means we have to act fast, quickly, speedily, and with great rapidity.

ADVENTURER: Oh yes! They were talking like they were going to get a load in a few
weeks or so ...

SHUB: Oh My! Oh Dear Me! Ohhh...

SHUB: Now then. Seems you know a fair amount about this Fools' Ebony. And you realize
the potential -- just think, big warm fires in all our study rooms ...

SHUB and SHUB (Together): ... Selling it to the Palace... selling it to those stupid Alchemists
... the Armorer's Guild would be good for a lot ... ...keep out familiars nice and warm ... ... and
our posteriors ..! ... just think how Daedra Seducers love a nice warm fire ... Giving
smoldering lumps to the peasants to warm their hovels with - in return for some gold, of
course ...

SHUB: ...just think of all that gold...

SHUB: Trouble is, son - we would like to get that stuff by the cartload, bring it down here ...

SHUB: Have some trustworthy merchant ...

SHUB: Put a spell on him!

SHUB: ... Have some merchant act as sort of, middleman, for us ...

ADVENTURER: But ... then why the delay, gentlemen?

SHUB: You seem like an honest fellow. We'll tell you -- mind you, you let out a word of this,
and there will be a Fire Daedra in your bed ... but no threats between gentlemen, right!

ADVENTURER: Very well -- I shall be the very soul of discretion.

SHUB: You see, we know where the stuff it, cartloads and cartloads of it. But we can't get
there and back ...
                                   [20.3] FOOLS' EBONY III                                   53

SHUB: We are not the outdoorsy types.

SHUB: Far safer here in town.

SHUB: Much warmer too.

SHUB: Think of all the supplies we would have to take.

SHUB: All those nasty things out there.

SHUB: Did you know that seducers won't come to us in the wilderness?

SHUB: We'd have to hire guards, to keep those awful priests away.

SHUB: And the strain of dealing with all those coarse types ... the Merchants.

SHUB: The Armorers.

SHUB: The Royals.

ADVENTURER: Mmm. I think I comprehend. You want some -- experienced explorer-hero
type, someone used to the wilderness - to go get it for you, set up a supply line, so on ..?

SHUB: Exactly. And find us a nice, useable merchant. Someone we can control.

SHUB: With a big, big warehouse, delivery service, that kind of thing ...

ADVENTURER: Well, gentlemen. Let me volunteer my services! I have always admired you
Mage gentlemen -- so clever, so sharp. No fooling you in anything, is there?

SHUB: No, no fooling us ...

(Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: This, ladies and gentlemen, is irony.

(Exit Prologue)

ADVENTURER: Tell you what, I can probably arrange a suitable merchant or you. Take
some gold though -- those thieves know the value of a gold piece! As luck would have it, my
last gold was swindled off me by a thieving priest, in some little town south of here. And I
lost a lot of good stuff in a shipwreck just before that ...

SHUB: Well ... since you have agreed to help us ... we can spare some gold from the treasury,
can't we, Shub?

SHUB: Oh! Oh yes, lots there ... always make more ...

ADVENTURER: Now, I do need to know roughly where this site is, got to pick the right
breed of horse, calculate my supplies to the last drop, figure out what weapons I might need ...
54                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

supplies, like food, little things like that ... diameter of the cart wheels in square yurts ...
ambush points for the priests, in case they try to get up there ... mmmmm ...

SHUB: Tell you what - here is 500 gold. Go get things started.

SHUB: Yes ... we can always make some more.

SHUB: (aside, to Shub) Shut up!

(Shub fires a spell at Shub that burns him to a cinder and then reconstitutes him)

(to all) Excuse us ... where was I ... Oh ... get a merchant, guards, carts, whatever you think it
will take. Come back if you need more.

SHUB: But what about those priests?

ADVENTURER: I've an idea or two there. Let me get friendly with them - maybe hire a
couple of good lamppost girls, lay in a few cases of holy wine ... I'll have them eating out of
my hand in no time. And if you show me where this Fools' Ebony is ... why, I can misdirect
them, send them straight into an trolls' den or something.

SHUB: You're the expert! Here, let me show you on a map ... and I don't need to mention Fire
Daedras, do I?

ADVENTURER: So ... seems to be ... hmmmm ... only thirty days there, this time of year.
Maybe forty back, with the loads. Let me study this a bit more ...

SHUB: Can't take it with you, of course ... don't want this getting out now ...

ADVENTURER: Oh no. That's fine. Look, let me have a bit more gold. Going to need some
heavy-duty carts. See here, this section ... cut by all these washes ... hmmmm ... the flummox
there will be something terrible ... Oh, and these ruins, full of ghosts, I bet ... hmmmm ... and
this pass, just full of willies too ...

SHUB: If you say so ... My, seems that we picked the right man, right, Shub!

SHUB: Oh yes, indeed.

ADVENTURER: So -- why don't I make arrangements, get back to you in ... er ... say a
week? Say -- sure that you don't want to come with me. After all, there's nothing like the
wilderness life. Waking up with the sun, shaking off the frost. Catching an orc for breakfast -
ever have orc guts fried over stinkwood? Oh, that's a treat! Checking each stream for dead
giant spiders - or live ones! Imp jerky for lunch! Scanning the ridges for dragonlings!
Standing guard against Ice Daedra in a blinding snowstorm! Oh, what a life!

SHUB and SHUB (Together): No, no ... we, we better stay here at the Guild. Got our duties
after all ... someones got to mind the store ... someones got to get the word out to selected
customers ... No, thank you kind Sir, it does sound such a lovely life, but I think we best be
here ... yes, indeed ...
                                  [20.3] FOOLS' EBONY III                                  55

ADVENTURER: A pity, gentlemen. Well, I'll be about it then. And don't worry if you see me
with those priests -- got to mislead and misdirect them, haven't I!

SHUB: One week, then!

(Exeunt Shub, the Adventurer, and Shub) (Enter Epilogue)

EPILOGUE: Shub and Shub, ladies and gentlemen. Implausibly retarded mages, yes, but
perhaps there's something more to them than this act suggests. Do you think so, maybe? Well,
if you are not in the theater for Part the Fourth, you won't know for certain, will you? Don't
forget to tip your wenches and think on that while we change the set.

So Endeth Part the Three
56                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[20.4] Fools' Ebony IV


                                 Fools' Ebony, Part the Fourth
                                         by Frincheps


Dramatis Personae:
Prologue
The Adventurer, A Dark Elf Rascal
Komon, A Priest of Akatosh
Lheban, Another Priest of Akatosh
Epilogue
Stete, A Priest of Julianos
Raic, Another Priest of Julianos
Shub, A Mage
Shub, A Different Mage of the Same Name
Nephron, A Somewhat Sleazy Merchant
5 Armorers
Ortho Crunn, Husband of Millie A Lusty Contessa
Millie, Innkeep and Philosopher
Gurnsey, Bovine Wench
Assorted Wenches and Cads of the Taverns
Soldiers
Dwarves
Giants

   Part The Fourth - Mercantile Dealings, The Armorers Involve Themselves. After some
general discussion and verbal dancing around, finally the topic of Fools' Ebony is explored ...
 Somewhere near the market, in the back of a store called "Nephron's General Mercantile".
                                       The day after.

(Enter Prologue, the Adventurer, and NEPHRON)

PROLOGUE: Whilst the actors playing the Adventurer and the merchant Nephron
dramatically move their mouths to pantomime a conversation, it is on poor Prologue's
shoulders to update the audience on the play's actions in its first three acts. The Adventurer, a
rogue of a Dark Elf, has been hired two different groups -- four inebriated priests and two
greedy mages -- to delay the other group, and find the lost cache of Fools' Ebony in the
Wrothgarian Mountains. Now, picture this clownishly decorated set as the back room at a
prosperous merchant's shop. And before the Adventurer and Nephron develop lockjaw,
Prologue will leave you thus.

ADVENTURER: So you see, friend Nephron, just what an opportunity we have here. We
have this new commodity, for which you agree there will be a huge demand.

NEPHRON: Especially from the Royals -- once one of them has something new, they all want
it, of course.
                                   [20.4] FOOLS' EBONY IV                                     57

ADVENTURER: And do not forget the Armorers for their forges, and the Alchemists for
their retorts and whatnots...

NEPHRON: You seem to have the Mages lined up nicely, got their location, memorized the
access map, and so on - you know, we merchants have had a suspicion for quite some time
that those old twits had some deep dark secret of interest to us... Now, the priests - the School
of Julianos we already work well with, hand and glove, you might say. But of course we shall
cut them out of the major profits -- maybe let them distribute some to their flocks? And their
Temples make good, how can I say? -- storehouses? But the Akatosh Chantry is a problem,
always running off and doing things on their own initiative, no cooperation, just crazy people
... we really need to do something about them, to ... er ... ensure their cooperation ...

ADVENTURER: I have a suggestion that might help ... you recall how old Komon left and
apparently dragged off some little blonde lamppost girl ... just suppose, that just by chance, in
his state of ... befuddlement ... he dragged off someone important by mistake..? Might be a lot
of trouble for the Chantry, if word got out?

NEPHRON: Hmmm. Indeed ... there's this silly little blonde Royal who's all excited by the
'real life' down in these parts of town. Disguises herself (or so she thinks), comes on down
here and plays at being poor. Stupid little twit ... Komon is still in hiding with his blonde,
right?

ADVENTURER: Yes, in that 'retreat' the Priests have, down near the waterfront.

NEPHRON: Oh yes, I know that place - often sell them some 'spiritual powders' and so on ...
Good ... you see, just imagine what would happen if Komon, by mistake, had grabbed this
slumming little Contessa ... Akatosh Chantry would have no end of trouble from the palace if
something nasty happened to her ... and then we could move in, offer to 'help' the Chantry
during their hard times ... Hmmm. Yes! Leave it to me, I shall contact a few of my ... er ...
business associates, as it were ... make some arrangements.

ADVENTURER: And I'll keep up chatting with the priests, get them to support our little
business venture?

NEPHRON: Right! And I should introduce you to some of the more senior members of our
Brotherhood ... excuse me, Guild. Let me contact you in a few days, when everything is all
set. You are here every evening?

ADVENTURER: Yes, not particularly safe outside after dark these days.

NEPHRON: I see. We shall have to arrange some ... protection for you. Well, in a few days,
then.

(Exit Nephron, inconspicuously) (Enter FIVE ARMORERS)

(Armorers and the Adventurer fight) (The Adventurer falls)

(The Armorers tie the Adventurer up and then wake him up)
58                      2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

ARMORER 1: OK, fellow. Lets not spriggen-foot around! We know about this Fools' Ebony
thing. And about the Mages who apparently discovered the location. And we have been
watching you dance around with the Priests, the Mages, the Merchants. Just about everyone
with two feet!

ARMORER 2: And how you are really working with Nephron.

ARMORER 3: And how you are double-crossing the Priests and Mages ...

ARMORER 2: You and Nephron are really doing a good job on the Akatosh Chantry, we
must admit.

ARMORER 1: But now, we want that Fool's Ebony supply. We need it to increase our
production, our quality -- and our prices. We can work with Nephron and his gang, we need
warehouses and distribution anyway.

ARMORER 4: We could torture it out of you ...

ARMORER 3: We could let the Priests know about your plans -- they would throw you to the
Afterdark Society in a flash!

ARMORER 5: We could let the Mages know -- they would send you to Oblivion for a very,
very long time!

ARMORER 1: But we would rather you 'joined' our Guild. We cannot afford to leave
Daggerfall for some hairy wilderness trip. Too much demand these days, for our services.

ARMORER 2: But we can send a group of our apprentices along to keep you company.

ARMORER 4: Our apprentices usually test all our products ... and will be just itching to test
out there.

ADVENTURER: Gentlemen, gentlemen! Please - I really was going to give the whole deal to
you, once I had gotten gold from everyone else.

(Armorer 5 slaps the Adventurer with a hot poker)

Ohhh ... well, I thought of it...

ARMORER 5: Sure! And I'm a Nymph!

ADVENTURER: Yes, Yes, Yes, you are very persuasive. I would welcome an ... er ... escort
and guard of such tough gentlemen. Be very handy out there.

ARMORER 1: Good. Thought you would see it our way! Some of our other members are
presently having a little ... chat with Nephron. We can handle him. And from now on, two of
our bigger apprentices will always be close at hand. Protection, of course - this town can be
quite dangerous at night ...
                                   [20.4] FOOLS' EBONY IV                                     59

ARMORER 3: So continue with your arrangements, work with Nephron. You can always
leave word about your departure date with any weapons shop. And about any problems you
may have ...

ADVENTURER: Certainly, gentlemen. Yes, you are indeed very persuasive. I shall keep you
up to date. And, er...thanks for the protection.

(Enter ORTHO, the very large apprentice) (The Adventurer is untied) (Exeunt Five Armorers)

ADVENTURER: Hello, who are you?

ORTHO: Me am Ortho!

ADVENTURER: My ... protection?

ORTHO: Me am Ortho!

ADVENTURER: You look very familiar to me for some reason. Have you every been to
Morrowind?

ORTHO: Me am Ortho!

ADVENTURER: Fine then. (aside) My old man used to say the very worst thing that can
happen to a fellow is an evening spent in the company of an earnest politician. This, I think, is
a close second.

(Exeunt the Adventurer and Ortho) (Enter Epilogue)

EPILOGUE: Our play has six parts, and we've just finished the fourth. It's interesting I think
that the Lusty Contessa has not made an appearance yet. You don't suppose our playwrite
forgot he put her in the Dramatis Personae, do you? Well, you'll only know if you come back
for The Fools' Ebony, Part the Fiveth. And if your neighbor decides not to return, don't tell
him what happened. We actors have to make a living too, you know. Don't forget to tip your
wenches while we change the scene.

(Exit Epilogue)

So Endeth Part The Fourth
60                      2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[20.5] Fools' Ebony V


                                  Fools' Ebony, Part the Fiveth
                                          by Frincheps


Dramatis Personae:
Prologue
The Adventurer, A Dark Elf Rascal
Komon, A Priest of Akatosh
Lheban, Another Priest of Akatosh
Epilogue
Stete, A Priest of Julianos
Raic, Another Priest of Julianos
Shub, A Mage
Shub, A Different Mage of the Same Name
Nephron, A Somewhat Sleazy Merchant
5 Armorers
Ortho Crunn, Husband of Millie A Lusty Contessa
Millie, Innkeep and Philosopher
Gurnsey, Bovine Wench
Assorted Wenches and Cads of the Taverns
Soldiers
Dwarves
Giants

     Part The Fiveth - Back With The Priests, Final Plans, and a Killing or Two is Reported...
            Nearer the middle of the Month of Frostfall, The Inn of the Pink Nymph.

(Enter Prologue, the Adventurer, Ortho, Nephron, the Five Armorers, and Prologue)

PROLOGUE: Our roguish Dark Elf, the Adventurer has plummeted before our stunned eyes,
from the king of the spider web of intrigue to a pathetic, crawling lump of Argonian
excrement. In the quest for Fools' Ebony, that substance that all would kill for, the Adventurer
attempted to play Mage against Priest with the help of the merchant Nephron. Alas, that is to
say, alackaday, the five armorers have trapped Nephron and the Adventurer and taken over
their scheme. The hulking Ortho now watches the Adventurer's every move. But I get the
feeling -- to be honest, don't you? -- that beneath the Adventurer's defeated quivering jelly
lurks a jungle cat of such cunning and resource to shatter all his enemies when the time is
right. Of course, I could be wrong. Ah, I see one of the priests of Akatosh who believes
himself a friend of the Adventurer. I, Prologue must away.

(Exit Prologue) (Enter Lheban, a Priest of Akatosh.)

LHEBAN: Evening there, mind if I join you?

ADVENTURER: Well ... since you already have - no. And where is our esteemed brother
Komon this chill evening?
                                     [20.4] FOOLS' EBONY IV                                     61

LHEBAN: You mean you haven't heard -- Oh, I guess you have been busy with the ...
preparations?

ADVENTURER: Right, right, very busy...

LHEBAN: Then let me tell you -- Oh, what a bad business. What trouble ... Oh Dear ... Well
... you doubtless recall that poor Komon had this ... er ... problem -- overwork of course!

ADVENTURER: Oh yes -- you fellows do work exceeding hard, seems to me.

LHEBAN: Well ... recall how Komon left, somewhat erratically as it were, and ... er ... made
off with that young blondie under the lamppost outside? Well -- in his ... er ... state of
confusion - he grabbed the wrong blondie - Oh My, indeed the wrong one ...

ADVENTURER: They all look pretty much the same to me, but of course, I do not look too
hard!

LHEBAN: Oh My! Well, to cut a short tale to the bone, old Komon grabbed a Contessa, who
had thought to 'disguise herself.' Oh Dear!

ADVENTURER: Well -- did she get away? Did they catch Komon? What happened?

LHEBAN: Well, old Komon, tipsy as he was, was quick as spit in a gale. Eluded all pursuit,
took the lady to a small private ... retreat house that we have. Oh Dear Me! Well, the City
Guards, Palace guards, half a dozen Royals, all caught up with Komon 3 days later. One day
too late for the poor Contessa -- I hear that they had a hard time locating all the ... er ... bits
and pieces. Komon was there, passed out cold. And another body, some common blond
lamppost girl. And by now he is cold -- permanently, most likely at the bottom of the Bay.

ADVENTURER: Oh well. Serves the Contessa right, coming down to this area. But I suppose
that there are repercussions?

(Enter two more Priests, Raic and Stete of Julianos, and four armed City Guards.)

RAIC: Evening, Lheban. Evening, Adventurer. And --

ORTHO: Me am Ortho.

RAIC: Yesss. Charmed. And Lheban, you indeed have my sympathies ... if there is anything
we can do to help -- our Temple of Julianos, that is ..? But really, you should have kept
Komon on a tighter leash - or preferably a noose!

ADVENTURER: Hello Raic. And hello to you, Stete - how's your sister?

STETE: Oh, she's great.

(Raic sets Stete on fire, but it goes out)

LHEBAN: Yes, I know I know. Oh the repercussions! Do you know that the Priests of
Akatosh to Daggerfall Castle, Wayrest Palace and just about everywhere else have all been
62                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

thrown out? That the Royal tax exemption for the Chantry has been revoked? That the
Akatosh Chantry has just received a 'past due taxes' bill? Oh My!

ADVENTURER: Well ... I suppose that we could help somewhat, maybe? Maybe a small
loan from Julianos for that tax bill? With, say, a Temple as security? Oh -- are not the taxes
based on the number of the Priests of Akatosh? So, maybe ... the School of Julianos could
take over a ... significant number? Reduce your tax bill? You realize that this is not the best
time for this -- just as we need a lot of funds for that expedition that I am arranging for you.

LHEBAN: Oh, I am so sorry about Komon! But, yes, maybe if good brother Raic could -- I
hate to say this -- take over a greater share of the financial burden ..? In return, of course, for
... er ... considerations ..?

RAIC: Hmm. Like a good number of 'permanently' loaned priests? A long look at your
books? At your cellar? Your name-lists? A Temple as security on our loan? And, of course, a
bigger cut in the proceeds of this ... expedition? Names of your ... er ... suppliers ..?

LHEBAN: Oh. I foresaw something like this, talked a bit about it with old Mucky-Muck -
livid, he was. But, as I am a Senior Brother, he finally authorized me to 'take care of it.' Those
weren't his exact words, mind you, which were quite a bit ...longer, more explicit ... but the
gist, at least.

ADVENTURER: Of course, Lheban. If -- and note I say 'if' -- if we are successful, why then
you can easily get back into good graces at the Palace. Merely sell them the goods, as a good
low rate! With first refusal on any shipment you have? What's one Contessa to them, anyway?

LHEBAN: Yes, yes! That could work! Worth a try. But how? Royals will not talk to anyone
from the Akatosh Chantry now.

ADVENTURER: Leave that to me, I can make ... approaches to certain ones. Yes, I can
probably persuade them to let up on the Chantry, in return for... future favors ...

LHEBAN: Oh, Oh how can I thank you?

ADVENTURER: Well, I need a fair amount of gold to finish setting up my little trip. Maybe
10,000? Special horses, reinforced carts, cartiers, guards ... the list goes on and on. And the
cost of keeping our little trip quiet is really quite high.

LHEBAN: Well, yes, we can afford it, I guess -- you do have the map now, don't you? I know
we can afford 8,000 gold. Given the potential profits ...

ADVENTURER: Rest easy! - it's all here in my cloak -- show you in a bit. I've also managed
to ... hire some good young hefty fellows, like old Ortho here, to manage the carts, dig and
load, act as guards, and so on ...

LHEBAN: Good, good - I can relax a bit. Oh my, the fellows back at the Chantry will be so
relieved. We really owe you, the Brotherhood does -- Oh, I mean the Akatosh Chantry, of
course!

STETE: Brotherhood ..? What about our sisterhood, eh?
                                    [20.4] FOOLS' EBONY IV                                       63

(Raic grapples Stete, allowing Lheban to hit Stete with a large mallet)

ADVENTURER: Well, Raic, what about you and the School? How much are you good for,
the extra 2000? And maybe some more - always lots of last minute expenses on a trip like
this, you know.

RAIC: Well now. Since we seem to getting a whole extra sect of Priests, and ... other
considerations ... Certainly!

ADVENTURER: Well, gentlemen -- Oh, and Stete -- here it is!

(The Adventurer pulls out a map, gives it to Raic)

Oh, by the Arms of Zenithar, did I ever have to work hard for this! Those cagey Mages! But,
in the end, just greedy old fools! ... Oh, just in case you or your, er, Head Priest, hasn't seen
the goods -- here's a sample. Play with it.

(The Adventurer hands Raic a small leather bag)

RAIC: Thank you, thank you. I must admit, I had some ... well, some doubts. You know -
dealing with a stranger, so on ... No more. Partner!

ADVENTURER: Good, good!

(Stete hiccoughs)

STETE: Say, you fellows ever hear this one -- what's a Priest keep under his robe? Haha --
His sister! Haheheha!

(The Adventurer, Lheban, and Raic beat Stete into unconsciousness)

RAIC: You know, I fear that we really have to do something about young Stete here ... his
sister thing ... ugh!

ADVENTURER: Yes, he could be another Komon -- just what don't need!

LHEBAN: Hmmmm. This sister of his -- does she really -- exist?

RAIC: Oh yes. My. Oh yes. We know her well - I mean, we have often seen her ...

LHEBAN: I think, Brother, that she should be made to see the errors of her ways. So she is no
longer an influence on Stete ...

RAIC: Yes, most certainly ... Hmmm ...

LHEBAN: A somewhat Dibelytical theological point -- Oh, please excuse the technical
discussion here - Raic, if we are to make her see the errors -- well, how shall I put it -- we first
have to know just what the ... ways ... are, correct?
64                       2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

RAIC: Indeed, an astute observation! Hmmm ... so you are suggesting that ... in a nut, we
should first determine her ... ways, so as to be able to then show her the ... er ... errors?

LHEBAN: Precisely! Mind you, a difficult, ardous, tiring project, I fear. One that will take all
our ... will and energy.

RAIC: Hmmm, true. But challenging, eh? Take all our time - but then, we shall have some
time, while friend the Adventurer here is off hauling and carting.

LHEBAN: And ... I personally, would feel far safer if we were ... in retreat maybe. Studying
the ways ..?

ADVENTURER: Yeah -- be a good idea for you two to, maybe, disappear? For a while, of
course. Cut down on the chances of a ... rival faction catching on? Or catching you?

RAIC: Very well! Lheban, why don't you and I take his sister off with us on a ... theological
retreat, as it were? Study the ways in details, and so on ...

LHEBAN: We could go to that unused little Temple, up on that shoulder of Edward's
Mountain ... out of the way, quiet ...

RAIC: Door has locks ...

LHEBAN: Thick walls ...

RAIC: A big cellar ...

LHEBAN: Good! It's settled then. A theological retreat! Oh goody!

RAIC: Of course, once we know the ... er ... ways in detail, we can of course tell old High
Mucky-Muck, and let him take care of the ... er ... showing of the errors ..? Yes, that would
improve his mood quite a bit ...

LHEBAN: Then it's agreed. Let's start, say, day after tomorrow?

RAIC: Yes! Adventurer, why don't I meet you at, oh, that horrid ugly statue of ... what on
Tamriel is it? - a harpy and a gargoyle? Called something silly like 'Vendigao and Her Lover'
or some such? Up in the north west corner of the town. Oh, and can I keep the map?

ADVENTURER: Sure, keep it, I have a copy. And you will pass me a small bag, there at that
nasty statue?

RAIC: Have it all ready for you -- say, ten o'clock sharp? Oh, Lheban, another thought about
young Stete here. He really needs some ... seasoning in the field, one might say ...?

LHEBAN: Hmmm. Good point ... I know! The priest who handles field assignments is
coming by tomorrow. We could arrange an ... educational ...assignment for Stete?

RAIC: Very good! But where ... hmmm ... Winter's coming soon now. There's a vacancy up
in Solitude, far north Skyrim, I believe. Night collections at street corners, or some such. Very
                                   [20.4] FOOLS' EBONY IV                                     65

Good! Come on, Lheban. We have accounts to work on. Good night to you then, Adventurer.
Ten tomorrow morning! (Lheban, Raic rise to leave, picking up Stete)

Lheban and Raic (Together): ... have to arrange some supplies ... ... leather, rope ... holy wine
.... ... lots of that pink powder ... I prefer the green, myself ...

(Exeunt Lheban, Raic dragging Stete, and City Guard)

NEPHRON: Well?

ADVENTURER: Excellent. Went just as I said it would. Got 5000 gold from them. And,
thanks to your work with that Contessa ... we have the screws on the Chantry. And the School
of Julianos is going to be ... otherwise engaged ... on a theological retreat. More like a
Sanguine retreat!

NEPHRON: And those Mages Shub and Shub seem to have disappeared ...

ADVENTURER: So we are set?

NEPHRON: Yes, you can come by my warehouse tomorrow afternoon. Have the heavy carts
waiting.

ORTHO: And Ortho ...

NEPHRON: Oh yes, must not forget you fellows. How kind of you to ... volunteer your
services ...

ADVENTURER: Tomorrow, then!

(Exeunt omnes) (Last person to leave looks just like a Royal in disguise ...) (Enter Epilogue)

EPILOGUE: Well, we only have one part left to this play and I've run out counting the
number of loose strings. Either Part the Sixth is going to be eight hours long, or we're going to
leave some parts unsolved. I for one hope that they don't chose to drop the character of the
Wanton Contessa. For Jephre's sake, she's been on the Dramatis Personae since Part the
Oneth. Ah, well. Nobody leave your seat. Your gold will not be refunded. Any gold you can
spare to tip your friendly wenches will be greatly appreciated. We just have a quick costume
change and a set to put together and we'll be back. In the meanwhile, enjoy our bard's
rendition of the Nordic classic "Alas, The Fleeting Years Glide By."

So Endeth Part The Fiveth
66                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[20.6] Fools' Ebony VI


                                 Fools' Ebony, Part the Sixth
                                         by Frincheps


Dramatis Personae:
Prologue
The Adventurer, A Dark Elf Rascal
Komon, A Priest of Akatosh
Lheban, Another Priest of Akatosh
Epilogue
Stete, A Priest of Julianos
Raic, Another Priest of Julianos
Shub, A Mage
Shub, A Different Mage of the Same Name
Nephron, A Somewhat Sleazy Merchant
5 Armorers
Ortho Crunn, Husband of Millie A Lusty Contessa
Millie, Innkeep and Philosopher
Gurnsey, Bovine Wench
Assorted Wenches and Cads of the Taverns
Soldiers
Dwarves
Giants

(Daggerfall and Environs in the Doldrums of the 3rd Era)

Scene 1: In The Adventurer's suite at the Dead Daedra Inn.

Enter Prologue, the Adventurer, and Ortho. Ortho climbs into bed.

PROLOGUE: Thank you for allowing us the time to change the meager set, while our bard
sang that old favorite, "Hail and Farewell." Now then, imagine, if you will, the luxuriant and
langorous suite of that Dark Elven rogue, the Adventurer, at the Dead Daedra Inn. The time is
shortly after the last scene, which if you've forgotten, ended with our hero and his partner-in-
crime, Nephron, making some arrangements to swindle from the mages, priests, and armorers.
All are interested in getting their hands on a lode of Fools' Ebony, a miraculous burning
mineral, and the priests and mages each consider the Adventurer their ally. The Armorers
know better and have assigned one of their apprentices, Ortho, to watch the Adventurer's
movements. Now, as Ortho slumbers, the Adventurer has his first moment of peace in days. I
should mention that in the interest of common decency, this scene has been abbreviated from
the original by order of the Guild of Playwrites, Actors, and Dramatists. It now contains little
material of relevance. A full copy may be obtained from the playwrite after the show for a
mere 50 g.p. copying fee. Now is the time for poor Prologue to shuffle away.

(Exit Prologue) (The Adventurer begins to get undressed)
                                   [20.5] FOOLS' EBONY V                                     67

(Tap-tap at the door. Adventurer jumps, startled) (Snore from Ortho)

ADVENTURER: Who's there? I'm coming!

(Opens door - carefully) (Enter CONTESSA)

ADVENTURER: Er, well ... er ... Come In! Please.

(The Adventuer steps back, tripping over his trousers around his ankles ...)

CONTESSA: So sorry to surprise you, but I thought that we might find something in common
... Oh! You poor man, you have a wound! Here, let me fix that bandage ... it looks very fresh.

(Fixing bandage, properly this time)

ADVENTURER: Well, I ... just opened it up again. Evening exercises, calisthenics, so on...

CONTESSA: How did you get this cut - if you do not mind me asking?

ADVENTURER: No, not at all. I was ... in a fight, earlier. These three crazy people jumped
me.

CONTESSA: Really? This cloth looks like part of a Mage's robe.

ADVENTURER: Well, yes, two of them were Mages.

CONTESSA: Oh My! You must have been very good, to defeat them.

ADVENTURER: Oh, ah, well, I've been in one or two fights. Not to be rude, but who are
you?

CONTESSA: Oh, I am so sorry, I quite forgot the proper introductions. I am the Contessa
Aveet Videspreed -- call me Ave. From the Court at Daggerfall.

ADVENTURER (aside): By Oblivion, what now?

CONTESSA: Here, help me off with this robe, these inn rooms are always ... so hot. And let
me check that bandage again, poor man. Ooh, you are wearing an ebony belt of stamina, and
bracers of strength. Ooh, a bracelet of endurance. This is my lucky night.

ADVENTURER (aside): Help.

CONTESSA: Here, let me help you off with that old shirt - got to check you for any more
cuts - they can go bad so easily, you know.

ADVENTURER (aside): Well, its not the Armorers this time. Maybe my luck has turned.

CONTESSA: Well, everything seems all right...very all right, in fact...

ADVENTURER: Er...well, Ave - tell me about ... er ... yourself.
68                      2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

CONTESSA: If you want - just for a bit -

ADVENTURER: Here, have some wine ...

Enter Prologue

PROLOGUE: Here our worthy playwrite's speech has been heavily edited by the Guild of
Playwrites, Actors, and Dramatists. I will endeavor to fill in those removed passages. I should
first mention that the Contessa is not meant to be a relative of any noble currently in Castle
Daggerfall. The Contessa Aveet regales the Adventurer with tales of the peculiar and hearty
members of her royal family. She has many brothers and sisters. They are all very -- close.

CONTESSA: I think I must have been a bastard. I was the only one with red hair, and an
affinity for magicka. Everyone else tried to hide this skill of mine. I remember one spanking
very well ...

PROLOGUE: The Contessa relates further differences between her siblings.

CONTESSA: While my sisters were learning to curtsey in ten different modes, and my
brothers were learning flower-arranging, I used to sneak off into the woods or town. I soon
learnt how to get what I wanted, from just about anyone. Just for example, there was this
merchant who had three sons ...

PROLOGUE: The Contessa goes into detail about her training.

CONTESSA: I became quite good at the school of illusion. You never noticed me,
downstairs, did you?. I also learned how to use some weapons. Let me tell you how I learned
hand-to-hand ...

PROLOGUE: The Contessa relates an amusing anecdote, and then continues.

CONTESSA: And on bad days, I used to dig in my father's library. He had a marvelous
collection of old texts. I was fascinated by Old Dwarvish, managed to learn it quite well, I
think. Of course, no one has seen or spoken to one in years and years. So its probably
perfectly useless knowledge. But I've always had an interest in collecting new knowledge. At
the Mages Guild, they taught me an old High Elven tradition. You spread this potion all over
your body...

PROLOGUE: The Contessa relates her current state of boredom.

CONTESSA: The life up at the Palace bores me so. My sisters ...

PROLOGUE: The Contessa's sisters are entertaining some visitors.

CONTESSA: And my brothers are now studying Advanced Floral Theory, so I come down
here, do a little ... er ... business. I keep all my relations supplied with their favorite vices -- so
I can blackmail the whole rotten lot.

ADVENTURER: But isn't it dangerous, down here? Did I not hear that some young Contessa
got killed, recently?
                                   [20.5] FOOLS' EBONY V                                     69

CONTESSA: That little twit was my cousin, and as far as I'm concerned, she got what she
deserved. She thought she could just borrow a maids dress, muss up her hair, and pass for
commoner. She was spotted the first minute she left the Palace gates. Now, I use illusion,
craft, guile -- and I carry weaponry. By the way, that was a neat scheme you and Neph cooked
up.

ADVENTURER: Well, lets change the subject, can we? ... Just what do you carry? I can't see
anything ... like a weapon, I mean ...

CONTESSA: Here, let me show you ...

ADVENTURER: Oh my, those are nice ... knives...

CONTESSA: And there're more ...

ADVENTURER: Oh yes...

CONTESSA: But we don't need these silly nasty weapons now, do we?

ADVENTURER: My, my -- now those are what I call weapons ... Oh yes ... heavy duty, high
class ones too, my ...

CONTESSA: I think its time that we put that ebony to the test ... to say nothing of your
Mages Staff ...

PROLOGUE: At this point, extensive material has been removed. However, please remember
that any scholar who truly wishes to peruse this material can obtain a copy for only 50 g.p. -
hand-drawn illustrations are of course extra. The Contessa, after a bit of fun, volunteers to be
a part of the Adventurer's party to find the fools' ebony lode. I know, I know. It didn't make
much sense in the original draft either, if you want to know the truth.

(Exit Prologue)

ADVENTURER: Sure you want to go out there in the wilds?

CONTESSA: Oh, yes. I am so bored here. Well, not right here and now, but generally. And I
can really be of assistance. I'm pretty good with woods survival, knife work, hand-to-hand ...
and it gets cold out there at night, even for big ebony-wearing men like you ...

ADVENTURER: All right, then. Do you know where and why we are going?

CONTESSA: Oh, of course. It's all over Daggerfall. Everyone is watching and waiting to see
what happens. There is even a lottery or two running ...

ADVENTURER: On what ..?

CONTESSA: Oh, your life.

ADVENTURER: Oh dear Oh dear! Oh my!
70                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

CONTESSA: Look, don't worry -- I know all about the double-dealings with mages, priests,
merchants, those crude armorers. And I intend that we come out on top. I love being on top.
With the goods and the profits. I'll have yet another vice to sell to my stupid relatives in their
boring palaces.

ADVENTURER: But won't it be us two against hordes?

CONTESSA: Oh no. Most everyone is waiting here in town to see what and who comes back.
And I will have a surprise arranged for our 'escorts' - Ortho included. Out in the wilderness,
they can be dealt with easily.

(Ortho snores)

ADVENTURER: Tell me more.

CONTESSA: Certainly. But first ... lets see how many uses you have left in that ebony.
Mmm, your Mages' Staff is in good shape ...

(Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: Exactly. Sorry to interrupt again, but we're going to have to stop this scene
right here. After a frenzied night comes the placid dawn, tripping onto the sky like a budding
rose. And then another day doth dawn, and then another. Ten dawns and ten frenzied nights
pass as our wily Adventurer, the wanton Contessa, the clever and naughty Nephron, the
loutish Ortho, and an assemblage of randy armorers and backsliding maidens take to the road.
Imagine now that we are in the wildy wilderness of High Rock near the Wrothgarian
Mountains.

Scene 2

(Enter Nephron and assorted lads and lasses) (Exit Prologue)

CONTESSA: I do so love a bucolic frolic.

ADVENTURER: It's getting pretty wild now. I guess the dangerous part is coming up
tomorrow...?

CONTESSA: Yes, one last stop tonight, at that old inn up here -- Minnie's Inn.

ADVENTURER: Minnie's Inn? Oh, those two old scholars who gave it all up, came to run the
inn out here. they must get all of two customers a year.

CONTESSA: I think they like the solitude. It gives them time to study. They know a lot about
old Dwarvish stuff - get them started on that, they will wear you ears out.

ADVENTURER: Er ... when does your surprise happen? I should probably know.

CONTESSA: Don't fret, dear. At the Inn tonight. Just sit back and enjoy the show.

(Enter Prologue)
                                   [20.5] FOOLS' EBONY V                                   71

PROLOGUE: Time passes, the carts roll, things happen in the backs of the carts. And there
are strange furtive movements unnoticed by all, on the high ridges around. When next we see
our players, they are at Minnie's Inn, home of Minnie and Crunn, the philosopher- innkeeps.
Imagine, if you will, the rather dusty dining room of Minnie's Inn.

(Enter MINNIE, CRUNN, and GURNSEY) (Exit Prologue) (Gurnsey goes to Orthos' table
with more ale for him. She sits down suddenly. She stares into Orthos' eyes, Ortho stares into
hers. Mouths drop open.)

MINNIE: ... er ... Crunn ...

CRUNN: ... yes ... Minnie ...

MINNIE: ... I was thinking ...

CRUNN: ... yes, you were thinking, Minnie ...

MINNIE: ... er .... thinking ...

CRUNN: ... yes ...so was I ....

MINNIE: ... can't remember now ...

CRUNN: ... yes, Minnie ... Minnie ...

MINNIE: ... Yes ..?

CRUNN: ... Shut up ...

GURNSEY and ORTHO (Together): Moo ... oooh ... moo.

ADVENTURER: Moo?

CONTESSA: See, Adventurer, Ortho's fixed.

ADVENTURER: Is he?

CONTESSA: You just watch.

ADVENTURER: And what about the other armorers?

CONTESSA: Any minute now.

(Ortho and serving girl arise, approach Adventurers' table. The floor shakes.)

ORTHO: This Gurnsey. Ortho love Gurnsey, oooh.

GURNSEY: Gurnsey love Ortho ... moo ...

ORTHO: We go get marry, we is.
72                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

ADVENTURER: Well, congratulations! And that was a fine long speech, Ortho!

ORTHO: We go raise piggies.

GURNSEY: Grows animals too, farmers be we.

(Exit Ortho and Gurnsey)

ADVENTURER: Extraordinary. Ave, I think that you must have been up here before.

CONTESSA: Oh yes. I often come up here to get away from the Palace and talk dwarves with
Minnie and Crunn.

ADVENTURER: You mean that these two ancient ... er, Scholar-InnKeeps can actually talk
and about dwarves?

(All but Adventurer, Contessa, Minnie, and Crunn fall asleep in their meat pies.)

CONTESSA: Oh yes, you must just be very patient. But look over at our other escorts ...

ADVENTURER: By the Lady!

CONTESSA: Minnie was an Alchemist before she met Crunn, and knows a lot of old
forgotten Dwarvish potions.

ADVENTURER: But what do we do with the bodies?

CONTESSA: Wait ...

(Enter MAJOR)

CONTESSA: Adventurer, meet Major Bloodnok, head of my own ...private little bodyguard.
He's been with me since I was a mere girl. Served me very well, haven't you, Major?

MAJOR: We give our all, milady.

ADVENTURER: Pleased to meet you, Major.

CONTESSA: How are my other men?

ADVENTURER: (aside) Other men?

(Enter Other Men in Khajiit suits)

MAJOR: All present and accounted for, milady. Had a spot of bother with what looked like a
party of Merchants following you. But they are out of the picture now, down a ravine. Only
one thing.

CONTESSA: Yes?
                                     [20.5] FOOLS' EBONY V                                  73

MAJOR: Me and my men, we've been noticing sort of furtive movements, up on cliffs, on
ridges -- always just out of the corners of our eyes. And we keep getting this feeling of being
watched. Now, me and my men, we're the best but there's something out there. Don't like it,
not one bit.

CONTESSA: Oh Dear - and just when it was getting to be fun.

MAJOR: Its not anything human. Not Mages, Armorers, Priests. And its not the usual
werewolves, harpies, orcs, daedra. Nothing like that, not at all.

MINNIE: Dwarves!

CRUNN: Where? ... oh ... Minnie ... you mean ... up ... there ... here ...

MINNIE: ... Dwarves, up there ...

CRUNN: ... How exciting ... mmmm ...

MINNIE: ... There, there, Crunn, calm down ... just dwarves ... I knew that one day they
would ...

CRUNN: ... Wake up ..?

MINNIE: ... Come back ...

CRUNN: ... But ... I didn't go anywhere ...

MINNIE: ... The dwarves, Crunn ...

CRUNN: ... Oooh ... Back ... So excited ... Dwarves! ... oooh ...

CONTESSA: Well Major, is it possible?

MAJOR: Anything's possible, especially up here. Dwarves? I don't know. Me and my men,
we'll get rid of this lot. There's a good deep mine shaft out back.

(Exit All, but the Adventurer and Contessa)

ADVENTURER: Dwarves, Ave! Is that trouble? I mean, they sort of own all the ebony down
here, don't they?

CONTESSA: Maybe. I guess we just have to push on, see what develops. I can try to talk to
them, maybe? Oh, and Adventurer, you'll have to drive the first cart. I'll take old Nephron's.
We'll leave the other here -- Spares for later.

ADVENTURER: What, no more bucolic frolics?

CONTESSA: Sorry, but we've got to get to the site and out again before the weather goes bad.

ADVENTURER: Can't your Major and his men, handle the carts?
74                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

CONTESSA: Oh, no. They will cover us from all sides and make certain there are no
surprises.

ADVENTURER: Oh well. All good things end, I guess.

CONTESSA: Not quite. If you have any charges left in your bracelets of endurance, we can
go upstairs and see what develops.

(Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: Well, I guess we all saw that coming. Scene 3 takes place some time later at the
site. Flanked by the Major's men, the Adventurer and the Wanton Contessa successfully
follow the map of the dear, departed mages. Imagine great veins of glistening ebonyesque
material piercing the surface of the ground, and a nice warm fire of Fools Ebony where the
Adventurer and the Contessa sprawl. To the west are signs that the weather is turning and the
first major snowstorm of the year is coming. For some time, they have been mining and the
Adventurer is beginning to feel the strain of actual labor.

(Exit Prologue)

Scene 3

ADVENTURER: I've got blisters on my hands from shovelling that black rot, blisters on my
rear from that cart bench, and we are running out of ale. My bracelet is running down and my
fingers are getting frostbite.

CONTESSA: What, your bracelet is running down? Oh, now that is serious.

(Enter Major, running)

MAJOR: Dwarves! Milady, dwarves, dozens of the little buggers caught my men! I'm sorry,
milady.

(The Contessa jumps to her feet)

CONTESSA: Major, get out of here now. If you get away, you can maybe help us later. I'll try
to talk to them.

(Exit Major) (Enter DWARVES)

CONTESSA: Hhjgys jjvvu klpss Jjqqx zzyzx.

DWARVES (Together): Jjpoo Kalagloo gashnoo bibloo franoo Xxnadoo

CONTESSA: Jnik? Balpo?

SWARVES (Together) :Gabloo! Wazzikoo! Eppapupu!

CONTESSA: Glooky, glooky, glooky.
                                     [20.5] FOOLS' EBONY V                                    75

ADVENTURER: Ave, whats going on?

CONTESSA: Relax. I think I've impressed them by talking their language. I don't understand
everything, but it seems that they have only just 'woken up' or something. And that they will
not let us take any of this Fool's Ebony -- it's somehow related to the real stuff or something.
And it really belongs to the Lords of Oblivion -- the Dwarves are just care or something.

ADVENTURER: Very interesting. Now, what about us?

CONTESSA: I made a deal with them the only way I could see. I told them about Minnie and
Crunn, how those two old ones know lots of dwarven tales and legends. The dwarves tells me
that, having just 'woken up' or something, they want three things -- ale, women, and us to
leave the Fools' Ebony alone.

ADVENTURER: Ah, flog my log.

CONTESSA: Well, I told them about all the ale down at Minnie's Inn. And about the 2
redheads there. They are going there, leaving right now. We may take one empty cart, 2
horses. And they will keep us guarded all the way there. They also said that they will -- I don't
know how -- destroy all the Fool's Ebony here. It shouldn't be on the surface like this, they
say. (aside) Dwarvish is a remarkably compact language.

ADVENTURER: By the great roaring buttocks of Sheogorath! All these blisters and
backache for nothing! Ah well. At least we are still alive. For now ...

(Exeunt) (Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: Farnoo Lickety Kanoo Gadfloo. Oh, I'm terribly sorry. As Scene 4 begins, we
are back at Minnie's Inn, where the dwarves appear to be on holiday.

(Enter the Adventurer, the Wanton Contessa, Minnie, Crunn, and Dwarves)

(Exit Prologue)

Scene 4

MINNIE: ... ga ... sszx ... spnoo? ...

CRUNN: ... glurky ...

DWARVES (Together): Jotcha potchka lazzo lanni joopy hoopy qui me amat, amat et canem
meam

ADVENTURER: Ave, any ideas? I can't seem to work my magical items. And when the ale
runs out ...

CONTESSA: Your ebony material is useless against them. Dwarves fashion the ebony, so I
guess they can suppress it or something. Don't worry - just think, these dwarves have been
asleep or something for hundreds of years. And Minnie has a huge stock of ale. Not many
76                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

customers come this way, and she knows how to salt the ale just right to keep from spoiling
for decades.

Adventurer: Oh, that's why my tongue always looks like a chunk of leather after a pint or two.

CONTESSA: Dwarves apparently love ale. I expect them all to pass out in an hour or so.

(Dwarves fall into comas)

CONTESSA: If not sooner. Come on, Adventurer. Grab a sack and start collecting! When the
dwarves wake up, they'll finish the ale, and then us.

(The Wanton Contessa and Adventurer pillage the dwarves)

ADVENTURER: South, as fast as our horses will take us in this weather.

CONTESSA: If we make enough distance before they wake up, we'll be all right - I don't
think that they will leave their precious mountains. I hope not.

(Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: The wailing wintery wind whirls wickedly, wafts whipping, wading waist-high,
oh never mind. The Adventurer and the Contessa get lost in the snow storm. Several days
later, we find them desperate for warmth and exhausted.

(Exit Prologue)

ADVENTURER: The horses have had it. They can't go another step and its going to snow
again. No ale left, and just one loaf.

CONTESSA: It will have to do.

(Suddenly, a party of giants leaps on our hero and heroine. But after some quick work with
Bracers of Firestorm, really dead giants lie around in heaps)

ADVENTURER: Anything left, Ave?

CONTESSA: No, no more fire anything - just my daggers

ADVENTURER: Same here, just a common shortsword. Curse Sheogorath for those
dwarves! Those oafs chewed up our horses! Do you think the Major made it out?

Contessa: If anyone can, it's him. Guess we'll find out in town. Interesting thought just
occured to me. Don't giants hunt in several groups? Is that more I hear?

(sound of grumbling and gargling offstage)

ADVENTURER: Yes, there are more giants out there. Quick, Ave. Help me with this one.

(The Adventurer starts to disembowel a giant's body)
                                   [20.5] FOOLS' EBONY V                                   77

CONTESSA: What on Tamriel are you doing? This is not the time for studying anatomy!

ADVENTURER: Don't argue, climb inside!

CONTESSA: Poppydash and Baldercock! Inside that smelly dead giant? My dear Adventurer,
I'm a Lady.

ADVENTURER: It's our only hope! The giant smell will hide our scent, and live giants never
touch dead ones. Quick!

(The Adventurer and the Contessa climb inside the steaming giant's body)

ADVENTURER: Here, help me pull the skin shut - and try not to throw up. Don't make a
sound.

(Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: A few hour pass.

(Exit Prologue) (The Adventurer and the Wanton Contessa poke their heads out of the giant's
belly.)

ADVENTURER: They've all left, but it's snowing hard. Definitely getting real cold. We
better stay here.

CONTESSA: It indeed is warm.

ADVENTURER: It will keep us warm, safe from the storm and giants, for a day or so if we
can stand the smell. Here, want some bread?

(The Contessa falls victim to nausea)

(Enter Prologue)

PROLOGUE: For this, the last scene of the play, please forgive us, but we need to change the
set. Remove the "giant corpses" and whatnot. Please be patient while our bard performs the
timeless classic "Whither Goest Thou?"

(Bard plays "Whither Goest Thou?" If the scenarists take too long, he also plays "For Further
Consideration.")

PROLOGUE: Ah, here we are, back at the Dead Daedra Inn. The Contessa and the
Adventurer made it, after all. They had to pay three times the normal rate, for they were very
dirty and stinky. Now poor Prologue will bid you farewell, goodly people.

Scene 6

CONTESSA: Thank the Gods for hot water and soap! I thought I would smell like a giant
forever.
78                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

ADVENTURER: Me too. Where did you go while I was bathing? And why no mages, priests,
armorers, or merchants outside yelling for our blood?

CONTESSA: I took a quick trip to the Palace. I've fixed it so some cousins have told the
armorers and merchants that we don't have cartloads of the Fools' Ebony.

ADVENTURER: Pity that that's actually true.

CONTESSA: But at least no one's interested in us anymore. Seems that some priests turned
up dead in an old temple, up on Edward's Mountain. They were found with some girl, all dead
from 'bad green powder' or something. And some old mages named Shub have gone
missing...

ADVENTURER: Now then, what did you stuff in those sacks thats so important?

CONTESSA: Here, dump them out, take a look.

ADVENTURER: By the Gods, just look at that!

CONTESSA: Yes, those dwarves were just loaded with ebony. Look. Rings, torcs, bracers,
belts, helms All solid old ebony.

ADVENTURER: And this stuff feels just loaded with magicka. Why, I bet that this ring alone
has a thousand uses... whatever it does.

CONTESSA: Ooh! Look! Bracers of Extreme Endurance and a Belt of Strength! Put them on,
Adventurer, let's celebrate!

ADVENTURER (aside): Help!

Enter Epilogue

EPILOGUE: As I feared, all the loose threads of the play were ended by wholesale slaughter.
More of the adventures of the Adventurer will follow, unless, of course, they don't. We thank
you for your tempered patience. Don't forget to tip your worthy wenches on your way out this
evening, and enjoy our bard's rendition of the Khajiiti classic, "It's A Matter of Luck."
Goodnight.

(Flourish)

(Exeunt Omnes)
                       [21] FROM THE MEMORY STONE OF MAKELA LEKI                                 79



[21] From The Memory Stone of Makela Leki


                            From The Memory Stone of Makela Leki


This is a faithful reproduction of the thoughts recorded in Makela Leki's memory stone, found
in the Bankorai pass, in the year of reckoning 1E 973. Seven years before the fall of Orsinium
due to the combined efforts of the armies of Daggerfall, Sentinel, and the Order of Diagna.

Almost all of this is in the first person, as Makela was unfamiliar with the protocols and
scholarly formalities of recording herself into a memory stone. None the less, her heroism and
heroic deeds live on, her memories fresh in the stone for all to feel and hear.

                                               ***

" .. . muuu uhh, I wonder if this will really work?"

"The Mages guild took me for 25,000 gold crowns if it doesn't. Imagine? This stone will
record my thoughts? What did they say? Just unwrap it from the silver foil and leather bag
and as soon as it touches my flesh it will begin to record.

"Ahhhh, the pain, I must block it out, no one would want to hold my stone and hear my
thoughts if I let it record my pain. Thank the Ebonarm and the training I received in The Hall
of the Virtues of War. I CAN block out this pain. Ummm just, ah, there, it's walled off.

"Yes I can still see it there just beyond my consciousness lurking like a hungry wolf - a wolf
that will soon consume me. I see also my inevitable death from these damned wounds. No
potions left, the healing crystal and ring are used up, and me, with not even magic enough to
light a candle. Oh but the gods did give me other gifts, the gift of sword singing, the thrill of
battle, Frandar Hunding's Book of Circles, THE WAY OF THE SWORD. Ah but then that is
my story, I get ahead of myself.

I am Makela Leki a warrior, a sword-singer, a second level Ansei. In my cradle I could form
the Shehai, the spirit sword - The mystical blade, mine formed of pure thought serpents
intertwined with vines of roses to form the blade, as beautiful as ...

Ah, but I'm about to tell you all about that, to tell you my story, a story of valiant battle, of my
loves, of my wars, of. of betrayal and of this last glorious victory. To tell you of how I came
to this distant lonely pass me and five companions, to fight these men and monsters to defeat
the army that would fall on my people like cowards in the night, but again I get ahead of
myself.

I am a simple warrior. I grew up as a Maiden of the Spirit Blade. As early as I can remember I
wanted to be a Singer, to feel the hunger of the blade in my hands, to feel it come alive and
take my enemies. I am told our people were artisans and poets long ago in our desert homes.
Here in new home now known as Hammerfell, many of us have returned to those ancient
ways, but to me there is but ONE WAY. THE WAY of the SWORD.
80                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Ah this is hard to tell. I grew up in my noble family, the only one of three brothers and two
sisters that felt the calling, the Song of the Sword. Father understood, for he too had felt the
call. He had become a master, and Ansei long before settling down with in our estate to raise
a family. At eleven, I entered the Hall of the Virtues of War and joined the Maidens of the
Spirit Sword. In my band there were six of us. Daring Julia, solid Patia, big Kati, svelte
Cegila, wise Zell, and me - all are gone now, save me, and soon I will join them. ... Join them
in the halls of the unknown gods of war.

We drank together, we fought, we wept, we grew in the way of the sword. We joined in our
learnings in the Hall with our Brothers of the Blade. Learning from each other, we all sat at
the feet of the Hall Master striving to learn the depths of the Shehai - making the spirit blade
into a real weapon as Frandar Hunding had. Only a few have the purity of heart and virtue to
be able to take the step and learn the mysteries of Ansei. Sword Sainthood.

Somehow, of all the Brothers and the Maidens, I only possessed the unique qualities, the faint
but strong enough flicker of magicka to call forth the Shehai. Many times I called it, seldom
would it become substantial enough to be a weapon. To be a Ansei of the first level you just
need to be able to call it, and that I could, so I became the first Ansei from our local hall in
two generations.

Oh I have so much to tell, so many memories, so many treasures to share with you, my
unknown companion. How do I start?

Umhhh, the pain is still out there lurking hungry, slowly consuming what's left of me. I guess
I had better tell of the final battle, the one that has left me here, and then if I have the will left
tell you of my life, of my love Raliph. Oh what a lad he was. What times we shared ...
Ebonarm ... Forgive me, my mind wanders ... Let me go to the Final Battle.

Umm to start, in the middle humm. Yes. We Maidens grew, learned, mastered the Way, and
upon completing the Walk-About. To you who are not Singers, this is a wilderness trek
emulating the times of Frandar Hunding - where we each wander the country side righting
wrongs, defeating monsters, performing quests in the name of virtue. Some of us in our Hall
took years to finish. Always there is danger, we six Maidens each returned in our own good
time, but many are they who do not live to return from the Walk About.

We returned, each to our own lives, to meet in the hall once a week to tell our stories to the
new Maidens and Brothers, and to perform as instructors in the Way of the sword. All was
well till the night of the MidYear Festival.

All our people were reveling and ... excuse ... enjoying the repast, but for we six Maidens. It
happened that the festival day fell on our day of meeting in the hall, our day of prayer and
fasting and honor to the Way of the Sword.

As we met, late into the night, a knocking rang on our door. When I opened, it there was a
guardian the Bankorai Pass in the Wrothgarian Mountains, wounded and near death ... He told
us of betrayal from the north, an invasion sponsored by the Crystal Tower of High Rock, led
by King Joile of Daggerfall -- our ally in the war with Orsinium!
                       [21] FROM THE MEMORY STONE OF MAKELA LEKI                                 81

Quickly we used up a crystal of healing in restoring him to vitality. We sent him on to the
king, while we six grabbed our weapons and armor of power, and as many potions, marks,
and crystals and rings as we could carry.

We flew to the pass hoping upon hope that we would not be too late. Our journey was not in
vain, for we arrived just at the very point where the last three guardians were overwhelmed by
the horde. Into the pass we ran forming the old battle line, six abreast.

Oh did we FIGHT.

The Song of the Sword was a joyous noise slicing through the ranks of evil. We fought for
hours. Julia was the first to fall, a cowardly poisoned dagger finding a rent in her armor. Then
one by one all fell, save me.

... oh cruel Ebonarm ... Then my beloved sword, the sword of my father, the one with the
serpent's crest, fashioned by the master sword smith Singer Tansal broke in my hands. All
was lost, our six lives spent in vain. Now, many many of them would pour through the pass. I
would be easy prey for them, like a newborn child. I wept in frustration.

Then I remembered the hearth in our home - the book. Frandar Hunding's Book of Circles, the
Way of Strategy. I reached for the Shehai the spirit sword, that which I could never reliably
form when I needed it, and behold ... it was alive. Alive with fire. It formed in my hand.
Ablaze with power ---

Oh I slew mightily, right and left, like a scythe through wheat. All the way to the Lord of the
Tower I fought. With one blow I cut his magical armor asunder, one more took his head.

But to do that deed cost me dearly, wounds by the dozen, for although I had magical armor, it
was not formed of spirit like my blade, it was not as invincible as my blade or my own spirit,
and I was sorely wounded.

With the felling of King Joile, his army crumbled. They fled before my wrath. All ran back
through the pass not even pausing to collect their dead and wounded. All who could stand ran
for their lives, and I slew all I could reach, but my breath was coming short, and the pain ...

Finally I rested, on this rock where you find me now. I don't know why I chanced to bring this
stone along. I bought it on a whim really, with the loot from ... ah well I guess I need to really
stop and tell my story in order. I feel able to go on to tell you more ... the eternal night is
descending more slowly than I thought.

Not just yet, am I ready to compose my death poem. A little sip of water and ... well I think I
will go back and tell you of my life, maybe some details about the battle. And Oh yes. About
Raliph and our children, humm where will I start.

... oh ... rrr ...

I am ... a simple warrior ... I grew up as a, a Maiden of the Spirit Blade ... As early ... as early
as I can ... remember ...
82               2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[22] Galerion The Mystic*


See vol. I.
                              [23] GHRAEWAJ AND THE HARPIES                                  83



[23] Ghraewaj and the Harpies


                                  Ghraewaj and the Harpies
                                        by Tidasus


On the twelfth of Hearth Fire every year, the people of the Hammerfell township and barony
of Lainlyn celebrate Riglametha. Riglametha in the Banthan dialect of the ancient Redguard
tongue means "grateful-offering" and is a festival of the graces the gods have granted the
people of Lainlyn over the centuries. Tradition dictates the performance of a number of plays
about the great moments from Lainlyn's past, and one of the most popular is Ghraewaj, which
may be translated as "The Crows Who Were Punished" or "The Crows Who Punish." Old
Redguard is somewhat vague with its objective case.

The story of Ghraewaj, as any Lainlyn child will tell you, is of the wicked sisterhood of
daedra worshippers who craft lies, curses, murders, and suicides to hurt the people of Lainlyn.
Most of all, they use their beauty as a weapon to drive men to mayhem. Their leader, the
temptress Noctyr-a, seduces the unnamed baron of Lainlyn and is about to force him to
commit suicide to prove his love, when the baroness arrives. The baroness tricks Noctyr-a
into wearing a beautiful white robe from the baroness' closet: "See how the robe glows with
the lumniscience of pearl, but the inside is soft, feathered with down." Noctyr-a puts on the
robe and the trap is sprung: the robe is magical and transforms Noctyr-a into an giant black
bird. The baron, no longer enchanted, slays the great bird and calls in his cook. The sisterhood
has, by this time, taken over Lainlyn castle and turned it into a orgy-filled den of decadence.
At the height of their frenzied debauch, the cook arrives with an enormous roast to keep their
energy high. They dig into the deliciously prepared meal, and at the crescendo of their
gorging, the baron and baroness appear to tell them all that they have just devoured their
leader, Noctyr-a. The women scream and caw and suddenly they too are transformed by the
magic of the robe, into harpies, vicious half-bird creatures.

The interesting thing about Ghraewaj from a scholarly perspective is how much the story has
changed and continues to change over the years. In some versions of the story, Noctyr-a is an
innocent peasant seamstress and it is the baroness who is the cruel and wicked leader of the
harpies. Noctyr-a prays to Dibella and is given the charm to make the magical robe, and she
and the baron live happily ever after once the harpies have feasted on the tranformed
baroness. During the long reign of the virgin baroness of Lainlyn, Viana the Pure (2E 120 -
2E 148), the baron was portrayed as a willing conspirator of Noctyr-a. The harpies thus have
two birds to dine on. It is unlikely that trying to find the truth in the story is profitable
research. Harpies are indeed a common nuisance in the Iliac Bay, particularly around Lainlyn.
They do have their own tongue, and the few who have mastered it and not been devoured by
their interviewees suggest that the harpies have no more idea about their origins than we do.
In a different vein, one of the best known of the Daedra Princes is named Nocturnal, who is
often portrayed as a beautiful dark woman holding two black crows. It is not a difficult
etymologic trick to derive the name Noctyr-a from Nocturnal, or vice-versa.
84                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[24] The Healer's Tale


                                        The Healer's Tale
                                         by Anonymous


For over twenty years, I have been a healer at the Temple of Stendarr. As the reader is
doubtless aware, we are the only temple in the Iliac Bay that offers wound healing and illness
curing for both the faithful and the heathen alike, for Stendarr is the God of Mercy. I have
faced people at their most miserable and their most terrified. I have seen brave knights weep
and strong peasants scream. I like to think that I've watched the masks drop from faces, and
seen people as they truly are.

A healer's job, after all, is more than simply binding wounds and stopping the flows of poison
and disease. We are counselors and comforters for those who have given up all hope.
Sometimes, it seems like our kind words and sympathy do more for our patients than our
spells.

I am reminded of a very sick young man who came to the temple, suffering from a variety of
maladies. Once I had given him an examination, I told him the results, careful not to alarm
him. I let him decide how he wanted to be told the news.

"I have some good news and some bad news, my child," I said.

"I better hear the bad news first," he said.

"Well," I said, gripping his shoulder in case he should faint. "The bad news is that, unless I
am wrong, you will sicken even more over the next day or two. And unless Stendarr choses to
be merciful to you, you will pass from this existance. I am sorry, my child."

As soft as the blow was, it stung nonetheless. The boy was, after all, very young. He thought
he had his whole life ahead of him. Tears streaming down his face, he asked, "And what is the
good news?"

I smiled: "When you came in, did you notice our proselytizer? She was the enchanting,
voluptuous blonde in the antechamber by the foyer?"

Color returned to the young man's face. He had noticed her indeed. "Yes?"

"I'm sleeping with her," I said.

If more of the healers of Tamriel would consider their patients' feelings, not just the quickest
way to heal them up and get them out, we would have a far, far healthier society. I truly
believe that.
                               [25] A HISTORY OF DAGGERFALL                                    85



[25] A History of Daggerfall


                                    A History of Daggerfall
                                      by Odiva Gallwood


There is sufficient archaeological evidence for the modern historian to believe that there has
been some variety of human settlement in the city-state of Daggerfall starting at least a
thousand years before recorded history. The first use of the name Daggerfall to refer to the
area around the current capitol was most probably in the 246th year of the 1st Era. The north
half of the Iliac Bay, in fact all of the current province of High Rock, was conquered by
invading Nords who brought a rough sort of civilization with them. One of the first civilized
acts the Nords performed was a census -- the so-called Book of Life. Listed on page 933 of
the Book is this entry:

"North of the Highest bluffs, south of the moors, west of the hills, and east of the sea is called
DAGGERFALL. 110 men, 93 women, 13 children under 8 years of age, 58 cows, 7 bulls, 63
chickens, 11 cocks, 38 hogs live here."

Nearly four thousand years after this census was taken, we can see that these two hundred and
sixteen people have multiplied heartily. The last census, in the year 3E 401, lists the
population at over 110,000. It is always difficult to find an exact number, but the capitol city
of Daggerfall certainly outnumbers her rivals, Sentinel and Wayrest.

It has been a consistant, if not actually helpful amusement of historians to find the origin of
placenames. Daggerfall, by tradition, is said to refer to the knife the first chieftain threw to
form the borders of his lands. But there are other legends that may have equal validity.

The Daggerfall entry from the Book of Life actually supports one theory about the reason for
Daggerfall's longevity. The people were coastal fishermen, but they also found the land itself
sufficiently rich to support raising livestock. This inclination of the early citizenry toward
reinforcing their principal products brought stability to a fickle land.

Daggerfall thrived during the years of the Skyrim occupancy. When the Wild Hunt killed
King Borgas of Winterhold in 1E 369, the northlands engaged in the War of Succession and
Skyrim, greatly weakened, lost her holdings in High Rock and Morrowind. The Iliac Bay had
become important strategically, and Daggerfall began to expand her military.

There were multiple opportunities for her to exercise this army and navy during the Direnni
conflicts with the force of the Alessian Reform. The Dirennis were native Bretons, and
Bretons are hardly ever given to excessive religion. Daggerfall became a minor base of
operations for the Dirennis and their allies. Raven Direnni, the enchantress whose magic
helped secure the final victory over the Alessians in the Glenumbria Moors, was one of the
earliest occupants of Castle Daggerfall.

Over the centuries that followed, the Dirennis felt into obscurity, but Daggerfall continued her
growth. In 1E 609, King Thagore of Daggerfall defeated the army of Glenpoint and became
86                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

the preeminant economic, cultural, and military force in southern High Rock. A position the
kingdom has precariously kept ever since.

Ironically, it was another successful military exercise three hundred and seventy years later
that ended Daggerfall's monopoly of Bay trade: the annihilation of the orcish capitol Orsinium
by a joint effort of Daggerfall, the new kingdom of Sentinel, and the now extinct Order of
Diagna. The scattering of the orcs from southeastern High Rock made the river route to the
Bay more accessible. The tiny village of Wayrest grew like a flower that no longer feared the
mow. In twenty years, Wayrest's trade profits equalled Daggerfall's. In forty years, Wayrest
was the acknowledged master of Iliac Bay trade. In one hundred and twenty years, Wayrest
became the Kingdom of Wayrest.

The Kingdom of Sentinel did not exhibit Wayrest's aggrandizement during the First Era. The
Redguards were warriors learning the ways of the merchants, and their land was enemy
enough to keep their population checked. Indeed, the number of people in all areas of the Iliac
Bay was halved once in the First Era by the Thrassian Plague, once again by the War of
Righteousness, and a third time by the invading Akavari. If Daggerfall had not spent its first
thousand years preparing for the battles of the next thousand years, it is indeed conceivable
that the Iliac Bay today might be Akavarian.

The Second Era, like the latter part of the First Era, is a tapestry of wars, insurrections, and
plagues. Daggerfall, Sentinel, and Wayrest continued to expand and improve their military
and economic positions in the Bay. Daggerfall and Wayrest would transpose positions as
major trading center of the Bay, and Daggerfall and Sentinel likewise bandied over which was
the superior military power.

The Iliac Bay has continued to hold an important position in the Imperial government of the
Third Era. Rarely allies (though the combined armies in opposition to the Camoran Usurper in
the 3rd century of the 3rd Era is a notable exception), but not always enemies, Daggerfall,
Sentinel, and Wayrest have weathered the storms of contention, plague, famine, and
pestilence. The recent War of Betony was typical of Iliac Bay warfare: sincere, frighteningly
violent, and peaceably resolved.
                               [26] HOLIDAYS OF THE ILIAC BAY                                  87



[26] Holidays of the Iliac Bay


                                   Holidays of the Iliac Bay
                                         by Theth-i


The region of the Iliac Bay has a rich history, and not surprisingly, a number of holidays
unique to it because of this history. The Breton and the Redguard cultures have many
similarities, but just as many distinctions. An analysis of the holidays is one way to study the
people.

As any schoolchild could tell you, the Redguards are a relatively new culture to Tamriel.
Their arrival from their homeland is actually well recorded, though it occured several
thousand years ago, in the 808th year of the 1st Era. Hammerfell was a great desert
encompassed by almost impassable mountains -- unclaimed and unwanted. Many of the
holidays extant in modern Hammerfell seem to be direct translations of older Redguard
festivals before their migration to Tamriel.

The orgiastic seasonal celebrations seem unusual in a province with few changes in the
weather from month to month. Yet on the 28th of Suns Dawn, the Redguards of the Banthan
jungle celebrate Aduros Nau to relieve the wintertide lethargy; on the 1st of Mid Year, the
people of Abibon-Gora celebrate Drigh R'Zimb in honor of the sun, which no normal
Redguard worships in this day; similarly, on the 29th of Suns Height, the festival in the Desert
called Fiery Night, seems almost perverse in such an environment; the Koomu Alezer'i on the
11th of Last Seed in Sentinel has been translated as a harvest thanksgiving, though many
scholars have suggested that it was once a springtide holiday; similarly, the Feast of the Tiger
in the Bantha on the 14th of Last Seed was probably once a religious holiday to a Tiger God,
instead of a thanksgiving.

Other old Redguard holidays have either been acknowledged as part of the old culture or
adjusted to fit with the climate of Hammerfell. The Serpent's Dance, for example, of
Satakalaam is patently an old festival honoring a Serpent God of the homeland who evidently
did not survive the journey to Hammerfell. The significance of the date, the 3rd of Suns Dusk,
has been lost with the Serpent Priests. Baranth Do, on the 18th of Evening Star, and Chil'a, on
the 24th of the same month, are both New Years festivals. Most likely, they have been moved
from their original dates to correspond with the notion of the year defined in Tamriel.

The Bretons have been in Tamriel since before recorded history. Their holidays have
remained almost unchanged since primitive times, though new holidays have been created to
replace those which have lost popularity.

The oldest holidays still observed in High Rock must include Waking Day, on the 18th of
Morning Star, when the people of the Yeorth Burrowland wake the spirits of nature after the
winter, very nearly in the tradition of their more reverential ancestors. Flower Day, held on
the 25th of First Seed in the smaller villages of High Rock is most likely just as older or older.
The old cult of the flower is also remembered as Gardtide in Tamarilyn Point on the 1st of
Rains Hand. Daggerfall's Day of the Dead, on the 13th of Rains Hand, suggests the ancestor
worship that marked the Breton religion of antiquity. Finally, the ancient goddess of the
88                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

moons, Secunda, is remembered in the Moon Festival in Glenumbra Moors on the 8th of Suns
Dusk, just as the nights begin to grow longer.

The more recently created holidays of High Rock are those like Tibedetha, "Tibers Day,"
celebrated every 24th of Mid Year in honor of Alcaire's most famous, son, Tiber Septim.
Likewise, Othroktide on the 5th of Suns Dawn is held in honor of the first and most illustrious
Baron of Dwynnen. In quite extreme contrast, Marukh's Day on the 9th of Second Seed, is a
solemn holiday, immortalizing the lessons of the equally solemn 1st Era prophet Marukh. My
favorite of the modern Breton festivals has to be Mad Pelagius, held in mock honor of the
most eccentric of the Septim Emperors. Pelagius was, after all, a prince of Wayrest before he
became King of Solitude, and then Emperor of Tamriel. The Bretons like to boast that it was
his time in High Rock that drove him mad.
                            [27] INVOCATION OF AZURA   89



[27] Invocation of Azura*


See vol. I.
90                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[28] Ius, Animal God


                                       Ius, Animal God
                                        by Buljursoma


The statues one sees throughout Valenwood and parts of Hammerfell and Elsweyr that seem
to be of a misshapen humanoid carrying a rod are of Ius, the God of Animals.

The rod He carries has its origin in the tale of The Ox and The Evil Farmer. It seems that one
day an evil farmer decided to kill all of his animals and have a big party. As The story
unfolds, animal after animal is killed and prepared for a big meal. Lastly the farmer comes to
the ox and prepares to slit its throat. The ox, not wishing to be anybody's dinner, prayed very
vocally to Ius. This came out as a loud Moo, of course.

At that very instant Ius appeared carrying a rather large set of balance weights. Without
explanation, Ius ate the farmer and vanished. Ever since that day Ius The Extremely Agitated,
has always been protrayed as carrying a large set of scales with him. The local Ius
worshippers have no idea why and do not seem to care. Although this story has been called
fanciful at best, I personally know a racoon who had actually talked to The Ox. That is, before
the Ox became filler for the local inn's larder.

I do not have any information one way or the other about the validity of this second myth. It
is, however, quite traditional.

It seems that many, many years ago, before the reign of Uriel Septim VII, before the reign of
Cephorus Septim II, yes, even before the age of Pelagius Septim III (long may his name be
praised!), there lived a wombat who was the pet of Lady Greelina, daughter of the Lord
Prufrock of Rockcreek. Lady Greelina loved her wombat so, and it loved her too with all the
passionate intensity a marsupial can muster.

Unfortunately, it was a time of great sorrow in Rockcreek. A pestilence had come through the
town, destroying all their cash crops (which consisted of raspberries and a few scraggly odd
weeds that caused Argonian women to look very attractive to those who partook); Then a
plague had come, inflicting nearly every cobbler with chronic hiccoughs; finally a witch had
cursed the townspeople so the only words any could utter were "Hmmm. Precisely." All the
businesses, stores, and guilds fled from the town faster than an extremely fast thing.

Lady Greelina saw her father despairing the loss the town was suffering, so she brought her
wombat in and told him, "Father, my wombat can save us all, for it is sacred to the god Ius,
God of Animals. The only reason I didn't tell you earlier is because I am an early adolescent
going through that period when I don't like to communicate. But please, ask a wish of my
wombat, and Ius will fulfill it, for my wombat loves me."

The king thought this was fairly flakey, but he had nothing to lose so he uttered a modest wish
to the wombat, "All I want is for one business to come to Rockcreek that will never leave no
matter the calamity."
                                   [28] IUS, ANIMAL GOD                                    91

I probably should have mentioned before that the king had always been cruel to the wombat
(he used to lick it and try to make it stick to walls), so the wombat had Ius create an
equipment store in front of the palace gate that would never go away. The royal family ended
up going mad and eating one another (and ironically, the wombat was one of the first to go).
But that is why there is to this day an equipment store blocking the palace gate in Rockcreek.
If you don't believe me, go there and see.
92                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[29] Jokes


                                           Jokes
                                      by Butha Sunhous


"How is your wife," asked Zalither. "She's in bed with laryngitis," replied Harlyth. "Is that
Argonian bastard back in town again?"

"I keep seeing spots before my eyes." "Have you seen a healer?" "No, just spots."

A big Nord named Julgen was set on by a gang of thieves. He fought them furiously, but in
the end, they beat him into semiconsciousness. They searched his pockets and discovered that
he only had three gold pieces on him. "Do you mean to tell us you fought us like a mad lupe
for three lousy gold pieces?" sneered one of the thieves. "No," answered Julgen. "I was afraid
you were after the four hundred gold pieces in my boot."

During the War of Betony, the Bretons in the Isle of Craghold were under siege for several
days. After the island was liberated, Lord Bridwell found the ruins of the castle where a
crowd of survivors were hidden away in the dark. It was going to be a difficult job freeing
them, as part of the roof had collapsed trapping them all within. Bridwell stuck his head in the
only opening and shouted to the Bretons below: "Are there any expectant mothers down
there?" "It's hard to say, your Lordship," said a young woman. "We've only been down here
for a few days."

An elderly Breton met with an contemporary of his at a guild meeting. "Harryston, old man, I
wanted to express my sympathy. I hear that you buried your wife last week." "Had to, old
boy," replied Harryston. "Dead, you know."

Why was the Sentinel army so useless during the War of Betony? The cannons were too
heavy, so all three garbage scows sunk.

What does a new Sentinel private learn first as a combat technique? How to retreat

What is the thinnest book in the world? "Redguard Heroes of the War of Betony."

A Dark Elf man killed his wife after catching her making love with another man. When the
magistrate asked him why he killed her instead of her lover, the man replied, "I considered it
better to kill one woman than a different man every week."

A Dark Elf woman was being shown around Daggerfall. When she was shown the
magnificent Castle Daggerfall, she smiled sweetly to her guild and whispered, "It reminds me
of sex." "That's odd," said her guild. "Why does our Castle Daggerfall remind you of sex?"
The Dark Elf sighed, "Everything does."

Yelithah told Vathysah that she was having dinner with a Dark Elf named Morleth that night.
"I hear he's an animal," said Vathysah. "He'll rip your dress right off you." "Thank you for
telling me," said Yelithah, "I'll be sure to wear an old dress."
                                         [29] JOKES                                        93

How do separate sailors in the Khajiiti navy? With a hammer and tongs.

"This orchard has sentimental value to me," said Mojhad, the Khajiit, to his friend, Hasillid.
"Under that tree, for example, is where I first made love. And that tree, is where her mother
stood, watching us." "She watched you while you made love to her daughter?" said Hasillid,
clearly impressed. "Didn't she say anything?" "Meow."

What do you call a Wood Elf who doesn't lie or cheat or steal? A dead Wood Elf.
94                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[30] King Edward

[30.1] King Edward I


                                      King Edward, Part I
                                        by Anonymous


                           Chapter One: Departure from Daggerfall

Long, long ago, when the world was in its springtime, before the Redguards came and the
glorious Septim Empire was formed, but after the goblins had driven the dwarves out of
Hammerfell, a son, Edward, was born to King Corcyr I of Daggerfall and his Queen, Aliera of
Wayrest.

The young boy lay drowsing in the palace orchard, high on a breezy hill overlooking the deep
blue bay of Daggerfall. The constant autumn fog of Daggerfall had blown away for the nonce
and the sky was a deep endless blue. Moments like this were rare for young Prince Edward;
this afternoon was the result of days of scheming, for he craved solitude as the other nobles he
knew craved companionship. Now his tutor believed him engaged in extra arms practice, the
master of arms believed him to be chasing deer with the huntmaster, who thought he was
studying Elvish. His father had no idea where he was and didn't care, being occupied with his
young wife and their sons and other pleasures of noble life.

At the plop of an apple barely missing his head, he opened his pale grey eyes; there was a
sweet rotten smell in his nostrils. He sighed and stared up into the blue. Why should things
fall down instead of up? If you stared at the sky long enough you could feel as if you were
falling into it his eyes glazed and the pupils grew huge as the dark-ringed irises dilated. He
was weightless, drifting another apple fell, grazing his ear, and he thudded to earth, crying out
as first his rump struck and then his head. A silvery laugh sounded. Edward sat up abruptly
and stared around, jaw hanging slack.

Two mounted men stood ten feet away, still as if they were carved from stone, regarding him
intently. Princes are not easily intimidated, not even the gentle souled kind, but Edward had
never seen or imagined anything like this pair. One had golden skin and eyes, was clad in
white cloth trimmed with gold and rode a (Edward blinked. It is was still there) a unicorn!
Beside the unicorn was a golden dragon, wings neatly folded. And on his back was a man
clad in dark chain mail, a long sword at his side. He was bareheaded; his eyes glowed red in
his dark face and his pointed ears "You're elves! What!"

"He's a clever child." The dark elf's voice was sardonic. He spoke perfect Bretic, Edward
noticed, his mind still working, although something seemed to have gone wrong with the rest
of him.

"So it would seem. He did that mostly of himself. Remarkable for an untrained child. I merely
helped him to concentrate." The high elf also spoke Bretic, but hesitantly and with a slight
singing accent. Edward's tutor said that elves were incapable of human speech.
                                     [30.1] KING EDWARD I                                       95

Edward's gaze shifted rapidly over the four beings in front of him, unable to find a
comfortable resting place. He hoped briefly, fervently, that he was dreaming. His mind
seethed with questions and demands, then quite suddenly his tongue came unstuck. "But I
wasn't concentrating at all! My masters all say I'm incapable." Edward clamped his jaw down
hard, suddenly realizing that it might be unwise to argue with beings such as these.

But the golden elf smiled broadly, showing perfect white teeth, "Exactly." He radiated such
warm approval, that Edward felt his skin tingle pleasantly. It was a feeling that he'd only
known with his long-gone mother. But the other elf's face was expressionless; the red eyes
bored into Edward as if they would pierce his soul.

"Moraelyn! You're Moraelyn! The witch-king!" He jumped to his feet and faced the dark elf.
"You stole my mother! My father will kill you."

"I am. I did. Will he? Shall we call him and find out?" The dark elf straightened and his eyes
glowed deeper. A tiny puff of steam escaped the dragon's nostrils. A glowing aura appeared
around his companion. Edward knew he wasn't going to call the guard. Why should they be
slaughtered? These two looked capable of anything. Quite suddenly he was no longer afraid.
If they were here to hurt him, they'd have done it by now. But a feeling of impotent rage
remained. They'd taken his mother. And now.

"Why are you here?" he demanded.

"Edward, will you come with us?" The high elf spoke. Hearing him was like hearing a harp,
cool as a breeze, warm as a fireside.

The boy stood very still. He wanted very much to say yes, to his own amazement. He wanted
to ask if he would see his mother, but instead: "My father..." he croaked.

"Will miss you no doubt." The irony was back in Moraelyn's voice, a voice that make Edward
think of icicles sparkling and dripping in winter sun. But there was a sort of hunger in his
glowing eyes, a longing?

His father wouldn't miss him and he knew it. Shame ran through the boy, but he looked up at
the broad-shouldered elf defiantly. "Are you my father?" Edward had meant the question to
match the elf's sarcasm, but his hand crept to his ear as if of itself. He wasn't anything like his
short-tempered, hearty, red-haired father and Roane often said he had an elfin look.

There was a heavy silence and Edward sensed that Moraelyn was taking the question at face
value but that truth had nothing to do with what Moraelyn would say next. He would give the
expedient answer. Still.

"No." It came reluctantly. He might be lying, of course, but Edward felt a deep wave of relief.

"Does my mother have other sons?" Suddenly Edward knew she did not and that the question
would hurt the dark elf. And was glad.

"Your mother might be dead, for all you know. Or care, it seems." The dark elf's narrow
nostrils twitched as if Edward stank, and the lines around his mouth deepened. She was not
96                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

dead. Edward would have known. The bitter injustice of Moraelyn's contempt stung. "Did she
send you to me?"

"Do you take me for an errand boy!" he snapped, and spoke to his companion: "Let us take
him now and be gone; we may discuss it at leisure."

The golden elf held up his hand, "Patience, my cousin." and, to Edward, "Well, youngling,
will you come?"

Dark tales were told of human children kidnapped by elves, who hungered for young humans

"I don't know your name," Edward temporized.

"Do you love your life here so much?"

Edward looked at the palace in the distance, the banners floating lazily above the town below,
the sparkling bay, the distant mountains. "I love Daggerfall."

"Ah. And you shall return to hold it, Prince Edward. I, I'ric Harad Egun the ArchMagister,
swear it to you." Moraelyn swung about, protesting sharply in Elvish. The dragon spat a bit of
flame, but the unicorn did not move; its golden eyes regarded Edward steadily. "Unicorns do
not abide any sort of falsity." The words floated through his mind in his mother's voice.

"I'ric Harad Egun the ArchMagister, I will come with you."

"You must ride with Moraelyn. The Lord Akatosh has consented to this--necessity. The elf
made a sweeping gesture toward the dragon."

He wasn't fit to touch a unicorn, of course. "Very well, then. I...I don't suppose I could bring
my dog?" Where was he? Shag was always with him. Asleep in the grass! Shag, the ever-
alert? Edward knelt to touch him. A heated discussion in Elvish ensued, during which the
dragon scorched the grass. Moraelyn swung down and picked Shag up with distaste. "Very
well, then, but I warn you that Akatosh is at the limit of his patience. Mount, then."

"Lord Akatosh, I am most deeply obliged by your indulgence. If ever I may repay it."

"You will," Moraelyn interrupted; he seized Edward by the belt and tossed him up onto the
dragon. Edward settled himself between the dragon's neck and wings and the sleeping Shag
was draped limply in front of him. "There isn't room for..." Edward began, and jerked in
astonishment as the dragon shifted beneath him and grew larger. Much, much, much larger.
Moraelyn vaulted up behind with a prodigious leap for one in armor. The unicorn jumped the
nine foot wall, clearing it neatly. The dragon's great wings stretched; he crouched, then leapt
into the air. His riders swayed wildly. The dark elf muttered something Edward couldn't
understand in elvish and they steadied. The wings beat strongly and the dragon circled low
over the Keep, gaining altitude slowly. People were running about now, shouting and
pointing. Edward saw his old nurse and waved and shouted, "Goodbye! Goodbye! I'll be back
sometime..." Arrows flew through the air as bowmen shot, while the nurse screamed and
clutched at the arms of those nearest. King Corcyr ran naked onto the battlements, screaming
and waving his fists. "Child of a demon, come back and I'll thrash you within an inch of your
worthless life. Moraelyn, come down and fight, like the man you aren't."
                                   [30.1] KING EDWARD I                                     97

Moraelyn's loud laughter rang clear as temple bells, cascading over the Keep. He shouted, "Be
glad I don't, little King of the Small Cock!" The dragon circled almost lazily and let out a
huge gout of flame. Arrows clinked harmlessly off his golden scales. "I'm off to see my
mother!" Edward screamed down, noting the upturned faces of his stepmother and her red-
haired sons. Roane had a fur-trimmed robe clutched round her, but her long hair floated
wildly. Four pairs of eyes fastened on him, not Moraelyn, glittering with fury and hatred.
Edward stopped waving and clutched Shag tightly with both hands. Moraelyn's mail clad arm
was securely about his waist. Edward slumped against him, feeling quite safe for the first time
in a very long while. The bowmen had stopped shooting; most of them were looking at the
royal family. The king danced with rage. The great dragon's wings beat harder now and they
headed due south out over the water.

"Aren't we going to Ebonheart?" the boy twisted round and looked up at Moraelyn. "Your
mother awaits you at Firsthold in Sumurset, little Prince."

"Why did you wait so long to fetch me?"

"Querulous child, do you think dragons and unicorns do the bidding of elves or men? Your
mother came to me full willing, but she could not bring you; you were too closely guarded by
your father's men. Would you have had us lay waste your land to take you by force? She
thought you would be safe and cared for and she was desperate. No, this was the dragon's
plan."

Of all the astonishing events of the afternoon, this was the most surprising: the notion that a
dragon should take an interest in him, when not even his own family did. But, willing, the elf
said, full willing!

"You are the focus of large events, youngling. Your task is to prepare yourself to be a king; a
king such as your people have never known. Our task is to aid you. Sleep now."

Waves of sleep assaulted Edward's mind, one after another. "But..." he meant to ask Moraelyn
about his mother, but the last wave was too big; it crashed right over him and he slipped into
dark fireshot dreams.
98                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[30.2] King Edward II


                                     King Edward, Part II
                                       by Anonymous


                                Chapter 2: Reunion at Firsthold

Edward woke to a red sky. The sun was just peeking over the western mountains. They were
nearing a glittering tower, fire flashing from every facet. The dragon veered to fly nearer and
shot a long blast of flame. A light flashed several times from the tower's top as they dropped
suddenly. Edward's stomach felt very peculiar. He sighed and stirred and felt Moraelyn shift
so that his right arm now held Edward. He stretched and yawned.

"Not much longer now. It's several days by horse from the Crystal Tower to Firsthold but I
judge that Akatosh will have us there within the hour."

"We're not stopping at the Tower? I'ric..."

"Do not use that name so lightly, not even to me. The ArchMagister will not return for days
yet. Unicorns are brothers to the wind and travel as fast, even burdened, but not as fast as
dragons fly. You see the Elven homeland at dawn from the back of a dragon. Count yourself
fortunate among men."

Edward's gaze roamed the deep green woods and rugged hills. There was no sign of
habitation. "It's lovely," he said politely, "but not so beautiful as High Rock," he added out of
loyalty and truth. "Are there no towns or villages or farms?"

"The Firstborn live nestled deep in the trees. And they do not tear up the earth and plant anew,
but take gladly what Auriel offers, and make return. Ahhh, the green smell of growing
things."

Indeed, the air was as heady as the wine Edward used to sip from his father's cup, before...
"I'm hungry."

"I expect so." A bit of shifting and Moraelyn's left hand produced a small leaf-wrapped
package. The dusky hand was large and strong and looked neither human nor animal. Edward
stared at it with revulsion, then took the package gingerly so as not to touch the hand. He felt
Moraelyn stiffen and the hand that held Edward relaxed its grasp a bit. Edward felt ashamed
of his reaction. It was neither kind nor wise to give offense in the circumstances. Moraelyn
could quite easily drop him overboard. "I need to bathe, but so do you," he said stiffly.
Moraelyn was deliberately misinterpreting the reaction, Edward knew. "Yes, I'm very dirty,"
Edward bit into the cake which proved much better than it looked. "My lady mother's used to
seeing me like this, at least she used to be. But perhaps I should bathe first?"

"I think you will not be offered that choice. Ah, at last!" The dragon spread his wings, sent a
huge gout of flame soaring skyward and dropped to earth in a large clearing. The landing was
                                   [30.2] KING EDWARD II                                 99

abrupt and jarring. Elves appeared quite suddenly and arms reached up to take him and Shag,
who woke at last, ran frantically in circles, and then sat panting at Edward's feet.

A tall elf with fiery hair like copper greeted them formally. "Greetings, my lord King. Your
lady wife awaits you. Prince Edward, I welcome you to the land of the Firstborn on behalf of
all its people. May your stay here prove pleasant and productive."

Moraelyn nodded deferentially. "Thank you, my host. My Queen has waited long enough; we
will go to her now." Moraelyn's hand on his shoulder steered Edward toward the largest tree
he'd ever seen. The trunk was hollow; steps inside led up; openings gave out onto more steps
and bridges along and among the mighty branches. They proceeded along these until they
reached a large canopied platform, furnished with seats and chests as if it were a room. A
golden skinned woman smiled at them and waved them in, then left. A tall slender, pale-
skinned, dark-haired human woman paced toward them, her eyes on Edward. Only Edward.

"Why did you leave us!" The cry came from deep inside, ringing through him. It stopped her
several paces from him. Now her eyes lifted to Moraelyn, who said in a harsher tone than
Edward had yet heard from him. "Thou wilt address thy Mother with respect, cub!" A
glancing blow made his eyes water.

Aliera crossed quickly to Moraelyn and placed her hands on his chest. "Greeting, my
husband. All praise to Notorgo for bringing you and my son safely to me."

"Thank also the Lord of the Dragons and the Bandit, who could not have lifted the boy more
neatly himself. The ArchMagister had somewhat to do with it as well." Moraelyn's dusky
hands came up to hold her bare arms lightly and tenderly. He laughed, looking relaxed and
happy. But the hands against his chest formed a barrier as much as a caress.

"I am blessed indeed. But it has been long since my son and I have spoken. We may find
words more easily if we seek them alone together."

Moraelyn's smile vanished instantly. "Are words then a thing which two can find more easily
than three? Well. Perhaps. At times. Wife." He turned on his heel and left. The bridge swung
and creaked, but his feet made no sound at all.

Aliera watched after him, but he did not look back. Edward felt again the curious mix of
satisfaction and regret that came with giving pain to his enemy. "Edward, my son, come and
sit by me."

Edward stood where he was, "Madam mother, I have waited many years and travelled many
leagues to have an answer. I will wait no longer, nor go one step further."

"What have you been told?"

"That you were most treacherously kidnapped by night with the aid of magic, while my father
slept, trusting in the honor of his guest."

"Your father told you that. And Moraelyn?"

"Said that you came full willing. I would hear what you say."
100                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"Would you hear why I left your father or why I did not take you with me, having chosen to
go."

Edward paused, thinking, "Madam, I would hear the truth, therefore I must give the truth. I
would hear why you left me behind. The other, I think I know, as much as I can or would
know, unless you wish to tell me more or other."

"The truth? Truth is not a single thing existing apart from those who apprehend it. But I will
tell you my truth and perhaps then you may arrive at your truth.

Aliera walked back to a softly pillowed chair and composed herself. Nearby a small ruby
colored bird settled on a branch and trilled an accompaniment to her soft voice.

"My parents arranged my marriage as is the custom of our homeland. I did not love Corcyr,
but in the beginning I respected him and tried to be a good wife. He did not care for me, nor
did he take care. And so he lost my respect and I died a little each day, withering like an
untended plant. I was happy only with you, but Corcyr thought I was making you too soft.
"Womanish," he said, and so, after your third birthday I was allowed to spend only an hour
each day with you. I listened to your cries and sat weeping, without heart for anything.
Finally, you ceased crying and asking for me, and my heart was left empty. I formed the habit
of walking and riding much of the time, alone save for a guard or two. Then Moraelyn came.
He wanted to mine for ebony in the Wrothgarian Mountains. The land he wanted to use was
part of my dowry. He was willing to train our people in the arts of its use and even to give
them weapons of Dark Elf making. In return our people were to aid him in keeping the
goblins away, and allow him to form a colony of his people in High Rock. Corcyr had no use
for the land and he wanted the weapons very much indeed -- there are none better -- so he
favored the proposal. There were many details to be discussed and arranged and it fell to me
to conduct these negotiations. Corcyr despises Dark Elves and he was jealous of Moraelyn,
who was already famed as the finest fighter in all Tamriel.

"But Moraelyn is more than a skilled fighter; he's well-read and interested in everything under
the sun. He sang and played as if taught by Jeh Free and Jhim Sei both. He was a companion
such as I'd only dreamed of...that and no more, I swear. We both love to be outside, so our
discussions took place while riding and walking, but always accompanied by his men and
Corcyr's. When all was arranged, Corcyr gave a great feast to celebrate the treaty. All of High
Rock nobility came and many from other provinces. At the end Corcyr was deep in his cups
and let fall an insult that could only be washed out in blood. I had long since retired with the
other ladies so I know not what it was, but I'd heard enough in private to know that Corcyr
had a store of such to choose from. Moraelyn gave the challenge and gave Corcyr until noon,
that he might recover such wits as he had.

"Then Moraelyn came to me, alone in my chamber, and told me what had befallen. 'Milady, I
think he will choose your brother as his champion; in any case there will be a river of blood
between us that may not be crossed in this life or any other. I can live without your love, but I
would not have your enmity. Come with me now, as wife or honored guest, as you choose.
And you shall serve as blood price in stead of your kith or kin.'

"And there, in the moonlight, in my terror, with my ladies sleeping about me, I knew I loved
him. Doubted that I could live without him. And yet, I loved you more! 'My son,' I whispered.
'I can't'. 'Milady, you must choose. I am sorry.' You see, don't you, Edward? If I stayed, it
                                     [30.2] KING EDWARD II                                    101

meant my brother's death his innocent young blood. Or your father's! Or possibly that of the
man I loved, though I counted that most unlikely. Moraelyn's fighting skills alone were
supreme, and in an affair of this sort he would be entitled to call on magic aid as well. 'We
could take him with us.' But Moraelyn shook his head sadly, 'That I will not do. It would go
against my honor to part father and son.'"

"Leaving love alone, I am trained to duty", Aliera said proudly. "Should I have robbed you of
your father or your loving uncle? And I thought it likely that Corcyr, should he survive, would
somehow blame me for the affair and use it as an excuse to put me away. I thought that
Corcyr would be pleased to have me gone. I knew he wanted the weapons very much. I could
trade them for time with you, I thought." All this passed through my mind while Moraelyn
stood waiting, not looking at me.

"Lady Mara, help me to choose wisely, I prayed. 'You truly want me as wife? I could bring
you nothing but trouble.'"

"'Aliera, I would have you to wife. And I want nothing but yourself.' He shed his cloak and
wrapped it round my body, pulling the bedclothes away."

"'Moraelyn, wait is this right, what I do?'"

"'Milady, if I thought this wrong, I should not be standing here! Of the choices you are given,
this one seems to me most right.' He swung me up in his arms and carried me to his horse.
And so I left your father's house, clad only in his cloak and riding before him. And wild joy
mixed with my sorrow, so that I scarce knew how I felt. That is my truth."

Edward said quietly, "But he has parted my father and me in the end."

"With great reluctance. And only because the dragon says that you and your father were in
truth already parted in heart. It is only a matter of more leagues. Which provide a measure of
safety for you. Moraelyn insisted that you should freely consent to come. You are as free to
return any time you wish."

"Moraelyn would have just taken me! It was I'r...I mean, the ArchMagister, who insisted that I
must consent."

"He's not a patient man by nature. And he is anxious to do Corcyr no harm. Doubtless he felt
the discussion could be carried on as well elsewhere."

"He called him King of the Small Cock. And laughed. Why? Are Daggerfall cockerels smaller
than Ebonheart birds? And what does it matter, anyway? My father was very angry; I think he
would have liked to fight. But it's true he hates me. I knew that, but I didn't want to know, so I
pretended not to. I don't suppose Moraelyn would do that."

"No."

"He'd lie, though. He thought about telling me he was my father. I could see it."

Aliera threw back her head and laughed her pretty rippling laugh; he remembered it from long
ago, and it sent shivers down his back. "He must have wanted to claim it very badly indeed if
102                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

he let you see it; he's usually quicker than that. And he does not lie under oath, or to hurt those
he loves."

"He doesn't love me; he doesn't even like me."

"But I do, my dear son. You..." Edward thought she was going to say he'd grown; adults
always remarked on his growth, even if he'd just seen them a week ago. Very strange, since he
was small for his age. Instead she said, "You're just as I thought you'd be," with deep maternal
satisfaction.

"And he loves you. But he said he was no one's errand boy. Yet you dismissed him as if he
were."

Aliera's face and neck burned a deep crimson.

"Nay, though I am reduced to serving man, it seems." Moraelyn had entered silently, bearing
a huge tray piled high with food. "Get me a stool, boy, you can play page if I can play server.
You must be famished and I thought I'd best return before my wife gets round to the rest of
my faults. Could take her most of the day listing them." He'd shed the mail and bathed and
dressed in fresh black jerkin and hose with a silvery sash tied round his narrow waist. But the
black sword still swung by his side.

"Mara help us, you've enough food for a small army. And I've broken my fast." Aliera's small
hand reached for the elf's arm, slid down it caressingly, then clasped his hand and squeezed it,
lifting it to her still hot cheek, brushing it with her lips. Edward looked away quickly,
discomforted by the sight of his dusky skin against her fairness.

"This's for me, and a bit for the boy. But pray join us, my dear. You've grown thin. Pining for
me, no doubt." He wrapped a lock of her dark curly hair around a finger and tugged at it,
grinning, then fell on the food like a starving wolf, attacking it with small silvery weapons
instead of eating with his fingers as humans did. The food was wonderful. Edward ate until he
could eat no more.

"Eavesdropping," he murmured thoughtfully. He'd been mulling over a list of Moraelyn's
faults while he ate, and realized too late that he'd spoken aloud.

"By Zenithar, boy, if you humans will shout your privy conversation all over the tree, d'ye
expect me to shut my ears with wool?" He tapped one of his large pointed ears. Edward
hurriedly tried to remember what they'd said. What he'd said. Lying. Oh dear. Maybe he
hadn't heard.

"So I'm a liar, am I, boy?" Vir Gil help him, Edward felt he was drowning. Could the Elf read
minds? He hoped that wasn't the insult his father had used! "I...I meant I thought that you
were thinking about it. You did hesitate," Edward gulped. He was making matters worse.

"Possibly, I was trying to remember." the sardonic tone was back.

"You don't even like me!" Edward burst out.

"That doesn't seem to have stopped your true father from claiming you."
                                     [30.2] KING EDWARD II                                 103

"Moraelyn! Don't!" Aliera interrupted, but the Elf held up his hand to quiet her.

"I'm not so sure." Edward flashed.

"Why do you say that?"

"I don't know...Roane says...things...and I'm not at all like him. Everyone remarks on it. And
then stops talking."

"What things? Speak, boy!"

"About how fond Mother was of her brother when they were young. How sad and angry he
was when she was carried off. More like a lover, she said, than a brother. She says it very
sweetly, but like she means something by it. Something too dirty to say. Other times she talks
about how elfin I look. And how quickly after marriage I came. Not as quickly as her first
son, though."

Moraelyn leaped up. "By the Avenger, I will go back and wring the vixen's neck! The
human", he bit off the insult, but his red eyes flamed rage; his muscles swelled and his hair
stood on end. "You do not look half-elven. I never met your mother until four years after your
conception. Roane, it seems, cannot decide which lie she wishes to use. But incest! May Kel
strike her down if I may not." The tall elf paced furiously about the room, lithe as a Khajiit,
hand fondling his sword hilt. The platform swayed and dipped.

"She's ambitious for her sons, at Edward's expense. The question is, how many will believe
her. Not enough if she was planning to have him killed instead." Aliera's smooth brow
wrinkled a bit.

"I never disliked her, you know. Nor she me. She wanted my place and I was glad enough to
let her have it save for Edward."

"You want me to be king so I'll let you have the ebon mines." Edward had just worked out the
puzzle.

"Oh, devil take the ebon, which he probably will. I've a better chance of getting co-operation
from Roane's boys once your father's dead. They'd have reason for gratitude and the bargain's
a good one. Although the chances they could keep a civil tongue long enough to sign a
contract seem poor, given their parentage."

"Then why? You don't even like me."

"Mara, help me! 'Liking' a person is a human concept. One day they like you, the next day
they don't. On Tirdas they're back to liking you again. My own wife does this to me, but
claims to love me even when she doesn't like me. Except of course on the days when she
doesn't do either, and talks about joining the Order of Riana. Fortunately that only happens
once a year or so. I go hunting until she comes to her senses."

"You exaggerate; that only happened once, and well you know it."
104                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"I remember enjoying the recovery period. Maybe it should happen more often." They
grinned at each other.

"But why do you want me to be King?" Edward persisted.

"I told you; it's Akatosh's notion. And the ArchMagister's. I just came along for the ride. Ask
them."

"I shall ask the ArchMagister when I see him."

"An excellent plan. You'll spend a few weeks at the Tower before heading north with us."

"Only that?"

"Does the prospect of spending the winter with your mother and me displease you so much?"

"No...no, sir. But I agreed to go with I'ric." Not you. The words hung unsaid between them.

"You will, in time. A few weeks there now will fit you to begin your training in magic; I can
teach you spells. But you need hardening; your body must catch up to your mind. It is the
ArchMagister's will."

"Fighting magic? I want to learn other things. How to call beasts. How to heal. And float..."

"You'll learn that, I doubt not. And d'ye think a fighter can't Heal? It's the first spell you'll
learn. But a King must know how to fight."

"I'm not good at it."

"Dragon's Teeth, boy! Exactly why you must learn!"

"If I cannot?"

"You've courage and a clear head and the potential to learn magic; that's more than most
people ever have. I can teach you the rest."

Edward's head whirled with the unaccustomed praise. "I do? I have? You can?"

"D'ye think any of your father's fool court would stand naked before a dragon, a unicorn, the
ArchMagister, and the Champion of Tamriel and demand justice of them? Justice! Faced with
such, they might have managed to beg for mercy, if they could speak at all, which is
doubtful."

"I did that? I did, didn't I?" Edward was astonished; he wanted to add that he hadn't known,
hadn't thought about it.

"Aye, you did. And it's a deed that shall be sung from here to Morrowwind; I'll compose the
ballad myself--as soon as I have a nap. I don't sleep as sound as some on dragon's backs."

"You enchanted me and Shag asleep!"
                                    [30.2] KING EDWARD II                                   105

"And the rest of the castle, with the help of my friends."

"Ooooohhhh. Can you levitate? Will you show me?"

"Not so fast. I kept a holding spell on us all night to keep us on the dragon's back. Until I'm
rested I couldn't light a candle with the aid of a match."

"Oh. Well, I'd still rather be like the ArchMagister than be a fighter."

"Hah! It'll be news to the ArchMagister that he cannot fight! I hope he'll find time to show
you how to wield a staff. No better weapon for early training. And no better trainer. Now, of
the four you saw before you, which would you say could best the others?"

Edward thought carefully for several minutes. "Sir, my judgement is poor indeed, but if you
would still have my answer, it would seem that the one who claims the title Champion of
Tamriel must be the best. Yet must not the ArchMagister be your master in magic? And
trained to arms as well, it seems. So which should prevail? Could any mortal stand against the
dragon's fire and claws and teeth? And I know naught of the unicorn, save that it is fleet and
has a very sharp horn, and hooves as well. So I will guess the unicorn; it had the mildest
manner. And since you asked the question it seems the unlikely answer may be correct."

"Well answered, youngling! The unicorn would win easily in any single close combat. No
mortal or even dragon can move quickly enough to land a blow and it cannot be burned or
touched by any magic or elemental power. It's hooves are deadly and a single touch of its horn
will kill any enemy, although the horn itself will burn away. The most powerful can
regenerate it within moments, however."

"And of the four the Champion of Tamriel would probably be the loser against any of the
others, although the title is no idle boast!" Moraelyn is not accustomed to being so outclassed.
"My manners may have suffered in consequence."

"Milord King, I am most deeply in your debt. You have done me great honor and service. If
ever

I can repay you, I will. Forgive my brash words and ill manners. I have dwelt among the rude
and boorish. And it seems I have no father, unless I may call you so?" The elf held his hands
out to the boy, who placed his own in them. Edward's feeling of distaste was quite gone as if
by magic the thought drifted through his mind and then he released his hands and clasped
Moraelyn about his waist. The elf's hands stroked the dark hair and clasped the thin shoulders.

"I thank you, my wife. After only five years of marriage, you have presented me with a fine
son, nine years of age. Remarkable. In fact...magical."
106                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[30.3] King Edward III


                                     King Edward, Part III
                                        by Anonymous

                                      Chapter 3: Lessons

The golden days passed swiftly. Edward spent most of his time in the company of his parents.
He saw few other children. None at all lived in 'their' tree, only their wood elf host and
Moraelyn's six Companions, an oddly assorted, cheerful lot. Disrespectful, Edward thought.
None of the Daggerfall court or servants would dared have addressed his father as these did
Moraelyn and Aliera with their constant raillery. But these weren't servants or courtiers. Just
Companions. Only one was a Dark Elf. There were a Khajiit woman, two wood elves, brother
and sister, a Nordic man, even bigger than Moraelyn and a strange looking lizardlike man,
who spoke with such a hissing accent that Edward couldn't understand him at all. The Nord
man was called "Slave of Moraelyn" or just "Slave" for short, although Moraelyn usually
called him "Mats" of "My-slave." Mats tended the group's weapons and gathered wood for the
evening fires. But it wasn't unusual for the others to bring wood; Moraelyn himself often
borrowed Mats' axe and fetched and split wood if there was need, or if he just felt like it.

They spent much of their time roaming the woods and fields, hunting and gathering produce,
in twos and threes. Usually Moraelyn, Aliera and Edward and Shade went off together. They
carried bows for hunting. When Edward asked Moraelyn to teach him to shoot better, he was
told to ask his mother, as she was the better shot. And it was Aliera's arrow that brought down
a handsome buck, although both arrows had struck, and they quarrelled over who's arrow had
killed as they ran toward the buck.

"Bah!" Moraelyn exclaimed as he pulled his black fletched arrow from the hindquarters. "I
don't know how I managed to feed myself before I married you."

"You had the Companions."

"Aye. Mats, Mith and I starved together, before we met Beech and Willow." Moraelyn pulled
out his black dagger, Tooth, and began to skin the animal's body, calling Edward to come and
watch. "You want to learn about animals, don't you?"

"Live ones." Edward said with distaste. His dainty mother was ripping the skin away with
enthusiasm.

"Such make tough eating," the dark elf said. "Give me your cloak; I'll make a package for you
to carry."

"I am a Prince, not a pack horse!"

"You'll carry your share or you'll be a hungry prince this night." The elf had lost his good
humor.

"I won't. I don't want any. You can't make me."
                                   [30.3] KING EDWARD III                                   107

Moraelyn stood erect and appeared to think this over. "Can't I?" he taunted.

"Edward, please..." Aliera appealed to him.

"Tell me, Lord Prince, how then does one get the meat to one's table if one may not carry it. If
Princes may not carry meat then certainly Kings and Queens may not, or do Princes grow out
of the incapacity when they become Kings?"

"They have servants!"

"Serve ants? What a clever idea. Only a human could think of that! Ants are excellent at
carrying, I have noted, although I have not the trick of commanding them. Perhaps you can
teach me."

"Servants! Like Mats here," Edward shouted. He hated being teased. Mats and the other
companions had come up, having heard their shouts over the kill.

"Mats? You think I cannot make you carry deer meat, yet I could command Mats to do so?"
Moraelyn stared up at the blond giant. "Well, one never knows until one tries. Mats, carry the
deer."

The blond scratched his head and jaw thoughtfully. "Highness, nothing would please me more
but it is a large deer and my old wound is troubling my back, perhaps if you kill a smaller
one."

"Well, Prince, what now?"

"You beat him."

"At what? I can outrun him. Mats, if I reach that oak first, will you carry the deer." Mats
shook his head slowly.

"You beat him with a stick!" Edward yelled.

"What promise you show as a Healer, my Prince. You will forgive me if I refrain from
consulting you until you have further training. It is my judgement that beating with a stick
will not improve Mats' back. Of course, I may be in error.

"Silk, you carry the deer."

"Me, milord? I am sorry, but I have just remembered that I am fourth cousin to the fifth house
of Dibella, Queen of Heaven. My dignity forbids that I carry anything at all."

Willow and Beech claimed that a mage had forbidden either of them from carrying any part of
an animal while the moon Jone was risen.

"Prince, are you truly certain about this rule? It seems to make life most inconvenient. We
could bring the wood to the deer, which will take many hours and leave us benighted here.
We could consume the meat raw on the spot, but I own my belly is not yet empty enough to
108                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

make that option attractive. Aliera, can you help us? How do the High Rock folk get meat to
table?"

"Milord, when I lived there it was my firm belief that it appeared by magic. There were
servants, but they were an irritating, lazy lot, more trouble than they were worth. Edward, my
son, is it possible that this rule applies only in High Rock?"

"I suppose so..."

Edward carried a share of meat that bent his back, but he did not complain. And so it was
settled, and the meal that night was a merry one. But for several days after, if the Companions
caught him carrying anything at all they would inquire anxiously as to whether a High Rock
Prince might do so.

"If Mats is not a servant, then why do they call him 'Moraelyn's Slave'?" Edward asked one
drowsy afternoon.

"Well, he is my slave. I paid gold for him, all that Mith and I had. We came on a man beating
him near Reich Parthkeep. He looked near death; when Mith and I tried to stop the beating,
the man said Mats was a runaway slave, and he'd do as he liked with him. So I threw down
the gold and told him he could take it and leave, else I would kill him out of hand. He chose
the latter, so I told Mats to take the gold as his master's heir and go where he would. He chose
to come with us, so we buried the gold with his master and Mats has been with us since."

"Could he leave if he wanted to?"

"Of course."

"May I go pick some of those berries over there?" Edward asked, and Moraelyn nodded.

Aliera was sleeping curled on her side. Moraelyn sat next to her, leaning back against a tree,
his hand playing with her long dark curls. His eyes and skin were sensitive to the bright sun.
Shade slept stretched in the sun nearby, his dark fur glinting with silver in the light. Edward
wandered over to the bushes and picked the bright glowberries, so called because they glowed
at night, although right now they were a rather dull gray. But they tasted very good. If he ate
enough, would he glow at night, he wondered. Or if he smashed them and collected the juice,
the bushes caught at him, then he found a sort of tunnel through them and trotted along it,
wondering where it led.

It ended in a small clearing before a pile of rocks. There was a hole and something in it.
Edward stepped back, making a small noise in his throat. The something heaved and
presented a tusky snarling face and hooves that pawed at the earth.

The boy backed away slowly. The beast's head went down, the shoulders heaved and the
immense bulk lumbered into a charge. Edward tried to throw himself into the bushes - there
was no room - and then, incredibly, Moraelyn was in front of him, between him and the beast.
There was a flash and a crash, and the elf seemed to leap backwards for several feet, landing
crouched just in front of Edward's face. The air whistled as his blade seemed to jump out of
the sheath of its own accord. There was a sparkle in the air around him, and a burnt smell.
Silence.
                                   [30.3] KING EDWARD III                                  109

"Get out of here, boy! Now!"

Edward fled, yelling for his mother, who was running toward the bushes and calling him. She
clasped him to her, and began shouting for Moraelyn instead. There was no answer, then,
somehow the elf was there, unharmed, his blade sheathed again. But he was breathing hard.

"Did you kill it? Are you hurt?"

"No and no. I was shielded. Barely. You disturbed a sow in her den with her litter.
Fortunately, she thought she'd had enough after the first impact. I daresay she's unaccustomed
to finding her enemies still standing afterwards."

"Why didn't you kill her?" Edward demanded, feeling bloodthirsty after his fright.

"A katana, even the Ebony Blade, is not the weapon I'd choose against a mother sow. A spear,
maybe. The longer the better. Besides, if we leave her be, there'll be six pigs here next year,
with luck."

"You made a magic shield," Edward said, wide-eyed.

"Aye, barring the shield, she'd have left a few marks even on a tough old dark elf."

"Edward, it would be gracious to thank your rescuer." His mother prompted.

"Thank you," Edward said automatically, his mind busy with more questions. How had the elf
known of his danger? How did he get there so quickly?

"There is scarcely need to thank me for saving my son's life. Thank Shade," Moraelyn said.
"The cat told me there was trouble."

Edward knelt and hugged the smug purring cat. "Good old Shade. I can always count on him."

"My son". "Our son". The words rang proudly out at the least excuse. Edward puzzled over
this for awhile; it wanted an explanation. The one he favored was that Moraelyn simply didn't
know him very well yet, and was prone to give the benefit of the doubt to strangers.
Eventually, but in the meantime he might as well enjoy it. It was nice. Having a father that
was proud of you, that liked being with you, took you places, talked to you, listened to you.
And most remarkably of all, let you alone when you needed to be. Moraelyn only really liked
being alone when he was composing a ballad.

Edward told Beech and Willow about the mother pig. "I ran when he told me to. Would you?
Because he said to. I couldn't think of any way to help, but..." Willow and Beech listened
carefully, exchanged glances, and said they'd think about the problem.

After supper around the evening fire, Willow took up her small harp and began to sing about
the joys of an autumn afternoon and berries...except that Moraelyn sent the boy off to pick
berries. They'd got that part wrong. Moraelyn sat up sharply and looked around, but the others
had slipped away into the darkness and Willow wasn't looking at him.
110                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Mith strolled into the firelight, taking mincing steps, picking pantomime berries and eating
them noisily. Moraelyn put his head down and groaned. Mith pantomimed finding something
then skipped along in delight. Mats' head and shoulders lurched into the firelight. Mith
reached a hand to pat him, then leapt back with a squeal as Mats tried to rip him with a tusk.
Huge tusks and a pig nose adorned his face. Mith crouched, hands to his face in exaggerated
horror. And Silk, clad in black, leaped between Mith and Mats with a shower of sparks, jerkin
backwards, hose about its knees, shoeless. It reached for its sword, but Mats charged and
knocked it flying; it spun out of sight. Mats, scrambling on all fours, missed Mith, but tore his
hose. Mith scampered around the fire with Mats after him. Silk, sword in one hand, the other
tugging at the hose chased after Mats, beating him with the sword.

Another figure appeared, clad in Aliera's blue gown with Beech's head sticking out above
wearing a long dark wig. Mith cowered behind her skirts. She glared at Mats and he froze.
Silk tripped and sprawled behind him. Beech tossed his hair back, patted Mith reassuringly on
the head, wet one finger and smoothed an eyebrow, then leisurely picked up his bow, aimed
and twanged.

Mats leaped backwards, collapsing on top of Silk with a very realistic death rattle. Beech and
Mith embraced, ignoring Silk, still flat beneath Mats.

Moraelyn had begun laughing when Silk first leaped out. Aliera had waited for Beech's
appearance. Now tears were running down her cheeks. Moraelyn was doubled over, pounding
his fist against a tree. Ripples and giggles of silvery laughter sounded all around and showers
of gold coins fell into the circle. The Companions gathered themselves together and bowed, as
humans did.

"Again, do it again!"

"Nooooo!" Moraelyn gasped, still laughing. "Ah, you came nearer killing me than the sow
did! I beg mercy!"

"Another night, gentle persons...our king has had a very long day. We thank you all."

"Gods, had the entire town seen?" Edward stared behind him, but they were all melting away
into the dark. "That's not what happened." he yelled. "You were a hero. They made fun of
you."

"Yes, yes and yes. Especially the last. By Jephre himself, that was funny!"

"They all saw that! And you're going to let them do it again?" Edward was scandalized. They
had all looked ridiculous.

"Let them? It'll be done all over Tamriel for centuries to come, I doubt not. But never again so
well."

"But it didn't happen like that at all."

"It would have if Mats...I mean the sow had charged again. Ariana's bow would have been far
more effective than my poor blade. And she'd have seen Moraelyn leap like a khajiit!" His
finger smoothed an eyebrow in a gesture typical of Aliera and he went off again into a long
                                   [30.3] KING EDWARD III                                   111

laugh. "Aye, she'd have slain the beast with a look, if she couldn't find an arrow. Mats, you
were more like the sow than she like herself. Bigger, too, I swear! Mith, you old rogue, only
you could look so innocent."

"Buuut, it's not true!" Edward protested.

"Boy, you think there's only one truth? Was what you saw today truth? Did you see all the
truth? Even of what did happen? What you saw here tonight will light up truths unseen, if you
allow it, you could spend a lifetime reflecting on it and yet not see it whole, for it goes ever
further and deeper, spreading like ripples in a pool, beyond us all and out into the deep
stillness of forever. What happens is only a tiny part of truth...maybe the least part. And what
you see is smaller yet."

Edward still thought that a king really ought to have more dignity. But he didn't say so.
112                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[30.4] King Edward IV


                                    King Edward, Part IV
                                       by Anonymous


                                     Chapter 4: Stories

Edward faced his mother defiantly. "I'm not sick and I'm not a baby. I can stay here by
myself. I don't need Mith." There was a dangerous glint in Moraelyn's eyes. Aliera's lips
thinned. "You will mind him, Edward."

"Yes, madam," Edward said sulkily.

"Come on, wife. Mith knows how to deal with princes who don't want his company." The
three adults laughed a bit in their irritating way at a joke he didn't understand.

The weather was drizzly and Edward had the sniffles. His mother had decided that he
shouldn't go out, even though they were only going visiting. Moraelyn had taken his side, but
threw out his hands and raised his brows at Edward in a helpless gesture when Aliera insisted
that he stay behind. Mith, whom Edward liked the least of the Companions, had volunteered
to stay with him. Even Ssa'ass would have been better. Mith was scruffy looking. Like a
stableboy. And cheeky, even for a Companion. Edward sulked silently for awhile longer.
Mith had fetched a broom and was sweeping the house out, brushing dirt from the room
above into the room Edward was in. What on earth was the use of staying in when there
wasn't really any 'in' to stay in? Edward got tired of sulking, fetched a broom and went up to
help sweep.

"Mith", Edward said. "have you ever been to the Crystal Tower?"

"I have. It's an unchancy place at first, but you'll grow used to it." Mith was applying his
broom with energy and whistling. "Sweeping was kind of fun here. There weren't any sides to
the platforms so all you had to do was brush the dirt and leaves over the side. You started at
the top and worked your way down."

"You're quick with the broom, Mith. I haven't half finished my side yet. Will there be others
there like me?"

"Oh, some children, I'd think. Most'll be somewhat older. I should be quick with a broom. My
father had me sweeping out the king's stables when I was your age. I used to dream and talk
too much like you; he beat me for it. So I learned to be quick."

Edward swept faster, stirring up dust. "Not like that, boy. Watch me. Anyway, there's no
hurry; it's just habit with me. Moraelyn'd serve me my head on a platter if I touched you. My
father, heh, he was always...well, he was a hard man to please. He was a Nord."

"Your father?" Edward stared at Mith, but Mith looked much like the other Dark Elves he'd
seen. Not many. Dark elves didn't come to Daggerfall; Gerald had banned them. But he'd seen
                                   [30.4] KING EDWARD IV                                     113

some on his rare trips to other courts. And there were some in Firsthold besides Moraelyn and
Mith. "Did he have red hair?" Mith's hair was a dark red. Gerald had red hair. "He tended the
stables for Moraelyn?" No wonder Mith looked like a stableboy. But Edward kept his tone
polite. Mith had a sharp tongue...and Edward knew that neither of his parents would be
sympathetic if he complained that Mith had been impertinent.

"He did have red hair. Maybe I got mine from him...but mostly mixed elf and human children
come out dark elf. No, Moraelyn wasn't a king then or expecting to be...'sides this was in
Blacklight, where I was born. Moraelyn's brother was king in Ebonheart in those days. He
came up to visit our King and brought Moraelyn along. To keep him out of trouble, he said."
Mith grinned. "I grinned when I heard him say that, and I saw the boy looking at me out of the
tail of his eye, but he wouldn't take notice. Like I was the dirt or something worse. His brother
tossed him a pouch and told him to go into town and get his knife mended. Jerked his thumb
at me and told me to show him the way."

"Moraelyn said he didn't need an escort to find a store and stalked off like princes do." Mith
grinned knowingly at Edward. But the grin wasn't unfriendly. Edward smiled back a bit, and
Mith went on. "Our king eyeballed me, so I took off after him. Moraelyn didn't spare me so
much as a glance. Went four blocks out of his way, down by the wharfs, and when I tried to
tell him where the store was he shoved me right off the pier. I could Levitate, of course, but
he caught me by surprise and I went in with a big splash, and everyone laughing like
jackasses. I got myself out and went straight to the store and waited for him - but not so he
could see me - and when he finally showed up, I lifted the pouch right off him. He didn't even
know it was gone. So in he goes and tosses the knife on the counter and tells the smith to fix it
right off. Which he does. Only then Moraelyn can't pay him, tells the smith he's the King of
Ebonheart's brother, the smith just laughs and says, 'And I'm the Archmagister.' Then the
smith calls the guard and three of them show up. Well, Moraelyn wasn't what he is now -
three guards wouldn't even warm him up nowadays - but he was even faster then. He was out
of there so fast he nearly knocked me over at the door. He lost the guards pretty quick; all that
armor slows 'em down. I found him crouching in one of those hedge mazes in the park. He
was doubled over out of breath but still I stood a good ways off while I asked him real nasty if
he needed an escort back to the Palace. Not that I was planning to go back! I was gonna take
the money and run and never look back, I tell you! But I had to have the last word. I wasn't
born high but I was born proud."

"He glared at me for a minute or so, catching his breath, then he just rolled over and started to
laugh that laugh of his. Prince or no, I started to like him then. When we'd finished laughing,
more or less, we started talking. I told him I didn't want to go back. Nor dared to. 'Princes
don't get blamed, Prince,' I said, 'Stableboys do.' He said that wasn't entirely the case, but he
saw my point. Then he said that as I was his escort then he must obey his brother and come
with me. And that his name was Moraelyn, not Prince. We've been together ever since....more
or less."

Edward smiled politely. He could see why Mith had run away, but not why Moraelyn had
gone with him. Unless he was afraid to face his brother about the stolen money. Edward tried
to imagine Moraelyn being afraid to face anyone and failed. "I wish I was brave. Like you and
Moraelyn."

"Why, you are brave. And your courage will grow with the rest of you."
114                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"Are there only High Elf boys at the Tower?"

"There'll be other sorts, too, most likely. A few Dark Elves, for sure. D'ye miss your own
kind?"

Edward shook his head. "Human boys don't like me much anyway. Nor High Elf boys..." His
eyes filled suddenly and he turned his head away. But Mith's voice was unexpectedly gentle.
"I thought you wanted to go to the Tower."

"I do. But..."

"You'll be lonely."

Edward nodded.

"That's a hard thing to face."

"Did you go there alone, Mith?"

"No. Moraelyn did, but he was older than you, by a good bit. A grown man, in fact. They
didn't take any but High Elf students in those days, you know. But Moraelyn heard of them
and said he wanted to go there. We were together already, the seven of us, save for Aliera,
and a handy bunch in a fight. Moraelyn had already gotten that Dragon's Blade he wears, and
the Dragon's Tooth to go with it - remind me to tell you about that sometime - and he was a
famous fighter already. And the rest of us aren't slackers. But he thought we could be better at
the spellcasting and the Tower was the place to learn that. Well, no one goes near the Tower
without an invitation. No one! No one would even tell you where it was. But they'd tell you
where NOT to go. So he went there. Alone. One morning he was gone and there a note saying
for us to wait for him. So we did, here in Firsthold. He was gone two weeks, then he came
back one night, rowing across with the tide. He just said they'd accepted him, but he couldn't
say anything more about it. But he asked me to come back with him."

"'They want me?' 'Well, they've accepted one Dark Elf,' he said. 'One more shouldn't bother
them too much.' So we go there, and bless me if the Archmagister himself didn't meet us at
the door and demand to know the meaning of this. I wanted to turn myself into a rock! I was
wishing hard that I was stable dung! And figured I was like to get my wish soon. But
Moraelyn speaks up real polite that this is the friend he'd mentioned and the Archmagister had
expressed an interest in his abilities, and naturally he'd want to see for himself."

"But the Archmagister was real interested. See, they don't wear armor or carry anything but a
staff and a dagger. They think it interferes with their spellcasting, all that metal. But Moraelyn
could cast pretty well even with chain and with any one-hand weapon at all. And I could cast
wearing leather and as much as a saber, though it's an unwieldy weapon; I like my short
sword better. Truth, they didn't think that much of me, but Moraelyn...he'd camped outside
their door. And when they tried to move him he just sat there! They threw all the spells they
had at him, the troll guards, everything. Nothing. He laid the trolls out flat and left 'em to
regenerate. If they tried to beat him with their staffs he'd ward them off with his blade and the
spells didn't turn him a hair."

Edward's mouth gaped open. "How'd he do that!?!" He said.
                                   [30.4] KING EDWARD IV                                     115

"Well, it was a trick, in a way. He'd picked up something that came natural to Willow. See,
Willow is different."

"I didn't know Willow could cast!"

"Well, she doesn't have any mana, ordinarily....but she can absorb it if you cast a spell at her,
see. O'course it wasn't much use to her, since she'd never been able to learn what t'do with it
once she got it. Couldn't get it back once it was gone, so she couldn't practice. Until Morelyn
got hold of her and trained her. Well, Moraelyn had figured out pretty much how Willow did
what she did....though it cost Moraelyn mana to do what came natural to Willow. So
Moraelyn sat there absorbing everything they threw at him and burning it off into a big shield.
Drove 'em wild."

"He said the Archmagister could best him, though." Edward suspected that Mith was making
up the whole story.

"Well, so he did, when he finally came. But all the rest of 'em together couldn't do it. And all
Moraelyn wanted was to study with them. We were a sight, the two of us dark elves in our
battle gear among all that white and gold. I felt like a fish out of water, but Moraelyn was
interested in what they had to say....and you can bet they hung on every word he said. Not too
many words at first. After a fortnight or so, he told me one night to tell the Archmagister that
he'd be back in a couple of days. And he shows up with Silk! 'Course he'd been telling 'em
about the Khajiits...and they'd been asking questions."

"The Archmagister's no fool. He just stared at Silk, and she purred real loud and rubbed up
against him and asked 'How ya doin', Archmagister, baby?' The Archmagister kinda pushes
Silk away and says in a whisper, 'How many more?'"

"'Just two, sir.'"

"'What are they?'"

"'Wood elves, sir.'"

"'Just wood elves. Plain ordinary wood elves. No horns, hooves or tails.'"

"'Yes sir. Ah, one of them has an extraordinary Absorb ability with some very unusual
features. The other's just a Bard.'"

"'Very well. You may bring the one with the Absorb. We don't want a Bard! They are not true
mages.'"

"'Well, that's most generous of you, sir, but the Bard's her brother, sir and I swore to their
parents that I wouldn't separate them. So it'll just be the three of us.'"

"'Her brother.'"

"'Aye, a pair of twins.'"

"'You may bring them both.'"
116                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"So three days later he's back with the twins AND Ssa'ass AND Slave. The Archmagister
looks at them and sort of bobs up and down, but he speaks real quiet. 'Dark Elf, by pair of
twins, did you mean TWO SETS of twins? Are you going to tell me that these...these are
twins???' Well, I could see that Moraelyn was kinda sorry he hadn't thought of trying that, but
he said, 'No sir, the twins are Beech and Willow. The Argonian and the Nord are not
prospective initiates. They are specimens. For your collection. You don't have any like them
so I thought...'"

"'You thought. I do not have a dragon either! Are you going to think to bring me that next?'"

"'Oh, aye, I could. Would you like one?'"

"'Tell me you are not serious.'"

"'Well, I couldn't promise. And it would take quite a long time, a year maybe, but...'"

"The Archmagister's eyes rolled up toward heaven. 'Thank you, All-Mother, I have at least a
year to prepare.' he whispered."

"I don't think Mats and Ssa'ass should have been made specimens. They're people. Even if
they aren't elves."

"Oh, they made Ssa'ass an initiate when they found out that he had some interesting Heal
spells."

"But Mats?"

"Mats never minds anything. He hasn't a bit of magic; he couldn't be an initiate. Anyway he'd
have hated it. He spent his time gaming with the guards. When he wasn't being studied.
Seems he has some interesting magic resistances. Anyway, since then, the initiates aren't just
High Elves. And they don't all follow the Mage way."

"I shall. I shall be just like the Archmagister."

"Oh, aye, exactly," Moraelyn's voice sounded lightly behind him. "I'll cut the ears off a
donkey for thee and dye thy skin with saffron. Bleach thy hair white and stretch thee a foot"
Moraelyn swung him high. "Art well, son? I told thee so, Aliera. He's not ill at all. Good,
because the Archmagister's returned. We go to the Tower tomorrow."

'We' was just Moraelyn and Edward. Aliera had caught Edward's cold and they took some
pleasure in insisting she remain in bed. Moraelyn rowed them across the river in a small boat
and they walked for most of the day, resting a little at midday. It was evening when they
reached the tower and the setting sun was glinting off it. Even the sea far below looked red.
There was a hush over the countryside.

"It's tall, isn't it?" Edward paused to look.

"Towers generally are."
                                   [30.4] KING EDWARD IV                                     117

"Did you really..." Edward broke off. Questions starting in that fashion did not draw
satisfactory answers from the elf.

"Has Mith been telling thee tales? He's had ten years to polish that one. I doubt not it glistens
like the Tower."

"He told me how you met, too."

"I thought he would."

"I didn't understand why you went off with him? He was a thief and a stableboy and you were
a prince."

"You have just named three excellent reasons, Prince."

"You never give me serious answers."

"A serious charge. Very well, then. I saw myself through Mith's eyes and misliked what I
saw: a callous bully and a coward, fit to be neither boy nor man nor prince. Why did you run
off, Prince?"

Edward hung his head mutely. "Nay, I do not require answers. Come, it grows late."
Moraelyn reached his hand for Edward's, but Edward shook him off. If Moraelyn was a
coward what did that make Edward? He looked at the Tower door where Moraelyn had
demanded and won entrance, though all would shut him out. Edward could never do anything
like that, but at least he could walk in on his own as an invited guest.
118                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[30.5] King Edward V


                                      King Edward, Part V
                                        by Anonymous


                                Chapter 5: In the Crystal Tower

Inside the Tower, Edward's first impression was of whiteness. Floors, walls, ceiling, all were
white and radiated light. Their footsteps made soft crunching noises on the rough floor
surface. Except for that, it was very still, with occasional soft, unrecognizable far-off sounds.
Moraelyn moved confidently through winding halls and long rooms. He seemed very black in
all that white. They passed long pools of water with fountains that sparkled in the light.

"Where is everyone?" Edward whispered.

"At table, I hope. I'm hungry. Aren't you?"

"No." Abruptly a big, broad ugly shape appeared in front of them and roared a challenge.
Edward grabbed for Moraelyn's arm with both hands. Moraelyn shook him off irritably.
"Gods, boy, don't grab my sword arm if ever you do spot a monster. Stay clear!" But
Moraelyn didn't reach for his blade. He stood still while the monster wrapped its long arms
around him and pounded on his back, still roaring. Moraelyn roared back and pounded on the
monster's chest. Then he introduced Edward to the Captain of the Archmagister's guard.

"Don't hug him," Moraelyn warned the troll, who grinned at Edward showing pointy teeth.
"He'll break."

"I thought trolls were dangerous!" Edward gasped as they ascended a long winding stairway.

"They are. I'll have bruises for a fortnight. I'd have shielded, but I didn't like to hurt his
feelings."

"He likes you?!"

"Oh, aye, it can be done, you see."

"Why does the Archmagister keep troll guards?"

"They keep the rats down."

More trolls, but these paid them little heed. Another long stairway. More corridors. A sort of
guardroom where three trolls appeared to be gaming with bones. One of them shambled to his
feet and led them down a shadowy passage. A row of cages with huge rats, then some with
small odd creatures that looked rather like elves seen in a badly distorted mirror (though
Edward kept this observation to himself). They gobbled and squeaked as the elf and boy
paced quickly by.
                                    [30.5] KING EDWARD V                                   119

"Goblins," Moraelyn said with distaste. They turned a corner and went past two cages that
held only large stone statues. There seemed to be more cages off down other hallways. The
troll unlocked a huge black metal door. It clanged shut behind them. A very large green and
yellow hooved creature sat man-like in one corner. Its unwinking eyes didn't flicker as they
passed quickly and climbed still another stair. More white halls. These were patrolled by huge
black dogs that sniffed at them as they passed. Edward stretched a hand to pet one, but it
snarled at him.

"I wouldn't." Moraelyn said.

"Yes Sir."

They came to another massive black metal door. A voice sounded. "What is black and white,
has one body, two heads, four arms, four legs, two red eyes and two brown?"

"That's disgusting!" Moraelyn yelled at the door, hands on hips.

"You are correct, mortal. You may pass." The door swung slowly open, creaking. There was
no one behind it, just a narrow stairway that wound sharply. It seemed dark above. Moraelyn
raced up the stairs, leaving Edward clinging to the bottom rail, shaking. There was not a thing
to do but follow.

"Welcome, Edward." The Archmagister stood white and gold in the center of a large dim
room. Huge windows looked out on the purple twilit sea below. "Come here, child. Give me
your hands."

Edward put his hands in the Archmagister's who smiled down at him. Edward's fatigue and
fear vanished instantly. He smiled back at the Archmagister, who said softly. "It is well. You
may go," to the furious dark elf who stood glowering to one side. Edward was barely aware of
him, his whole attention occupied by the Archmagister.

"Goodbye, Edward."

"Bye." Edward didn't take his eyes off the Archmagister. From far away he heard the dark elf
go down the stairs.

"He calls you son," the Archmagister said.

"Yes sir. I asked him if I might call him father."

"But you are not entirely comfortable about it."

Edward sighed. "No sir."

"That may be as well. You will return to Daggerfall one day. And then you must be Corcyr's
son. So let the claim be on Moraelyn's side." The Archmagister moved companionably to the
windows with him. The dusk was fast gathering as Edward stared out over the hill through
which they'd journeyed. A dark figure appeared below and strode swiftly off into the night.
120                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"That's Moraelyn! I thought he was going to stay the night. It's dangerous out there alone in
the dark. There are evil things out there. Can't you..."

"Dangerous for any evil that meets Moraelyn in his present mood. He will go safely, I
promise you."

"Oh. But I haven't thanked him. He's been very kind, really. Why was he so angry about the
door? It was just a silly question. The answer was him and my mother, when they're asleep
and I'm not there. How do you make a door talk? Is it an illusion?"

"That's three questions. Which of them do you want answered? Aren't you hungry? Would
you like a bowl of stew?"

"Yes, please. I'd like to hear about the door, please."

"Ah. You think the talking door may prove more comprehensible than a surly dark elf? More
interesting? Or safer?" The Archmagister's large golden eyes regarded the boy thoughtfully.

"I don't know if I, uh, like him. Sometimes I think I...and then other times I...do you
understand about liking? He said he didn't."

"You would be more comfortable if you felt the same way about him at all times, yet you do
not."

"Yes, that's it, exactly. You do understand."

"Moraelyn is not a comfortable man."

"Well, I don't mean that exactly. Sometimes he is. Like when we rode the dragon."

The Archmagister laughed aloud. His laughter reminded Edward of chimes. "Yes, yes. I find
comfort myself in having Moraelyn near at hand when dragons are about."

A young high elf brought in a bowl of stew and set it down on the table. Edward felt a bit
disappointed that the stew had come in such an ordinary way. Until he remembered that the
Archmagister hadn't sent for the stew.

"The priest at home in Daggerfall said it was a mark of evil things, that they cannot bear the
light," Edward said between mouthfuls. "Moraelyn doesn't like sunlight. And he's black."

"I see. Do you know what evil is?"

"Um, well, if you do bad things, then you're evil?"

"I see. If the cook had burnt the stew, would he then be evil?"

Edward grinned. "No, just a bad cook. But if he did it on purpose, then I guess he'd have done
an evil thing...but maybe he wouldn't be altogether evil. Maybe he was just angry about
something."
                                    [30.5] KING EDWARD V                                    121

"Or perhaps the sort of person who is pleased by spoiling others' pleasure?"

"I guess that'd make my little brothers evil. They sure like to spoil my fun."

"And you?"

Edward felt his face redden. "I don't take any notice of them," he said quickly. The
Archmagister's large golden eyes regarded him steadily. To his own dismay, Edward began to
cry. He bawled like a baby. "I don't know what's wrong with me," he gasped. "I never cry,
really, I don't...hardly ever..."

"Why ever not?" Edward looked up. His tears had blurred his sight, but there seemed to be
tears on the Archmagister's face. His hand reached up to feel the wetness. "You have been
very alone, have you not?" the Archmagister said.

"Yes. Until you brought the unicorn for me, I was all alone. They endure no evil," Edward
sighed with satisfaction, feeling relaxed and comfortable. The Archmagister was wonderful.

"We summoned the unicorn, Moraelyn and the dragon and I and others. It's a great magic and
one no single man or woman may command. But don't trouble yourself overmuch with
judging good and evil. That's a human notion. Life is complex; I know of nothing that is
wholly good or wholly evil. Not even the unicorn."

Edward's time in the Tower passed quickly. There were few other novices and the youngest of
these was several years older than Edward. The boy spent several hours each day with the
Archmagister. He learned to cast a few spells and to open his mind so that he could renew his
magicka quickly while he slept. But often they just talked. Sometimes Edward was given a
book to read. Other times he was allowed to choose one from the thousands in the library. He
usually tired of them quickly. He didn't read Elvish script easily; his tutor had taught him the
letters, but their few books were in Bretic.

Spellcasting was more fun. Fire spells came easily to him and he learned to shield himself
readily, but to his chagrin, he couldn't Heal at all. He invariably made things worse for the
unlucky rats he was allowed to practice on.

"I don't know what I'm doing wrong!" Edward cried out in frustration. He sent a dart of fire at
the writhing rat and it turned into a charred corpse.

"Edward, it will be well if you let the Heal spells wait awhile yet."

"Moraelyn said Light Heal is the first spell anybody learns," Edward said sulkily.

"Did he? Well, he is a practitioner of magic, not a theorist. Even I would hesitate to say what
a Breton might or might not learn, and when he might learn it. You are the first of your people
with whom I have worked. Certainly Moraelyn has had no experience with your race, except
for your mother, of course."

"My mother can't do magic."
122                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"No, but we think the ability lies within her. She has not been able to learn to master it,
possibly because she was too old when she first tried. If you want my opinion it is your
thoughts and not your hands which are causing your difficulty. Weeping might help."

"I don't feel like crying," Edward said rather sullenly. He felt more like kicking something,
although incinerating the rat had helped relieve some of that.

"Meditation might help, then."
                                   [30.6] KING EDWARD VI                                   123



[30.6] King Edward VI


                                    King Edward, Part VI
                                       by Anonymous


                                     Chapter 6: Training

The day Edward was to leave the Archmagister summoned him, presented him with a mithril
staff and bade him farewell.

Back in his small cell Edward removed his novitiate robe and donned the grey shirt, black
pants and red sash he'd worn to the Tower. He fingered the sash lovingly. His mother had
purchased the shirt and pants, saying they looked sturdy and maybe wouldn't show the dirt
from the journey. Moraelyn had given him the silk sash with its embroidery of twined leaves
and flowers, birds and butterflies in mithril, dwarven and elven metallic threads. But he'd
waited until they were across the channel. Aliera had said it cost too dear; she'd suggested
cutting down one of Moraelyn's old ones to fit, but the elf had adamantly refused to let her
have any of them. Edward smiled, remembering, and wrapped the sash twice round his waist
then knotted the ends carefully. He took the staff and ran down to meet his parents.

He'd meant to fling himself at them, but Moraelyn was alone and Edward stopped still.
"Where's my mother? Is she...?"

"She wanted to stay and choose a horse for you. Didn't trust it to Beech."

"A horse? For me! Really?"

"Of course. You can't walk all the way to Morrowind."

"I thought I'd have to ride behind...someone. Look, the Archmagister gave me...my staff! Isn't
it beautiful?"

The elf took it and hefted it, trying a few swings and feints. "Good balance and weight for
thee, I think. Light for me. Show me how you use it. Suppose I attack you." He used his bare
hands and Edward fell into a defensive position, blocked him, then thrust the staff toward
Moraelyn's ribs. He danced easily aside, but praised the boy.

"A mage should have a dagger, too. I thought you might like to have Tooth here." Edward's
eye popped. Tooth had an ebony blade and a hilt made from a real dragon's tooth. The elf slid
it from its sheath and handed it to Edward who took it carefully. The blade had a wicked point
and the edge was sharp enough to shave with. Mats borrowed it sometimes. He'd carved the
hilt, too.

"Are you sure Mats doesn't mind?"

"Quite sure." Moraelyn unbuckled his belt and slid the sheath off it. There was a new belt for
124                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Edward of snakeskin, soft and pliable and a buckle with the black rose of Morrowind on it,
just like Moraelyn's. "It's from the Companions." He knelt to fit the belt and dagger and the
sash over it properly, and Edward threw his arms about his neck. "It's wonderful. I do thank
thee and them, too! And oh, I've missed all of thee so much."

"We missed you, too, son. Let's go or we'll miss our tide."

"I wouldn't want to worry mother," he said, trying to sound casual about having a mother that
would worry about him.

"No fear; I told her not to look for us until tomorrow night....just in case. But we'll surprise
her."

"Good thinking."

They made good speed and reached the inlet before the tide was full.

"Shall I show you how to use Tooth, or would you rather rest?"

"Tooth! I can rest in the boat while you work."

Moraelyn shielded himself and Edward too, saying that Tooth's bite was no joke. "I could
have shielded myself," Edward said proudly. "I'm good at that. But my Heals go all wrong."

"It'll come. Give it time."

Evidently Tooth wanted time too. Try as he might, he couldn't get near the elf with the blade,
even though Moraelyn kept his feet planted and simply swerved his body, ducking and
weaving...and laughing. Frustrated, Edward sheathed Tooth and picked up the staff and
whacked at him, swinging it with both hands. It wasn't doing any harm, but it made satisfying
sounds as it thwacked against the spell shield. Moraelyn let him hit, but stopped the staff
easily when the spell had been used up. Edward threw it on the ground and turned away; the
elf reached for him in consolation. Edward snatched Tooth from the sheath and thrust it
straight at the elf's heart. The blade was knocked spinning from his hand. Edward had braced
to stop the thrust and hold it and he felt the shock even through his shield. Then Moraelyn
was kneeling before him, nursing his left hand across his right knee, his face grey with shock
and disbelief. Blood was gushing from his wrist like a fountain. "Give me thy sash!"

"I...I didn't..." Edward's teeth were rattling in his head. He felt sick and dizzy. Bile washed up
in his mouth. "D-d-didn't--m-m-mean." So much blood.

"Boy, don't faint now. I need thy aid. The sash. Now, Edward! Pack it into the wound. Gods,
what a mess!" The hand was half severed at the wrist. Edward sat down abruptly, shaking all
over, but his hands packed the sash into the open wound, then he wrapped the rest round the
hand and wrist.

"Take my sash and make a sling." Moraelyn eased the injured limb into the sling and then
released his other hand. He took the water bottle from his belt and drank it down. "I need
more water. Where's thy staff? There's a well two miles back. Where's Tooth? Go find it and
don't cut yourself on it."
                                   [30.6] KING EDWARD VI                                    125

"I don't want it."

"Not many blades have bathed in Moraelyn's blood. 'Twill bring you luck. Do as I say."

"The tide's in."

"Aye and Firsthold could be on Jone for all the good it does us. I can't row one handed."

"I could..."

"No, you cannot. You haven't the strength. The current's swift here. I prefer to die on land.
Edward, we cannot stay here. The blood smell will draw beasts. If I faint, get well away and
climb a tree. And pray." He climbed to his feet and leaned on the staff, breathing hard. "Stay
close, but don't grab at me, no matter what happens." He took a small step, then another.

"I'm sorry."

"Doubtless. You picked a poor time and place to turn assassin. A good assassin always has an
escape planned."

"Yessir." Edward sniffed back his tears. "Sir, I cannot Heal you, but I can restore some vigor."

"Can you? 'T'would be of great help." The spell Edward cast shook the elf; he gasped, but
stood straighter and firmer after the shock wore off. "I can do it again," Edward offered
eagerly.

"Nay. You have plenty of power but want finesse. But 'tis much better, now."

Moraelyn was walking better; he sounded better too. Edward tried to blot the picture of the
injury out of his mind. They moved slowly, Moraelyn leaning against a tree from time to time
to rest. Nothing molested them. After an interminable time of silent travelling they reached
the old well. Moraelyn drained the first bottle and Edward refilled it, drank himself, then
filled it yet again.

"We'll spend the night in there." 'There' was a large ramshackle building, apparently deserted.
The elf kicked the locked door open. Inside it was pitch dark. "Light?" Edward offered.

"Nay. I can see. Save your power and stay by me." There was a skittering noise. Rats! Edward
shielded them both without thinking, pulled Tooth out, and placed his back to the elf's. A rat
leaped and drove itself onto the blade. Moraelyn swung the staff and laid out two more.
Others scurried off.

"Well done, lad!" They found a small windowless room and shut the door behind them. There
seemed to be some wood about; probably it had been some sort of storage room off the
kitchen. Moraelyn sat down against the wall.

"So. You can use a knife. Was all that pretense? To put me off my guard?"
126                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Edward was appalled. He burst into tears, protesting that he'd never harm Moraelyn willingly.
"I meant it for jest; I thought it'd make you laugh...I was angry, at first, but at myself, my
clumsiness, not you...it was a sudden thought....I love you dear!"

The elf reached out with his good arm and pulled Edward down to him. "That's worth a hand,
then, any day."

Edward sobbed against his shoulder while Moraelyn soothed him with pats. "You are my real
father."

"Edward, I am not..."

"Nay, thou art. Thee puts my well-being ahead of thine and loves me when I least deserve it.
Thee's been kind and generous and never asked anything of me save to my own profit. Thee'd
give thy very life for mine. That's what real fathers do. And I've given thee naught but pain.
He who sired me despises me and my mother because we are unlike him. We are not like you
either, and yet you love us well. I will do better by you, dear Father."

"I gave thee cause enough for offense. I took thy mother from thee."

"You risked losing her because you would not part me from my father. You did not know me
and my father was your bitter enemy. And yet you took thought for us. You could not know
how unnatural he is. It isn't in you."

"Granted. And yet the offense and your anger at it remain."

"I love you!" Edward protested. But he heard an angry edge in his voice.

"And hate me." Moraelyn's voice was so calm and quiet that they might have been discussing
the weather.

"I can't do both....can I?"

"Can you?"

"I didn't mean to hurt you."

"I believe you."

"Am I...am I, evil? I was sorry; I'd give anything if it hadn't happened, but...I..".

"Took some measure of satisfaction in it."

Edward's throat was choked with sobs; he couldn't speak, but nodded into Moraelyn's
shoulder. The elf's hand stroked him gently.

"Did I'ric tell you of the Daedra?"

"The demons? No. Is it a demon makes me do such things? I am evil, then."
                                   [30.6] KING EDWARD VI                                    127

"No, you are not. But the daedra feed on actions such as that. They encourage them. And your
anger draws them. But they can't make you do anything. And they or it's not inside you. But it
is connected to you."

"I don't want it. I want it to go away. How can I make it go away?"

"Why don't you want it? You draw power from it. That's what let you shield us both with the
rats attacked."

"Mana? That doesn't come from demons."

"No, but the ability to use it can. Look, some of your deeds feed the daedra. But you draw
power from it at the same time. Then the power's yours, to use as you choose."

"Do you have a daedra?"

"I do and it's a big one, too, but I think everyone has one or more. Some are stronger than
others, that's all. But don't go around asking after them. It's not polite."

"I want mine to go away!" Edward wailed.

"So you say. But pretending it isn't there will not accomplish that. Having a daedra is a bit
like riding a horse. You must keep control. The daedra do not care for you. It would as lief
feed off your pain or injury or death as any other, and find a new host. They do not think or
plan as we can and I do not think they experience time as we do. So acts that feed the daedra
take place in the moment and while you are caught up in them, past and future cease to exist
for you too. It is an intensely pleasurable experience, but it can also be very dangerous. And
very addictive, so that you begin to think only of feeding your daedra. You cease to think of
the gods and those you love and even yourself. When you have walked too far along that path,
you lose the will to choose another."

"How terrible! What must I do then?"

"It is terrible, the worst that can befall a person. Remember this night. How you felt. Learn to
recognize the daedra's hunger for what it is, and think about what you do. You are young and
this is heavy for you, but you are at risk. Ah!" The elf's body stiffened and he caught his
breath. Edward guessed that the wound was paining him.

Moraelyn said that he must sleep a bit, and could Edward keep watch and wake him in an
hour's time. Then he could set a lock on the door and they could both rest.

"Aye, sir...and I might do somewhat more. I cannot set a lock, but..." The door would not
latch, nor would it stay open, but would swing nearly shut. Edward felt about near the wall
behind it and found a wedge. He shut the door and drove the wedge home with a chunk of
wood. "I thought so. 'Tis awkward to pass such a door with both arms full of wood. We have
such at ho...in Gerald's palace. Now anything trying to come in will rouse you; you can use
your power to cast heal instead of lock."

"Why, well thought of, indeed." He freed his blade and laid it on the floor beside him. "We
may as well both sleep then."
128                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

They slept fitfully. There were often scrabblings at the door and in the walls, but nothing
entered their small closet. Moraelyn cast Heal several time during the night. By morning he
pronounced himself as fit "as a one-handed man can be." He unwrapped the sash-bandage and
inspected the wound. The bleeding was stopped; the hand was still warm to the touch; it no
longer hurt him nor was it swollen or discolored. But the wound was still open and the hand
useless. Nerves and muscles had been severed and some of the small bones broken. Such
repair was beyond his skill. Edward, feeling the daedra feed on the sight, turned quickly
away.

Moraelyn grinned. "You may as well let it feed; it's a harmless sort of feeding. The damage is
done."

"I mean to starve it," Edward said firmly.

"You can try to do that or you can learn to control it instead, and still walk with the gods. I
think we'd best go back to the Tower."

"Aye, they'll be able to heal you there, will they not?"

"I know not. At the least they'll be able to attach it more firmly than it is at present. Ah, do not
look so downcast. The skill to mend it is somewhere, if not in the Tower. Ssa'ass is good with
battle injuries and there are Temples which know more of the healing arts than the Tower
mages. Besides, it's only my left hand." He held up the wadded sash, stiff with his dried
blood. "The color's more practical than thy mother thought. Let's see if we can wash it out a
bit. Never have I come so ill-equipped on a journey. I might have been strolling down the
main street in Ebonheart. Thy mother will kill me."

"Right after she kills me," Edward sighed. "At least returning to the Tower will delay that."
They came out into the bright courtyard. The morning sun was already high in the western
sky.

"Not so. Edward, the Companions are coming now! I hear them. Mara, let me think of a real
good lie!"

Mith trotted into the courtyard. "Here they are!" he called back to the others. "By Torgo, you
ARE injured. Let me see that. We thought to row across to meet you; we saw the blood on the
shore and tracked you here. What attacked you?"

"A demon."

"A demon! What!? In the open like that in daylight? Gods, what was it carrying, an ebony
dai-katana?" Mith whistled as he inspected the injury. Aliera and the others ran up. She
hugged Edward, "Are you all right, darling? I was worried." then paled as she saw her
husband's hand.

"You must be slowing down. How'd you let a demon do that to you?" Mith demanded.

"It was the boy...he grabbed at my arm in fright and my shield spell failed. It wasn't his fault;
it was an accident. Ali, don't look at it. Edward, why don't you take thy mother to see the rat
you killed?"
                                    [30.6] KING EDWARD VI                                     129

"I want to watch Ssa'ass," Edward objected, then remembered that it would feed his daedra.
But he might learn something about healing if he watched, which would be a good thing. This
was going to be more complicated than he'd thought.

"Oh, Edward," Aliera said. "You must keep clear in a fight."

"He killed a rat in the old inn there, after. Did right well. Kept his head, put his back to mine,
shielded us both. Anyone's apt to panic in his first fight. Especially if he isn't expecting it."

Ssa'ass came up last, as usual, elbowed the others aside and inspected the injury, hissing. "I
cann fixxxx thissss. It'ss cleann." He looked it over carefully, bending the hand back to open
the wound. Then he brought the hand forward, so that the edges of the tissue met. He was
very particular about getting it aligned just so. Then he had Mats hold it in place while he cast
spells over it. All outer traces of the injury vanished, leaving not even a scar. Moraelyn swung
it with satisfaction, twitching his fingers. "Thanks, Ssa'ass. It's stiff, but..."

"Tomorrow, I ffinissshhh."

"My poor baby," Aliera fussed over Edward. "You must have been so frightened. And you
spent the whole night in that awful house?"

"I'm not a baby. I wasn't afraid; my father was there."
130                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[30.7] King Edward VII


                                     King Edward, Part VII
                                        by Anonymous


                                       Chapter 7: Dragon

"So you saw a demon? And killed a rat with Tooth? That's a fine ebony dagger, Tooth is.
They're rare so you want to take real good care of it," Mith said. "I can't tell you about the
blade except it came from Moraelyn's father. It's the one his brother sent him to repair just
before we ran away. Would you like to hear about how they got the dragon's tooth that Mats
carved the hilt from?"

Edward nodded, caressing the curved hilt with its lightly carved intertwined roses, thorns and
leaves. It was well after supper and everyone but him and Mith had left the fire for one reason
or another. Aliera and Moraelyn had gone for a walk hand in hand, Aliera holding Moraelyn's
newly healed left hand in both of hers. They'd laughed and shaken their heads when he'd
offered to come along, "Not tonight," Aliera had said. "Go to sleep soon. We'll be leaving
before dawn." Willow had gone to visit a High Elf friend. Beech, Ssa'ass, Mats and the
Khajiit woman, Silk, had also gone off together, laughing. They'd invited Mith to come along,
but Mith had declined.

"Khajiits! They're all turning into a bunch of shameless Khajiits," Mith said. The short Dark
Elf sat close to the glowing embers, knees to chest. His hair and eyes glowed in the dim light.
"If you're going to pair, you should pair, not turn it into an tourney. They'll be selling tickets
next. But each to his own. Khajiits think we're weird because we like eating as a group. Silk
says it put her right off her food at first, listening to everybody chew. Well, having a bunch of
watchers puts me off. I s'pose you're too young for this kind of talk."

Edward shrugged. It was a beautiful night, crisply cool, no moon, but the stars were very large
and bright.

"Anyway, it was just a few months after Mats had joined up with us. We were up in Skyrim,
travelling from town to town. Just three kids seeing the country a bit, picking up odd jobs
where we could. Moraelyn entered tournaments if we heard about them, but he wasn't
winning that much...just about enough to cover healing him up afterwards. You can get beat
up pretty bad fighting Skyrim style - that's without shielding spells, or any other spells for that
matter, no magic allowed - even if it isn't to the death. And he drew a few types that didn't
mind seeing a little dark elf blood spilled in the sand. Or a lot. And the crowds were against
him at first. It can get pretty lonely in the arena, especially if you're beating the home town
favorite. And it's even worse if he's beating you. "Mats and me 'ud be the only ones for him,
and sometimes we didn't dare cheer too loud. They'd look real funny at a Nord boy cheering a
Dark Elf back then. 'Course Mats was so big, not many wanted to start anything with him.
That was a long time ago. Moraelyn's the favorite now if things get tough. 'Course the crowds
will cheer for a good match, but hardly anyone really wants to see him lose now. They like
seeing the best, even if it comes wrapped in a dark elf hide. And when he walks into an arena
you know you're seeing the best. Not but what they'd like seeing a Nord that's better. And
                                   [30.7] KING EDWARD VII                                     131

Mats may get there soon. He doesn't fight his best against Moraelyn, though. Maybe he
doesn't want to, or maybe Moraelyn just knows him too well. Oh, well, you want to hear
about the dragon..."

"So Moraelyn was gambling with this Nord in a tavern one night, trying to pick up a little
easy gold. The pot's pretty big, and the man can't match his bet, so he says he'll put this map
on the pile and tap Moraelyn. Says it's a map to the hiding place of the best blade ever made.
Says there's a spell on it so that if you hit your opponent, you get as much heal as he gets hurt.
That some Mage hid it just before he died so's only someone worthy of it can get to it."

"'And you think I look worthy?' Moraelyn says, grinning. We were young and dumb, but not
all that dumb."

"The Nord grins back and says 'I saw you fight in Falcreath, kid. You look like you'd take a
chance.'"

"'Why not? The story alone is worth the gold. You ought to be a Bard.' So anyway Moraelyn
wins the pot and tosses the man enough back to keep his throat wet all evening. Just for
laughs we look at the map. It showed the Dragon's Teeth Mountains down in Hammerfell.
Real wild country. And there's an 'X' and some writing saying 'Fang Lair'. Mats gets excited
and says he's heard of the place, but he'd never known just where it was."

"'And you still don't,' I say. 'Any fool can draw a map, just as any fool can look at one. I could
do as much myself.'"

"Mats says Fang Lair is an old dwarf mine, but there's supposed to be a dragon there now, and
the dwarves are gone. Moraelyn looks real interested at the mention of a mine, and asks what
they mined there. Mats says mithril and gold."

"Moraelyn says, 'Hmmmmm.'"

"The mithril had him interested. We couldn't afford really good weapons. And mithril's
scarce, but it's light to carry for its worth, and easy to mine and work if you know how; and he
did. He didn't believe in the magic blade or the dragon, but he thought the mine might be real.
Mining's in his blood, as it is in all the R'Aathim, the royal Kin of Ebonheart."

"It took us a couple of months to get there. We couldn't afford horses. We never would have
found it without the map. It's tricky country, full of canyons and hidden valleys. We sure
never expected what we saw when we did get there. You could see the towers from the
canyon mouth, way back in there. Dark elves live right in caverns if they mine, but the
dwarves had built a hall over the top of their mines. It's a pretty thing on the outside. Narrow
towers, and arched bridges between them. Delicate looking; you wouldn't expect work like
that from Dwarves. Merged right into the rocks too. And there was a big stone dragon
mounted above the gate."

"'There's your dragon, Mats,' I said. The inside wasn't much to look at, just rock wall. The
doorway was enormous, but the doors were gone. There was a balcony running right around a
big open pit, probably the start of the mine, turned into a hall. And right in the middle was
more treasure than you can imagine piled up almost like a haystack that'd been flattened out.
And what had flattened it was a golden dragon curled right over it; we didn't even see him at
132                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

first, 'cause he blended with the rest of the gold. Well, we just froze in place. We hadn't seen a
sign of live dragon outside. The place smelled of brimstone, but most mines do. And there
that dragon was, just lying there. And it's gotta be two miles to any kind of shelter."

"'I told you there was a dragon,' Mats whispers."

"'Shhhhh,' Moraelyn says. 'Look what's in front of his nose.'"

"I'd been busy looking at his nose, believe you me. But there was a sword lying right there
naked, sure enough...and the blade was dark metal that looked just like his dagger."

"'You two start back,' Moraelyn says, 'I'm going to try for that blade, anyway. If that's not
ebony, I'm a wood elf. Maybe the dragon's dead, or asleep for the winter, or maybe it's not
alive at all. Just something the dwarves made to guard their treasure. Like the scarecrows the
Nord farmers put in their grain fields. At worst, I'll distract him long enough for you to get
clear.'"

"I'd a mind to take him up on it, but Mats just shook his head, and I was kinda ashamed to go
back alone."

"'Let's all just clear out,' I said. That thing looked real enough to scare me away. But
Moraelyn casts Invisibility and heads on down the stair, not making a sound that even I could
hear. I could see Mats hated letting him go down alone, but Mats couldn't sneak past a blind,
deaf beggar in a fish market. So we strung our bows and figured we could try to get off a
couple of shots and maybe get lucky and take out the eyes if the dragon woke up and went for
Moraelyn. Mats and I move around to where we can get onto a tower stair fast if we have to,
figuring the dragon can't get in there. Then we scrunch down and peer between the railings.
Not that there was anything to see except the dragon lying there. Which really is a lot to see,
at that."

"Then those dragon eyes popped open and my heart gave one big jump and then seemed to
quit entirely."

"'Ahhhhh! Dinner comes to me today,' the dragon says. 'Take a good look at my hoard, dark
elf. You will not steal it nor even view it long, but your bones will keep it
company...forever.'"

"'I don't want your hoard, dragon, just the sword you guard. I'll trade you mine for it; mine's
bigger.' I couldn't see Moraelyn, but his voice was coming from right near where the sword
was. Which was practically in the dragon's mouth!"

"'I get a meal and both swords. Why should I settle for just your poor sword?'"

"'Let me pass and I'll get you more gold from below.'"

"'I have gold enough.' The dragon yawned and I thought he was going to swallow Moraelyn
right then, but he turned his head away, away from us, too. Mats was looking to get a shot, but
it was really dark in there for Nord eyes and he was scared of hitting Moraelyn, since he
couldn't locate him that well by sound. 'Course Moraelyn's too smart to get between us and
the dragon, but Mats wasn't smart enough then to think that far along. Slavery dulls the wits in
                                   [30.7] KING EDWARD VII                                    133

some ways, Mats says, and he hadn't been free very long. I could see well enough, and I could
tell by sound exactly where Moraelyn was, but the shot was clean out of my range."

"The dragon goes on, 'But there is something you can do for me, elf, and prolong your life a
few more minutes.'"

"'A few more minutes sound pretty good just now, dragon. What would you ask of me?'
Moraelyn's voice sounded as calm and easy as if he was asking if there would be rain
tomorrow. "He can keep his head in a tight spot, I'll give him that."

"'I have a toothache. It's too far back for me to reach it with my claws. Canst see it, elf?' The
dragon gapes his jaws to bare his teeth."

"Moraelyn's invisiblity spell wore off about then, and I could see him standing there staring
up into that cavern of a mouth. 'Lower your head a bit so I can get a good look.' He puts out
his hand and pulls the upper lip aside, cool as you please, and examines the inner gum
carefully. Damndest thing I ever saw."

"'It's abcessed. Thy gum wants lancing, and the tooth should come out. I can lance it if you
trust me in there with a sword.'"

"'And why should I trust you, dark elf? I hear no good of your kind.'"

"'You must be spending too much time with Nords, then. I wouldn't be able to kill you before
you killed me. Why should I even try? Listen, I have some friends up above. Suppose they
hunt you up a nice fat deer. I'll lance your gum and you can let me go and eat the deer. Else
you can just eat me now, toothache and all.'"

"'Hssssssss. What makes you think your friends will return once they're away?'"

"'They're not very smart. I think for them. They'd be lost without me. Good hunting, guys!
Uh, if they can't find a deer, is there anything else you'd like? Pig, maybe? A few rabbits?
Nuts? Berries? Hurry up, will you?' But we had hand signals and his hands said to get out of
there and stay out! I'd a been glad to; I mean I'm fond of Moraelyn but I didn't see my dying
alongside would bring him any comfort. I'd a been glad to see him clear if it was me that was
on the menu, and I figured he felt the same way. But that thick-skulled Nord wouldn't listen to
me! Said if dying beside him was all we could do, then that's what we'd do. Nord nonsense.
Sounds good in a song, though."

"So we took a couple hours getting a deer and headed back with it. I figured Moraelyn was
filling the dragon's belly by now, and the dragon would be happy to add a deer, another Dark
Elf and a Nord to round out his day's rations. But Moraelyn was still sitting there, chatting
with the dragon. He didn't look that pleased to see us, either. Told us to leave the deer and go
and he'd lance the abcess once we're away. But Mats says he's been thinking. Oh, brother, I
thought. Mats doesn't think too often, and that's a good thing, really. He's decided he can get a
chain round that bad tooth, fasten down the end to the floor, and then the dragon can give it a
good yank himself."

"The dragon likes the idea, so Moraelyn lances that abcess to take the swelling down to where
the dragon can gulp the deer with some comfort. And then they rig up a chain and get that
134                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

tooth out. Made a hell of a mess, that. Blood and pus everywhere. And Moraelyn's got us
casting Heal spells on this dragon to stop the bleeding and close up the wound."

"'Ah, hum, good, very good. All right, Moraelyn, you've proven yourself. Take the sword and
go.'"

"Moraelyn looks at him. 'You mean this was some kind of test?' he says. 'How long have you
had that toothache?'"

"'Long indeed, as you measure time, mortal, yet not very long at all for dragonkind. Hear my
story then: a scraggly young mage came along, hoping to steal my gold. I caught him at it; we
had increasingly harsh words, and he attempted a spell aimed at me. His pitiful spell affected
me little, and I killed him. But ummmm...' The dragon looked away briefly, then resumed his
tale. 'The little runt had apparently cast a home-made Curse spell upon himself, and when I
crunched him...' The dragon scowled fiercely, remembering, then continued, 'Anyway, the
ache only came on bad when someone came along to try for the sword. The sharpest pain
went away if I ate the intruder...but I usually didn't, though I've singed a few in self-defense;
heh, waft a bit of fire and most of them fled. Deer are plentiful; there is something er, ah,
unpleasant about eating someone you've talked to. That greasy mage gave me indigestion for
days. Cramps and runny bowels and too much gas, even for a dragon. So that toothache never
did completely go away. And the people who've come along haven't been very pleasant
either...all in all one of the most unpleasant stretches in my life. I couldn't stay away from the
vicinity of the sword for very long of course. Part of the curse.'"

"'We could stay on for awhile, if you like. We're good company. I'm Moraelyn; my red-
headed friend is Mith, and the big guy is Mats. I'd still like to look for mithril below and I've
never had a dragon friend before.'"

"'I might like that. You have good friends, and even though you have said that you must do
the thinking for them. I think that they can do some thinking on their own, and it would
appear that they have decided that you are a worthwhile fellow,' The dragon hesitated for a
second and actually managed to look shy! 'You can call me Akatosh.'"

"So we stayed for a couple of weeks. Hunted with the dragon; now that's an experience!
Searched the mines...didn't find much down there. But the dragon gave us the jewels from his
hoard. Said he only needed the metal; they absorb it into their scales while they lie on it. So
we did pretty well out of it after all. Moraelyn tried to give Mats the sword. Claimed that he'd
have sure tried to kill that dragon if we hadn't come back, and would have been toasted. But
Mats wouldn't take it. Said the dragon gave it to Moraelyn so that was clearly who was
supposed to get it. Mats took the tooth, but he made the hilt you've got now and gave
Moraelyn that, too. Told me he'd never had anything worth giving before, and it made him
feel good. He's real pleased Moraelyn chose to give it to you."

"I think Mats should have got the sword," Edward said. "He didn't try to steal anything. It was
really brave of him to come back, even when he didn't think it'd do any good. Moraelyn tried
to steal, got caught and then just tried to talk his way out of it. You could all have been killed
because of him."

"That's just what Moraelyn said. Ah, well, Mats likes that big axe of his better than a blade
anyway."
                                  [30.7] KING EDWARD VII                                  135

Edward sighed. "I wish I was brave like Mats. I guess I'm more like you."

"Aye," Moraelyn's voice sounded behind him, startling the boy. "Tart tongued, like Mith. No
matter. I'll be well pleased if you're as brave as Mith. And if once I'm gone they say no more
of me than 'he did what he had to do', my spirit will be at peace."
136                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[30.8] King Edward VIII


                                      King Edward, Part VIII
                                         by Anonymous


                                       Chapter 8: Wilderland

The journey through Valenwood was pleasant. The weather held fair for the most part, with
sunny days and cool nights. Bright leaves of scarlet, crimson, gold and green drifted down to
form a carpet beneath their horses' feet. Valenwood was very different from the somber, steep
forests of High Rock. When they reached the northern border, Edward, looking back, saw that
the trees were mostly bare, shorn of their glory. Before them lay a wide green land of rolling
hills with only a few stands of trees. It seemed to spread on forever.

"This is Wilderland, Edward," Moraelyn said. "Be on your guard. It seems a pleasant land, but
no king's writ runs here. Each man's hand is against every other's and there are worse than
men. All the races of Tamriel meet here, and clash, save thine, perhaps."

They journeyed for some days more with small incident, save one for a band of Khajiit raiders
that crept up on their camp by night. These were easily repelled. Silk slew one and the rest ran
off yowling. The gentle wood elf girl, Willow, lobbed fireballs after them. There were no
roads, just small paths that criss-crossed one another and seemingly led nowhere.

After two weeks of steady riding they came to a bowl shaped place in the hills where the land
was tilled. The fields looked fair and were stacked with harvest, but the folk were dispirited,
ragged, and unfriendly. Questions about inns got only shrugs and puzzled looks. Armed bands
challenged them at times and demanded to know their business. When Moraelyn said they
were bound for Morrowind, they were told to pass through quickly and mind they stole
nothing.

"Passage is all we wish," Moraelyn said quietly.

"Someone should teach these folk manners," the usually placid Mats growled.

"Thou mayst stay and open a school of etiquette, if it pleases thee," Moraelyn said, "I fear my
life's too short to teach the lessons these villains require. Still, I like not the look of the sky; it
looks even more evil than the folk. I think we'll try our luck in the town."

The town was surrounded by a palisade of wood and had a stout gate. Guards looked them
over and refused them entrance. "None but humans enter here, elf. Take thy rabble and
begone."

"I see. Ali, Mats, Edward, thou seemst to qualify for the hospitality here. The rest of us will
shelter elsewhere."

Aliera announced that she would see them all blown back to Firsthold by the storm before
she'd step within these gates. So they circled the town, passing a moat with stone walls within
                                  [30.8] KING EDWARD VIII                                  137

and a keep of some sort within that. A track north took them past a small house with a large
barn nearby. Both looked in poor repair, but Moraelyn sent Aliera and Edward to knock at the
door and ask if they might sleep in the barn. The rest waited in the road.

An elderly woman answered their knock; she looked pleased to see them. "Stay? Aye, I'd be
glad of the company. No need to sleep in the barn, though, lady. I've a room to spare. My
name's Ora Engelsdottir." Aliera gestured toward the waiting Companions. The woman
squinted toward them. "Thy man's there and some friends? Aye, we'll all squeeze together
then. T'will be warmer so. I've a pot of soup on the fire; made it to last me a week but you're
welcome to it. I can make more."

"My husband's an elf."

"Is he so? He looks to take good care of thee and thy son. Thou's fat as pigs. Bring them in. I
wish my grand-daughter had such a one to care for her."

Ora refused payment, saying she was not yet at such a pass that her guests must pay for her
hospitality. She said tales and song and an evening's merriment would be payment enough.
Pots and dishes were set out to catch the worst of the leaks; she knew them all well. They
gathered around the hearth and made very merry while the storm raged, banging the shutters
and doors and threatening to blow the roof away altogether.

"Tell me, my lady," Ora whispered apart to Aliera, "He's truly good to thee? He's so big and
so black."

"Truly good," Aliera said keeping her mouth serious while her eyes laughed.

"Aye, 'tis well, then. He put me a bit in mind of our baron, who's big and dark...oh, not so
dark as thy elf. He took my grand-daughter, Caron, and he does not treat her well. He...he
hurts her, my lady. And she dare not run away. Where would she go?" Tears gathered in Ora's
eyes and followed worn familiar tracks down her cheeks.

When their hostess had gone to sleep in her own room, Aliera repeated what she had been
told.

"Let's rescue the girl," Beech said, "we grow stale with inaction."

"Aye!" said Silk and Willow at once.

Mats growled an agreement. Mith and Ssa'ass looked interested.

Moraelyn looked doubtful. "We cannot right every wrong in Tamriel. This baron offers his
folk shelter of a kind. They could leave if they liked it better outside."

"Aye," Mith said, "he keeps the bandits off so he may rob the folk at leisure."

"And we pull him down? There'll be another to take his place. Or else the outside will come in
and there'll be nothing left at all."

"Nothing would be better than this filthy something," Mats said.
138                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"There's that." The storm seemed to have moved away. Aliera went to the door and stared up
into the sky where clouds raced past the eastern moon. A single large brilliant blue star hung
near the moon. "Zenithar hangs near Tamriel tonight. Moraelyn?"

"I'd thought to mend her roofs tomorrow if it's fair," he said as she returned to the fireside.
"We'll do so much at least. As for the rest, Aliera?"

"She asked for my help, in a way and I...I think I hear Zenithar's voice in the wind and feel his
hand in the rain on this night."

"Thy quest, then, wife."

Aliera nodded, unsmiling. She curled up with Moraelyn in the chimney corner and they
whispered and laughed together for awhile. Edward fell asleep. In the morning he was sent up
on the roof to help Beech and Willow place new shingles. Moraelyn wrote a letter which he
gave to Mats, telling him to take it to the baron, to arrive at the castle around dinnertime and
to go afoot.

"You're going to challenge him for the girl!" Edward grinned. "But will he fight? And
wouldn't he take her back again once we're gone?"

"Mmm. Since he wouldn't let me in his town, thy mother thought to invite him to our house
instead." Moraelyn stamped the letter with his sealing ring and handed it to Mats.

"Oh. It's a long way to your house still, isn't it?" Edward felt a bit of disappointment that no
rescue seemed imminent, but he supposed it really was not reasonable to expect eight people
to take a keep, even if they were Moraelyn's Companions. Probably the songs exaggerated
their deeds.

Moraelyn grinned, ruffled Edward's hair and told him to cease his questions, get up on the
roof, and mind his mother. Moraelyn and Mith set off together on foot. Aliera said they were
going hunting. They did not return even at suppertime. Aliera told Edward not to worry;
they'd meet later.

It was well after sundown when she bid their hostess farewell. They took all the horses with
them and left them in a grove near the north wall of the keep. Aliera asked Edward if he
wanted to wait for them with the horses. Edward asked where they were going.

"We have to enter the keep to get Ora's grandchild out. No questions, Edward. If you're
coming, then stay with me and do exactly as I say. Levitate across the moat: I must swim.
Once across we'll scale the wall. Once inside, just follow me and be as silent as you can."

Edward gaped at his mother and the other Companions. How could the six of them possibly
storm a keep? Three women, two men and a boy? There would be guards up on the wall and a
lot more inside. Mats would be inside too, though, he guessed. But where were Moraelyn and
Mith?

There were fearsome things in the moat. Edward began a protest, then thought better of it.
Ssa'ass slid into the moat first. There was some splashing and hissing, then the water went
quiet. Aliera entered the water. The others levitated.
                                     [30.8] KING EDWARD VIII                                139

"Here's the ropes," Beech said, feeling along the wall. There were three ropes. Edward, Beech
and Ssa'ass went up first; Aliera, Willow and Silk followed. Moraelyn and Mith were waiting
above. Two guards were snoring softly in a heap.

"How..." Edward began, and found his mother's hand clapped over his mouth. A guard from
another wall section called out and Edward's heart stopped beating. Mith called something
back to him and tramping footsteps moved away.

The Companions went silently down the stairs and slipped across the yard like shadows.
There was no guard on the door to the keep itself. Inside the passages were eerily quiet. They
stopped at an imposing door and flattened themselves against the wall beside it. They could
hear voices within. A thin chilling wail sounded and died away. Moraelyn whistled a snatch
of song into the silence that followed. The door swung open and they raced inside, falling on
the startled guards like furies.

Edward was last inside, Tooth in his hand; he stabbed the nearest guard in the side, and Beech
finished him with a blow to the head. Mats had been inside; it was he who had opened the
door. His axe clove the head of one guard, then swung against the inner door. Aliera and
Willow had barred the strong outer door. Moraelyn's opponent was a very young man. He'd
taken one look at the big dark elf, dropped his sword and fallen to his knees, praying for
mercy.

Moraelyn eyed him with disgust and said, "Greet Zenithar for me; tell him Moraelyn of
Ebonheart commends you to his mercy. I have none for such as you." He slashed the young
guard's throat. Blood sprayed over Moraelyn's leathers. His victim fell over, gurgling horribly.
A burning acid rose in Edward's throat; he swallowed hard and looked away.

The guards inside the anteroom had been dispatched, but outside the door shouts and footfalls
thundered and there was pounding on the door. Edward followed his mother into the inner
chamber, which was empty save for a naked girl tied spreadeagle on the enormous bed, her
eyes starting from her head.

The Companions cut her free while Aliera caught her shoulders. "Thy grandmother sent us,
child. Where's the baron?"

The girl pointed at a bookcase, then clung to Aliera. She was no bigger than Edward and
seemed not much older. Her breasts were just beginning. She was covered with welts and
blood and purple-yellow bruises. Aliera flung her own cloak over the girl. Beech picked her
up. Mith's fingers were feeling over the bookcase; there was a click and a section slid aside.
He went through cautiously. The others followed and the secret door closed after them.

"I think it's just a bolt hole," Mith said, "but there'll be traps, no doubt."

"Go warily, then, friend," Aliera said. "There's no hurry. I think the baron plans to show his
departing guests the door, as a good host should."

A narrow passage opened to the left. Mith sent a bolt of light down it. The floor was littered
with bones. Human bones. Small skulls stared eyelessly. "I'm going to enjoy killing him,"
Moraelyn said.
140                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"No!" Aliera protested. "My quest, my kill!"

Moraelyn swung to face her. "Aliera..."

"I want it sung that he died by Aliera's hand! I claim my right to face him, king."

"Leave him to me and we'll sing it your way! He's twice your size. D'you want to fight me for
the right?" The elf leaned over her, a full head taller.

"If I must." Aliera brushed past him, slinging her shield on her arm, and drawing her short
sword as she ran. Moraelyn grabbed at her, missed, and ran after her. His size hampered him
in the low, narrow passage. Sparks flew from his spell shield as he caroomed recklessly off
the walls.

"Come on, you two," Mith yelled from ahead. "I'm not promising to save him for you."

"Moraelyn," Edward gasped, running after him. "You're not going to let her!"

"Let her! How d'ye propose I stop her? I'm open to suggestions, short of actually fighting her
myself." He seemed half-angry, half-amused.

"M-maybe he's gone by now."

"Nay, he's locked in here with us; we found the exit earlier from the other side and Mith set a
lock the baron will not undo."

"Well, paralyze her. You can carry her."

"She's activated her shield; it reflects spells, among other things. I'd only paralyze myself and
I'd be inconvenient to carry. She'll be all right. It's an excellent shield. It casts a very powerful
protective spell. I'ric himself devised it."

"Having a spot of trouble with your locks tonight, baron?" Mith's voice came clearly from
ahead. They emerged into a larger space where the baron had been clawing vainly at switches
beside a massive door. "Shoddy work. You should get another smith."

"He won't be needing one," Aliera snarled. The Companions spread around her in a semi-
circle. The baron set his back to the door and set himself in a fighting stance. He was a big
man, as big as Mats, and he was holding an axe as big as the one Mats wielded, and wearing a
breastplate and helm. He addressed Moraelyn.

"Nine against one. I'd expect odds like that from you black devils," Moraelyn was at the back
of the group, yet the baron had singled him out as the leader. People did, somehow.

"You prefer the advantage of weight, do you not? But my wife wants you to herself. She
cannot resist your charms it seems. Nor can I; I could not wait for you to respond to my
invitation, so I came to you instead."

"I beat her and the rest of you kill me? Hah! It might be worth it at that," he added, staring at
Aliera with cold dark eyes.
                                  [30.8] KING EDWARD VIII                                   141

Aliera smiled a terrible smile. Her dark hair swung free about her shoulders and she seemed
to glow. "You will not beat this woman, baron, but if you do, then you go free. You are mine
alone tonight. Swear it all, by Zenithar! If he haps to kill me, my ghost will hound him to his
grave and beyond." She sounded rather pleased at the prospect. Edward began to shiver.

"By Zenithar!"

The baron laughed, "I don't believe you, but one last female for my collection then. Are you
so wearied of her, elf?"

"Are you so afraid of her that you'd rather face me instead?" Somewhere deep in his mind
Edward realized that the elf was right. Despite the baron's bravado, he was afraid of Aliera.
Edward hadn't sworn with the others. He clutched his staff tightly but his feet seemed rooted
to the floor.

The baron laughed again and swung a mighty blow at Aliera in answer, but it deflected
harmlessly off her shield. His eyes widened as he realized she was spell shielded. Aliera
danced aside and cut his arm. She was nimble, but he managed to land many blows. If her
shield went...Edward did not finish the thought.

But he was leaving himself somewhat open in the hope of wearing her shield down and she
was scoring hits against his limbs. She kept her blows low, trying to cost him the use of his
legs and drain him of blood. All the while she taunted him about his manhood, saying she
would geld him ere he died. A great blow knocked her back; her shield flashed and was gone.

The baron raised his axe high to cleave her skull with a single blow. Her arm drew back and
she threw her slender short sword straight into her enemy's eye. He dropped the axe and fell
screaming to his knees, hands clawing at his face. Aliera stepped forward and thrust the sword
home, piercing deep within the brain. The body fell over, twitching and jerking.

"Well fought, wife!"

"I had a master trainer, and a better armorer!" Aliera laughed, then she threw back her head
and shouted wordlessly in triumph, raising her arms, fists clenched.

"That you did!" Moraelyn grabbed Silk in a rough hug and kissed her noisily. "It's a neat trick
you taught her, Silk."

"I'll thank you to cease flirting with my trainer, husband!" Aliera said, wiping her slender
adamantium blade carefully.

"Me flirt? Not while thy blood's up, and thy shield's still charged. I'm just thanking her. I'll
kiss I'ric too when next I see him."

"Is he truly dead?" Caron had clung to Beech throughout the fight with her eyes closed. Now
she regarded Aliera with Awe, Edward thought was the right word. Edward felt something of
the same, although it was akin to horror.

"Dead enough," Aliera said, regarding the still faintly twitching form, with satisfaction. The
girl drew closer, then knelt beside him. She picked up a stone and smashed it into the face
142                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

again and again, sobbing. When she had done, Ssa'ass cast some healing spells on her. Mith
unlocked the door. They'd come out quite near to where they had left the horses.

They took the girl back to her mother's house and left her there, instructing her to tell anyone
that ventured to molest her, that Zenithar's servants would return if she were harmed. The
bewildered old woman clasped her granddaughter to her. As she bade them farewell, she
whispered to Aliera to look after that man of hers.

"Oh, I do," Aliera said. "I do."

                                         ********

When they stopped for rest Aliera came over to Edward to talk to him, but he protested that
he was very tired and just wanted to sleep. Moraelyn tugged her away, saying that if her son
did not need her then she could see to her man, who did. They moved out of the circle of
firelight. Edward lay wakeful, listening to their small, stifled sounds. That was not unusual. It
had troubled him at first. "I can't sleep; you're too noisy," he'd protested one night. "What are
you doing, anyway?" That had drawn giggles from the Companions. "Can't you at least
pretend you're sleeping?" Moraelyn had asked plaintively. "Now I know why dark elves
seldom have more than one child. What I do not understand is how humans manage to get so
many." Moraelyn and Aliera had come back to lie by him that night, but after that he had
pretended to sleep, like the others.

And the noises were too familiar now to keep images of the night's adventures from flashing
through his mind, as vivid as if they were happening again in truth. He could feel his daedra
feeding and could not stop it. It just wasn't fair, he thought, but now he was beginning to see
what Moraelyn meant by feeding his daedra and yet walking with the gods. With Zenithar.

Moraelyn came back, carrying Aliera. He set her gently down, then stretched himself out
between Edward and her.

"It must be difficult, being a woman," he said softly. "It was hard, watching her. Just
watching."

Edward nodded.

"I've asked it often enough, of her," Moraelyn continued. "She told me how hard it is, but I
never knew until tonight. I knew she'd win. Zenithar was with her, and all the baron had was
his daedra. And still it was very hard to watch. She makes that cast nine tries out of ten, and
there were more uses on the shield if she missed, he'd have dropped of exhaustion before he
wore it out entirely."

"I keep thinking about it, too...and the guard you...he asked for mercy?"

"I know. And yet, he listened to that night after night. And still he remained the baron's man."

"Most men are not as strong as you are. Maybe he couldn't help himself?" Why was he
pleading for a man already dead? His mind kept replaying the night's events as if they might
yet come out differently, for better or for worse.
                                    [30.8] KING EDWARD VIII                                143

"Even to witness evil such as that corrupts the soul. To watch and do nothing, Mats would
have stayed my hand had there been anything there worth keeping. And it's worse for the
young; I am sorry you had to pass through this night."

"Is my soul corrupted now?"

"You feel the acid's bite, as do we all, but you'll heal."

"Can you Heal me now?"

"Aye." Moraelyn gathered the boy in his arms, then rolled over so that Edward lay between
his parents. Aliera put her arms around him without really waking. Her strong woman smell
mingled with Moraelyn's musky dark spice odor in Edward's nostrils.

"She was so angry," Edward whispered. He'd wondered if he would ever really feel the same
toward her again and yet her arms were still as comforting as before. Maybe Moraelyn too
had needed that reassurance and had been wise enough to ask for it.

"She's a woman. That sort of injury to another touches her near," he said.

How near? The boy looked the question he dared not put.

"Thy father's not a monster. But she was wed to a man who did not care for her, and she could
not leave him. It's common enough among thy race, which makes it none the easier to bear, I
think."

"She has a daedra, too, then?" Edward asked sadly.

"You must speak with her about that."

"It wasn't really a fair fight, her shielded and not him."

"Fair fighting's for the arena, boy. Would you fight a wolf or hell hound without weapons,
spells and armor, though they have none? I would not."

"What will become of Caron and Ora? And the other folk, now that the baron's dead?"

"Do I look like the prophet Marukh? How should I know? We can stop here in the spring and
see what's been planted in the field we burned tonight. I've no mind to stay and plow it. I've
my own fields to tend, listen to me, I sound like a Nord farmer. Mines to dig is more like it."
He yawned.

"The others didn't think about afterwards. You did."

"I'm a king; it's what we do."
144                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[30.9] King Edward IX


                                     King Edward, Part IX
                                        by Anonymous


                                       Chapter IX: Luck

Edward knelt behind Moraelyn, leaning over his shoulder so that he could see the cards the elf
held. He was sitting away from the fire, so it was dark for human eyes, but Moraelyn was the
only one of the group who would allow Edward to see his hand. The other players, Beech,
Mith and Mats said Edward brought them bad luck. Moraelyn said that it was not really a
question of luck, but that their hands were reflected in Edward's face for those that had the
eyes to see such images. It was too dark for Beech and Mats to see Edward now, and
Moraelyn blocked him from Mith's view. And yet, the pile of coins in front of Moraelyn had
grown smaller since Edward had taken a place behind him. But this time he had been dealt a
good hand. Edward could see that. It was Mats' turn. He was cogitating.

"You're shivering, son," Moraelyn said, "Have you no warmer clothing? We must find
something for you. Here, come share my cloak, then. You can hold the cards if you like." The
wind was chill; there was a bite to it now that they were farther north and the year had grown
older. Edward accepted the shelter of Moraelyn's arm and warm fur cloak and sat close
against his side.

"I think I'll just play the cards I hold," Mats said at last, and pushed a pile of coins into the
pot, then with sudden resolve, added a few more. "There."

"Throw the hand down, Edward, we're through."

"But there aren't many better hands than what we've got!" Edward protested.

"Edward!" Moraelyn growled.

"Well, how'm I s'posed to learn?" Mats didn't have to show his cards unless they matched his
bet.

"By watching. Silently. Oh, very well. No one ever told me that fatherhood came cheaply."
He shoved most of his coins into the pot to match Mats' bet and Edward laid the hand down.

"Ah," Mats said, "you needn't do that, my friend. I'll show the boy my cards for free."

"You filthy Nord," Moraelyn said in disgust, "put down your cards and take my gold, if you
can beat my hand. Let's see if I'm the one who needs educating on how to play this game."

"You don't," Mats grinned. "Except that you could have accepted my generous offer instead
of throwing an insult at me." Mats laid down the perfect hand called The Ladies.
                                   [30.9] KING EDWARD IX                                     145

"A taunt like that rates an insult. Mats, that hand is almost worth the viewing price. Five
beautiful Ladies! You don't see them together every day; they're not that fond of one another's
company."

"How'd you know?" Edward demanded.

"Ah, that'd be telling," Moraelyn grinned. "Some things you're supposed to learn for yourself.
That's part of the game. But remember that a good hand's worthless if someone else holds a
better."

"I'm sorry." Edward looked ruefully at the few remaining coins.

"No matter. It's foolish to play with Mats on those nights when the God of Luck himself
stands at his shoulder and all I have at mine is a runaway Breton prince who should be in his
bed. He'd have had that money off me i' the end. This way we'll get a bit of sleep."

"Spoilsport," Mats grumped. "It's not every night Sai visits me and I do enjoy his presence."

"He can leave as quickly as he comes. Sai's not someone you want to get overfond of, Mats."

"Who should know that better than I? Nay, do not apologize. I appreciate your concern for
me, my friend. It's not altogether unwarranted, but I am mindful of the temptation. I know
how undependable Sai's favor is, and how capricious. I play only among my friends, whom I
do trust."

"Goodnight, then." Moraelyn and Mith went off to join those who were already asleep,
leaving Mats and Beech and Edward by the fire. The dark elves' natural sleep pattern was a
period of five or six hours during the day, and a short nap of two or three hours after
midnight. Now that they were travelling, they were sleeping only at night, which was a
difficult adjustment for Mith and Moraelyn, who had to use spells to cope with it. Edward had
slept a bit as soon as they had stopped for the night, while the others prepared supper. In
consequence he was now wide awake. Beech was yawning. Mats seemed to require less sleep
than the rest.

"Tell me about Sai, Mats. I've never heard of him before. I didn't know there was a god of
luck. I thought luck just happened."

"Being as you're Breton, I can understand that. Bretons like things explained, clear and
reasonable, in sequence, so one thing follows from another, and you know where you are.
Most gods are like that. They lay down rules and if you obey them and pay homage to the
god, why then he or she grants you favor. And the better you keep the rules and the more you
worship the god, the higher you rise in his favor. Those rules aren't always easy to keep, and
one god's rules may require you to violate another's but you know where you are. Well, Sai's
not like that. He's not a daedra, but he's got a daedric side to him, for sure. One thing, if you
worship him too much, he'll abandon you altogether. They call it 'Sai's Affliction'. It's an
overwhelming desire for the god's constant presence. My father suffered from it, poor man.
The disease is more than just a desire for the god's presence. The sufferers require continual
proof of the god's favor. So they gamble incessantly. Not to win, for all they do with winnings
is keep on gambling until they lose. Then they do what they must to raise a stake so they can
gamble again.
146                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"Oh, it's a terrible thing. Terrible. My father sold me as a slave because of it. Later he sold my
oldest sister. Then, when he was in debt yet again, he killed himself in one of his rare lucid
moments when he could see what was happening to him. What he was doing to his family,
himself. 'Course I was just a kid when I was sold. I didn't understand. I thought it was because
of some fault of mine that I'd been sent away, laziness or stupidity or disobedience, and that if
I'd only been a better son it wouldn't a happened. That's Auriel's way. It's intended that
children should respect their parents and learn from them, but some parents aren't deserving
of respect. Well, it was a sickness in him, so my mother says. I don't know that he should be
blamed for it, any more than if he had red plague or leprosy. I believe her, yet sometimes I
still feel it was my fault. Well, that was bad luck you might say. But Sai sent me Moraelyn
and that was a lucky day indeed.

"What other god would put it into his head to stop one human from beating on another? Any
other elf in Tamriel would have turned away in disgust or stopped to watch and laugh at the
stupid humans. Two dark elf kids against four grown Nords, and for all they knew I deserved
what I was getting. I could have been a thief or murderer. I suppose I was a thief. I'd stolen
myself, so to speak."

"Moraelyn can't say himself why he did it. He says he was spoiling for a fight that day and
seeing slavecatchers on Morrowind soil did nothing to ease his temper. That's why I say: it
was Sai. But it was Moraelyn that listened to the god.

"There's no doubt it's a grand thing to feel Sai's hand on your shoulder. It's like riding the
finest horse, like love itself. You're one with the world, and everything goes your way,
everything's on your side, instead of being the constant struggle that life really is. You don't
have to be smart or handsome or kind or witty. Things just go your way. If you do something
dumb it doesn't matter. It'll turn out to be the right thing to have done. Lucky. Some folks do
seem to be born lucky, others unlucky. I don't know why. Most everyone feels Sai's presence
sometimes, I guess. You have, haven't you?"

Edward shook his head. He'd no idea what Mats was talking about.

"Well, it's a kind of greed, I guess, this Sai's Affliction. You see, there's only so much luck to
spread around, and if a few folks got it all, there'd be none left for the rest. Like tonight, I won
that last pot, but the others had to lose it. Everyone can't win with Sai. That's not true with
other gods, not necessarily. You still don't understand, do you? Would you like to hear a story
about Sai?"

Edward nodded. Mats was a good-natured fellow, but usually quite silent. Edward had
thought him rather stupid. Mats' luck at cards seemed to have loosened his tongue, and now
Edward saw that he thought a lot more than he talked.

                                               ***

Long, long ago, when people were fewer and wolves more numerous than now a young
widow named Josea lived smack in the middle of what is now the province of Skyrim. She
was an ordinary sort of woman, neither plain nor pretty. She had smooth brown hair, warm
brown eyes, a short nose, a full round face, and body to match. She'd been born the only child
of peasant farmers. Her parents had been carried off by typhoid when she was seventeen.
Shortly afterwards she had married Tom, a strong young woodcutter with a cheerful
                                   [30.9] KING EDWARD IX                                   147

disposition and a roving eye. He'd gotten her pregnant quickly, then turned his attentions
elsewhere. Shortly before the babe was due he'd been killed by the local goldsmith who'd
come home unexpectedly, found the handsome woodcutter in bed with his wife, and stuck a
knife in his back.

Tom's death had occurred on Heart's Day. The babe, a boy, was born four months later during
Mid Year. Two neighbor women came to help her birth him and one stayed a few days. After
that she was left to cope with caring for child and smallholding as best she could.

One evening in the next Morningstar, Josea went out to the small barn to do the evening
chores, leaving the babe asleep in his crib. The wind was howling. She had to clutch her cloak
tightly around her. She milked and fed the cow, fed the pigs and chickens. When she left the
barn she walked out into a fierce blizzard. The wind had risen so that the barn door was
wrenched from her hand and slammed back against the side of the barn. She couldn't even see
the house, which was near the road, and some little distance from the barn, but she set off
toward it with confidence.

She'd lived here all her life and knew every inch of ground, although she'd never seen a storm
quite this fierce and sudden. Already there were two inches of snow beneath her feet. She
struggled against the wind for some time, until at last she realized that she must somehow
have gone past the house. She turned back and tried to follow her own footprints, reasoning
that at least she'd warm herself in the barn before setting out again. But the snow was falling
so thickly that her footprints vanished before her eyes, and she was quite lost, and cold.

Josea struggled on, hoping to come across something recognizable, a boulder or a tree or the
road if not house or barn. Her hands and feet were wet and numb. She hadn't dressed heavily
and was now chilled to the bone, with ice forming on her eyebrows and lashes.

"Timmy! Tiimmmeee!" She cried her child's name, hoping against hope that the babe would
wake and cry and that she might follow the sound to him. She stood and listened, gasping the
cold air into her lungs, but there was only the howling of the wind. The wind, or something
more? A grey shape took form in front of her, staring at her with slitted yellow eyes. A great
grey wolf.

Her heart seemed to stop. Her eyes filled with tears as she thought of her child lying helpless
in the house alone, and his mother dead outside. How unlucky, to die so close to shelter!
Unlucky. But she had always been unlucky, the unluckiest woman she knew. It might be days
before any thought to visit her. She sank down to her knees, exhausted. The wolf sat before
her, threw back its head and voiced its dreadful howl.

Her frozen hands scrabbled in the snow, looking for stone or stick, anything with which to
defend herself against the pack. Another dark shadow appeared from the whirling white snow.
She scrambled backwards in a panic. This one was also gray, but tall and two-legged, gray
cloaked and hooded. Its gloved hand reached for the wolf's head and patted it. Her scream
died in her throat.

"No need to fear, lass. We'll not bring you harm, nay quite otherwise. Be you the mother of
yon child?"
148                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

She nodded dumbly. His voice was deep and kind, clear in the high whistling of the wind, but
her eyes went to his dread companion.

"No need to fear," he repeated. "My friend Grellan here will lead us back to safety. Unless
you indeed do wish to spend the night here." His hands reached for hers and pulled her up,
and she leaned on his arm and hobbled alongside him.

When at last they reached her door, he said, "I stopped here hoping for shelter from the storm.
I hope you don't mind?"

How could she refuse? Men too could be wolves, but if he were it wasn't likely he'd take no
for an answer anyway. "P-p-please come in. I l-left the k-kettle on the boil but I expect it's
empty by now," she said inanely.

"I did go in, when there was no response to my knock, and found the babe asleep and alone,
and the kettle boiling away. I took the kettle from the fire, but left the babe be. I knew his
mother would not be far, and sent Grellan to find you. Lucky for you, but then I have always
brought luck to those around me."

He threw back his hood and she saw that he was tall and pale, with silver hair and eyes, but a
young face. His countenance was grim, but the silver eyes were kind and his mouth gentle.
"My horse too will want shelter on this night. Have you a shed to offer him?"

While he stabled his horse she changed out of her wet clothing and fixed a bit of supper for
them: soup and bread and cheese, and elmroot tea. As she dished it up she apologized meekly
for the meager fare.

"Why, 'tis a feast compared to my efforts!" He smiled, and fell to, hungrily. Grellan lay by the
fire, his eyes fixed on his master, who occasionally flung him a morsel. "He ate well
yesterday, luckily for your chickens, else I'd have to buy one from you."

"Nay, nay," she protested. "I'm deep in your debt and glad to share anything I have with you."
The babe stirred and cried then, and she picked him up, changed his wet diaper, and put him
to her breast.

"Where's your husband, lady?"

She hesitated a moment - the thought flashed that she should not tell this stranger how alone
and unprotected she was - then told him the truth.

"A sad tale, truly," he said, "but he's left you a handsome child, and you seem quite
comfortable here." His eyes went round the humble one room cottage, crib and feather bed at
one end, covered with a quilt of her mother's making, and stone hearth at the other, table and
chairs made by her father in the middle. A ladder led to the loft where she'd slept as a child.
Suddenly the simple room seemed a palace to her. They were warm and dry and well fed, and
indeed what could be better?

"Why, you're right, stranger. I am lucky after all. Now, will you tell me something of
yourself?"
                                    [30.9] KING EDWARD IX                                      149

"I am less fortunate than you in some ways. I am a wanderer, and born to wanderers, a tinker
by trade, though I can turn my hand to most things. I have never been married and have no
children, nor have I ever had a home other than the wagon my horse pulls. I've never stayed
long in one place. My parents named me Sai, but most folks call me Lucky."

"Lucky is what I will call you then, for you have indeed been lucky for me."

He stood and stretched, and began clearing the remnants of their meal from the table. He
poured water from the copper kettle into the basin and washed and dried the dishes,
something she had never seen a man do before. After the babe was fed they played with him
on the hearthrug while he told her of some of the odd and wonderful places and peoples he
had met with on his journeys, and once again her life seemed very narrow and dull. After an
hour or two the babe grew tired and cranky, and she took him on her lap and sang to him until
he fell asleep. She laid him in his crib and wrapped him warmly in a rabbit fur bunting.

When she went back to the fire, Lucky reached for her hand and held it for a moment, without
a word, then they were in one another's arms and kissing hungrily. They shed their clothing
and lay together shamelessly, enjoying each others bodies in the flickering rosy firelight. He
loved the roundness of her breasts and thighs, belly and buttocks, and said she was as juicy as
an apple. His bleached lean muscular body and silken hair fascinated her as much. She had
loved Tom and known pleasant moments with him, but nothing like she felt with this stranger.

She woke in bed in the morning, to the baby's crying as usual. Lucky wasn't there and she
thought he must have been a vivid dream. Then the door opened and shut, and he was striding
toward her, fully dressed, and motioning her to stay where she was. He kissed her lips, then
brought the babe to her and stood watching as he suckled. "What a pity that we remember not
the pleasure we once knew."

"Yet we have pleasures still that we will remember," she said, and felt her cheeks redden at
her boldness. What a wanton he must think her!

"Indeed," he said, and laid his cold hand against her hot cheek.

The storm had stopped during the night, but the snow was deep on the road, and it was clear
that it would be days before the horse could pull Lucky's small wagon along the road. That
wagon was brightly painted with leaves and vines and flowers in red and blue and green and
yellow. The wheels were red with yellow spokes. It had a canvas top, also painted, blue with
white fleecy clouds. Josea loved the wagon but it sorted oddly with Lucky's quiet greyness.

Lucky did small jobs for her, mending tools, hinges, and utensils. He cut more wood for her,
saying that if she did not need it this year, there would be another. He stayed a week and a
thaw came and then a freeze, and the road was rutted but fit for travel. They looked at one
another in the morning light, and he said that it couldn't hurt to stay another day, or maybe
two, if she was not yet tired of him. She wasn't.

After another week, Lucky asked her if she would come with him. Her heart leaped at the
question, but she looked around the little house where she'd spent all her life, thought of her
land and village and her babe, and said, "I can't go. I've no desire to travel, and I don't want to
bring my babe up as a homeless waif."
150                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Pain flashed across Lucky's pale face, but he only nodded, harnessed up his horse, and kissed
her goodbye. Tears clouded her eyes and blurred the gay wagon colors.

Sun's Dawn passed very slowly, with rain and sleet and snow, but nothing like the storm that
had brought Lucky to her. Occasionally there was a knock at her door, which started her heart
pounding, but always it was just a villager, come to buy the dried herbs she sold. Then, on the
first night of First Seed, she heard the creak of a wagon and knew. She flew to the door, her
face alight and flung herself into his arms.

"I can't stay," he said. "I'm just passing through..." and that was all the talking they did for
quite awhile.

Spring came and crocuses poked their noses up through the snow. Lucky spaded up her
garden. Curious neighbors came to call, but found out no more about him than she knew. She
sold them eggs - her chickens were laying very well - and dried herbs and an elixir she made
from her grandmother's recipe, which was sovereign for headache and rheumatism. They
hired Lucky for odd jobs, despite their suspicion of him.

Lucky continued to come and go, never saying where or when he'd be back, but he seldom
stayed away more than a few days. He spoke no words of love, but loved her fiercely all the
same. Josea's round belly grew rounder, and she weaned Timmy to cow's milk. Lucky's trips
became shorter and less frequent. All around the land prospered. Even the oldest could not
recall a better harvest. In Hearthfire Josea birthed a beautiful baby girl with silver hair, but
eyes of cornflower blue. Lucky held his child and joy radiated from him, so that he seemed to
burn with a white fire.
                                   [30.10] KING EDWARD X                                    151



[30.10] King Edward X


                                     King Edward, Part X
                                       by Anonymous


                             Chapter X: Josea and Lucky, Part II

Mats continued his story of Lucky and Josea.

The years passed, twenty of them. More children came. Timmy took a bride. The land
continued to prosper. Few died, so there were many people now, and much of the forest was
cleared for farms. Others became soldiers or sailors. Their voyages and battles all prospered,
and they returned home laden with booty. The gods were with them, people said, for they
were virtuous and deserving folk. Skyrim was united now under King Vrage the Gifted,
second and noblest son of the legendary Harald of Ysgramoor, thus Josea's king was high
king of all Skyrim. The Nords under Vrage's leadership spread into Morrowind and High
Rock, conquering some of the sly and thievish dark elves and the weak and superstitious
Bretons.

Josea and Lucky had opened a store and built a fine big house for their family. One night
Josea awoke alone, and heard voices in the hall. She left her bed and crept to see. The voices
sounded angry!

Lucky was standing there in his nightshirt; the passing years had changed him little. He
looked no older, but he had grown leaner and paler, and somehow less substantial. Standing
with him were a tall matronly woman, dark haired, and clad in a fine blue robe, a knight in
black armor, carrying a black sword and a handsome blond man, greenclad, with a bow. Two
elves were there as well, one fair and one with golden skin; one had a harp, the other a lute.
Elves had not been seen in Skyrim in years! How did quiet simple Lucky come to know such
grand people?

"Is this how you keep your pact with us? Did we not make the rules clear to you?"

The woman was shouting at Lucky, who only muttered, "Lady Mara, I didn't realize it had
been so long. It was only for a few days, and then a few days more. And then there were the
children and Josea needed me. I thought no harm. Things seemed to go well for everyone. It
hasn't been so long. Tamriel did well enough without me before." Lucky spoke softly, yet his
face was set and Josea knew how stubborn he could be.

"Everyone! What of the Bretons? What of the dark elves? And the wood elves. Of the ice
elves I say nothing. They are gone, gone altogether and forever."

"Such shy folk...I tried," Lucky faltered. "I did try. The ice elves were very hard to find, and
not that friendly when I did find them."

"Are all the elves to follow them, and the Bretons, and then the other races?"
152                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"I'll go; I will go. But High Rock and Morrowind are so far from here. And how can I leave
my children? Surely, I am entitled to children? And my woman..."

"You could have arranged matters as I did," said the green clad ranger. "Now it's too late for
that. Matters have gone too far. We trusted you. It was a simple assignment. Yet we should
have watched him." This last sentence was addressed to the black knight.

"I did watch him," the knight snapped, waving his sword, which Josea now saw was actually a
part of his arm. "Yet alone I could do nothing! I'd few devotees in either High Rock or
Morrowind. Once I realized I knew I had to find the rest of you; alone I could do little. What I
could, I did. They're halted for now, yet the damage must be repaired, and he who caused it
must do the fixing, Tinker! It won't be easy. You'll have to avoid the Skyrim folk altogether
for a couple of hundred years, I think."

"No! My Lord Ebonarm, no!" The cry was wrenched from Lucky's heart. "I cannot. I implore
you. Do not ask it of me...leave me something of my own! Why must I always give it all to
others? I'm tired of it! You promised me a life, and what you gave me, that endless
wandering, was not a life!" The black knight Ebonarm scowled back at Lucky.

"We are a gentle folk," the wood elf bard said in his musical voice, "yet Zenithar can no
longer be restrained. And if he wars against you, the other elven gods stand with him! If the
gods war, Tamriel itself may be destroyed. You may find daedra to stand with you; they love
chaos. But I think you will find that not even Springseed, Ebonarm and Mara will fight for
you if you defy them further."

"Jephre speaks truth, as ever. Let us not speak of war among ourselves, my friend. We wished
your folk no ill. We deeply regret what has happened and will labor to repair our fault. I regret
our long absence, yet it was necessary. Raen and I were needed...elsewhere." Mara said. "And
not even a god, or a goddess, can be everywhere at once."

"As for you, Sai," she said, turning to Lucky, "One night a year with your woman and your
children I will grant you. But not in the flesh. The temptations are too strong for you, I see. It
was a mistake to let you hold the flesh so long. I apologize to the rest of you. Now, go and
make your farewells. You are dismissed."

The knight and ranger vanished, but the elves remained. The golden skinned one spoke to
Mara, "Watch these new folk of yours more carefully, Lady Mara. We are a patient people,
and kindly disposed to other sentient races, yet there are limits to our patience. Take
warning." Then the elves too were gone.

Lucky fell to his knees, clutching at Mara's robe, his face a mask of anguish, "Lady, wait! I
implore you. Am I never to feel again? Never? It is more than I can bear. The rest of you can
assume mortal form on occasion. Better I should have died naturally, and gone to rest," he
added bitterly.

Mara considered, frowning. "Others have paid dearly for the life you have stolen. Their spirits
are not at rest; they too will exact payment. And yet...very well. If you will labor to repair the
damage you have done, then you may on occasion assume bodily form, but not as human.
Wolf shape shall be yours, in return for the kindness you showed Grellan."
                                   [30.10] KING EDWARD X                                    153

And she was gone, leaving Lucky standing alone, barefoot. Josea ran to him and clasped
him...oh, how thin and cold he was!

"What is it, dearest? Who were they? What does it mean? Oh, don't leave us!"

"I must," he said, shivering. "I have stayed far too long. My dearest, I am Luck itself. I was
born with the talent, though mortal as yourself. My lord took me for a soldier. I was killed in
my first battle, even as the battle was won. I ever brought luck to others, never to myself,
never. Ebonarm appeared to me, said I had an interesting talent and offered me immortality if
I would agree to spread my luck about."

"He said the gods were overworked, seeing to events, and constantly quarreling over what
should happen. He thought that I could balance things out naturally with my inborn talent. I
was young. I'd barely lived. I didn't want to die, so I agreed, and Ebonarm said that I could
keep my body for a time. I wouldn't age or die, but I would fade slowly, as you have seen. I
am nearly eighty now. I did as he bade for many years. Then I met you, and found myself
trapped by your need, I think. I was your Luck, you see, what you needed. And truth is, I
needed you, too, my dear love.

"Yet while I've stayed here, my luck has spread like ripples, strongest in the center, weak
along the edges until there's none at all in Morrowind and High Rock and the Wilderness to
the south, and the folk are dead or chained in slavery. Also I've brought luck only to the Nords
among whom I've lived, so that the wood elves have fled and the ice elves have died. Now I
must go, and bring Luck back to them and redress the balance, as it should have been."

He went to the children's rooms and kissed them as they slept, while his tears fell on them.
Then he said, "I'll be with you one night each year, though you will not see me. Yet you will
feel my presence, dearest. Oh, and I could never speak of love or marriage...but know I love
you, as no man or god loved woman." Then he kissed her one last time, and was gone.

                                             ***

Mats stopped talking at last. The fire had burned down to ashes. Edward drew a long breath.

"That's some story," Edward said. "Is it true?"

"Are you calling my grandmother a liar? I know she used to leave a bit of food and a bowl of
milk out on winter nights. 'For the Wolf,' she said. And we Nords hold it very unlucky to
attack a wolf unless it attacks you. It just might be Sai!

"My grandmother said she got the tale from her great-grandmother, and her great was Josea
herself. So she said. Or maybe it was her great-great-grandmother. I get lost there. Anyway it
happened during the reign of King Vrage the Gifted, like I said, when the Nords invaded
Morrowind and High Rock. It took Sai a hundred and fifty years to get things set right again,
and he needed a lot of help. From Moraelyn's brothers and father, among others. The dark
elves and Bretons have been lucky to get their lands back, you see, and it's been hard times for
Skyrim folk, although once your luck builds up the way theirs did, it takes a long time to
really run out altogether. And Sai didn't make the same mistake again. He's been spreading
luck around ever since. Otherwise folk get arrogant and start thinking they're entitled to more
154                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

than others. Yet he's kept his promise. You see, I'm his descendant and once a year I feel his
presence. That was tonight."

"I thought being a god means you can do just as you please," Edward said.

"Well, they can, you see. Sai did, for awhile, but he and his fellow gods weren't pleased with
the results. There's rules to being a god, it seems, just as there are rules to being a man or a
boy."

"Who makes the rules then?" Edward demanded.

Mats laughed. "Best save that question up for the Archmagister. It's much too deep for me!
Well, I don't know about you, but I'm going to have a drink. I'm parched after so much talking
and then rouse Mith, so I can sleep myself."

"Mats, I was taught that Moraelyn's father and brothers were just raiders and that the Nords
were the real owners of the lands they took. That the dark elves come up out of the ground
and raid for meanness and profit."

"Moraelyn's father, Kronin, and his brothers, Cruethys and Ephen, took to raiding after the
Nords drove them out of Ebonheart. Guerilla warfare isn't pretty, but neither is losing your
homeland. Human memories of that time are faded hand-me-downs, but there's a fair number
of dark elves who lived through it still around. Moraelyn's aunt Yoriss for one, she who rules
in Kragenmoor. Oh, there's some dark elves still, along the borderland in Blacklight, who are
just thieves and kidnappers, no question. They have holds up in the mountain caverns and raid
farms and villages in east Skyrim. But Moraelyn's folk have naught to do with them,
leastways not since they regained their own lands in Morrowind. Moraelyn hates the raiding.
He'd stop it if he could." Mats sighed.

"Why can't he?"

Mats yawned widely. "That's a matter of politics and power, boy. You ask him about it, and
you'll likely get more answer than you want, for once. Me, I'm off to bed. Good night."
                                   [30.11] KING EDWARD XI                                      155



[30.11] King Edward XI


                                     King Edward, Part XI
                                        by Anonymous


The Companions stayed the night at a crude but comfortable inn at a tiny village that called
itself Raven Spring, located in the foothills of the Wrothgarian Mountains. The next morning
they resumed their journey eastward, moving through rolling hills towards the Skyrim and
Hammerfell borders, and camping the next two nights under clear early summer skies. When
they resumed traveling the third morning, Moraelyn told everyone to watch the slopes north
of the road for a notch opening to a high meadow that faced to the southwest. Shortly
afterward everyone spotted it almost simultaneously when the group completed a bend around
a rocky outcrop.

Silk and Beech went ahead to scout a good route, and to look for a campsite for the evening
ahead. By dusk they had covered most of the distance to the meadow, but still faced some
stiff climbing the next morning. They agreed that it was time to camp once again, but happily
a lunchtime picnic seemed very likely the next day.

By mid-day the next day, which was Loredas the 5th of Mid Year, the Companions were
sprawled across a grassy slope within the Dragon Village, having been joined by Akatosh and
one other dragon. This second dragon was smaller than Akatosh, and seemed to be a female,
although characteristically Akatosh had just introduced the dragon as Debudjen, with no
further explanations being forthcoming. The two dragons politely chatted with the humanoids
as they enjoyed their repast, though Debudjen flew off afterwards, to arc gracefully above,
and then swoop down upon a steer in a grassy field some distance away.

Akatosh had been watching Edward's reaction to this, and asked: "Why did you flinch,
Edward? Debudjen had not eaten recently, and really behaved no differently than you just
have."

Edward replied with a small smile, "I don't think that our meal was quite that violent in
nature."

Akatosh returned the smile, but then responded. "A good reminder then, that we are only
similar, rather than the same."

Edward paused, squinting into the mid-afternoon sun, and then turned to the golden dragon:
"Akatosh, why did you choose this spot for your village?"

"Well, it was high enough up into the mountains to suit us, but flat enough for raising the
cattle with trees for the deer and it is very defensible for all of us. There is plenty of room for
the humans to build their ranches and farms, and the elves are quite comfortable in the dense
trees along the cliff edges. The adits in the surrounding cliff faces provide us the access to our
lairs, which we have located within the mining tunnel system. All in all, an ideal site for such
an experiment involving this many races of beings. It even opens to the southwest, providing
156                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

reasonable warmth for the smaller beings, with some protection from the elements during the
colder months."

Edward responded, "It is difficult for me to get used to the notion of a village without some
central concentration of buildings, but perhaps these will be developed in the future; at least, a
few buildings for meetings and socializing. And, I suppose that there are also some beautiful
sunsets to be seen."

The dragon smiled again, but replied "Quite so, but I am the only one of the dragonkind to
show any interest, and that was not a legitimate consideration when we chose this site." Then
wistfully: "I wish that I could assemble the words to describe some of them. I have attempted
this many, many times, but the results just are not...very admirable." More briskly: "And by
the way, we do intend to erect a meeting hall for the humanoids, and also some stores for
barter and other exchanges of goods."

Moraelyn had wandered over and seated himself, and he asked, with a notable absence of the
usual humanoid respect for dragons, "Whatever possessed you to attempt such a crazy
experiment, Akatosh?"

The dragon paused thoughtfully, and then replied "As is my wont I had been analyzing, in this
case one might say the history of dragon behavior. Clearly our lengthy contest of resistance to
these new Aurielian gods was futile, but it took many of our generations for us to realize and
accept this. Then, our next pattern was to isolate ourselves, even from each other, and to resist
intrusion from any and all beings. The exception of course was to mate among ourselves and
procreate our race. However, aside from that one activity, we fought any and all for our
precious privacy, and really for no good reason except that we can be an especially stubborn
race."

Edward said, "Then you maintained a pattern of behavior long after the reason for it was
gone?"

Akatosh looked a bit embarrassed. He said stiffly, "I believe that is what I just said. We are
not the only sentient race to fall prey to that."

Edward said, "The Archmagister has told me that much behavior is inborn."

Moraelyn smiled at him, "And inborn behavior patterns are a particular problem for long-
lived species who change slowly as conditions change. We elves suffer from it even more
than you short-lived humans, which is why we like to keep things as they are, though life is
change and to resist it utterly is death. Dragons live far, far longer than even elves, and, in
consequence, breed even more slowly. Still, who can say what alterations being born into a
social setting may produce, for good or ill, in dragon behavior."

Aliera had by this time joined the conversation, and observed: "The Daedra must have been
long pleased with dragon behavior."

Akatosh responded, "Perhaps so, but I approached our queen with this suggestion moreso
because it seemed clear to me that as a race we had fallen into a stasis, and we needed to
break this shell in order to invigorate ourselves. She didn't quite agree with me, but, perhaps
because of my reputation, she told me to go ahead and make this attempt."
                                   [30.11] KING EDWARD XI                                      157

By this point, all of the Companions were sitting within hearing range, and Mats asked: "Did
you have to get your queen's permission? And have there been many difficulties among the
various races?"

"Permission is not quite accurate in this case, Mats; being the beings that we are, it was
moreso that I was obliged to tell her of this so that she would have the information. For
example, other dragons regularly come to me with potential military intelligence, following
this same philosophy of preparedness."

Mats grinned and said, "You mean 'just in case', right? But what about these elves and
humans?"

"Ah, our humanoid Lord and Lady do set a most remarkable example of tolerance and respect
for differing shapes and customs. I owe a debt of gratitude to Moraelyn for the loan of his
smiths and miners, who have been most generous in sharing their knowledge and skills with
the Bretons that my young friend Edward and I have, ah, persuaded to attempt settlement
here. It is my experience that Bretons, well, many Bretons, will do virtually anything so long
as it is profitable and they gain skill and knowledge from it. The Nordic lust for individual
honor and glory makes the mithril armor and weapons produced here extremely profitable -
t'was sheer genius that inspired Aliera to insist that we sell only to the nobility while the
delving opens new tunnels and provides access to - that which we dragons require." Akatosh
smiled a little slyly. He was very reticent on the subject of exactly what dragons required.
"Beech and Willow have made it known among their people that wood elves are welcome
here, so those who have long missed their ancient High Rock homes have returned to these
hills."

"Fortunate for me that I'm now a Duke, and thus qualified to wear and carry mithril. If only I
could afford more than a piece or two! But for the cost I might retire." Mats said.

"If you retired you would not require the mithril," Moraelyn pointed out.

"And what of my son and daughter? Thinkst thou I will beg from thee for them?" Mats said
indignantly. "My knees and wind may not be what once they were, I grant you. I'fact I'm
somewhat tempted to remain up here, now I am here, yet I can still swing my axe with any!"

Mith grinned delightedly, "Nords can't count. It's why they seek honor and glory, not profit.
Honor and glory are not amenable to enumeration much past what one can tally on the
fingers. Mats, if thou art but thirty-nine, thou wert the largest ten year old humanoid I ever
met or hope to meet!"

"But what then are these benefits to those who neither delve nor smith?" Mats persisted,
ignoring his old friend. "I would think that many would be terrified to live so close to such...
formidable beings" Mats spoke the last of this with a sly grin.

"Well, on the other hand, the presence of the 'formidable beings' means that they are certainly
well-protected. And this area is surprisingly fertile, so the crops seem to be growing well, and
although they provide the meat for us, we allocate one fifth of each herd to them for their own
consumption. We've also been finding out what I have long suspected - the three sets of races,
when combined, fight much more effectively than the sum of each when considered in
isolation - that is, each race covers or cancels weaknesses of the others. At least it is certainly
158                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

true that the local goblin population has been drastically reduced in a very short period of
time."

"Aye," Edward responded, "so Moraelyn proved in Morrowind."

"With a bit of help from his friends," Moraelyn acknowledged. "I reap the praise, but in truth
I'm little more than the standard they wave -- and at times I feel more like the target they set
up!"

A wave of laughter greeted this remark. Edward persisted, "With you and the others up here,
Akatosh, I feel my borders are well guarded, should Skyrim ever feel the urge to move its
borders west again."

Aliera asked: "Was it easy to convince the other dragons to move to here?"

"Actually, the most difficult part of that was moving our hoards to our new lairs" Akatosh
responded with a lazy smile, "although once it was known that we had no use for the metals,
gems and jewelry that we accumulate, everything went much more smoothly." But then more
seriously: "Essentially I had to approach each dragon personally, and convince them that this
idea had merit. Again, once I had persuaded a couple of our especially independent
specimens, things went much more smoothly. However, there are only nine of us living in this
area and there is really only room for two or three more of us. We shall have to see what
develops hereafter."

Aliera now observed: "I think that now the gods and goddesses might look very favorably
indeed on dragon behavior."

"That may be so, Aliera, but again that was not really why this was done. Besides, they still
may remember and resent our long opposition to them."

Beech asked deferentially "But what is the name of this village?"

Akatosh sighed, and then responded "I fear that we shall never reach a decision, since each
race has decided opinions in that regard. Perhaps once the initial building phase is completed,
we will able to be more contemplative about such matters."

Beech replied "That just doesn't seem right; everywhere should have a name, shouldn't it?"

Willow chuckled and then said "Perhaps to us this is so, but who knows how dragons think;
and I'm sure that the humans and elves will squabble over the style of the name, besides the
specifics of it."

Moraelyn interrupted with great drama, "Surely you don't mean to imply that an elf can be
overly stubborn!?" and the discussion dissolved into a period of laughter and teasing amongst
the group.

Presently, Akatosh said, "I favor the name 'Section 22.'"
                                    [30.11] KING EDWARD XI                                  159

Beech stared at him, "Akatosh, I see what thou dost mean about thy difficulties with the
poetic. If you will allow my frank opinion? That is the single worst village name I have ever
heard."

Akatosh sighed gustily, then pardoned himself hastily to Beech - humanoids found dragon
sighs quite unpleasant and sometimes actually hazardous. "Then thou seest what I mean by
differences. To me, it is very meaningful, and most appropriate. Is 'Section 16' any better as a
name? Not? Then is it the word 'Section' that offends you? In what way is it inferior to 'Keep'
or 'Reich' or 'Glen' or 'Hold'?"

Edward said, "But Akatosh, a name should make some sense. At least humans think so. You
should have 21 other sections first, if you're going to name this place '22'."

"Really?" Akatosh said, "Why is that? Are not all numbers equally valid? They serve well to
distinguish one place from another. There could be many 'Greenvales' for instance. I myself
know of four such villages. The number 'Twenty-two' does appeal to me....aesthetically, as
well as possessing some 'sense' - at least to me," he smiled secretively.

Moraelyn said, "I think Lord Akatosh is enjoying what some call an 'in-joke'. Were I so rash
as to instruct a dragon in manners."

"Who," Silk said, "would e'er accuse Moraelyn of being rash?"

A bit later, Edward asked Akatosh: "Do you think that we could play a game or two of Battle?
I brought the board and playing pieces with me."

Moraelyn interrupted "I'm afraid that Akatosh and I must discuss some matters this evening -
and you'd only lose again anyway" he added with a fond smile.

Edward replied "But I can beat everyone else. Akatosh, will I ever win a game with you?"

"No, Edward, you won't", and Akatosh was slightly bemused by Edward's startled expression,
and then the hearty laugh that quickly followed it.

"That wasn't very diplomatic of you, Akatosh. But why won't I ever win?"

"Because I have been playing for much longer than you have Edward, and so long as I
continue to play, you will not be able to catch up to me. Besides, this game is what I am
starting to think of as a 'bounded problem', and that sort is most easily dealt with."

"What do you mean by 'a bounded problem', Akatosh?" asked Mats.

"That is a problem that has a countable number of possible actions and results, Mats. There
are only 81 squares on the board, and each side has exactly 27 playing pieces, each piece
moves in a specific way, and so on."

"But the game is like a real battle, isn't it?" asked Ssa'ass.
160                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"No, it is very good practice for learning, and for thinking about how to execute a battle - but
my Elven Archers never become tired or demoralized, and my Master Mage always does
what I want. Such things seldom happen in a real battle."

Moraelyn nodded in agreement, and asked with mock slyness "Then what is an example of an
unbounded problem?"

"Certainly a real battle...but also, to me a poem is an unbounded problem"

"But any poem can be analyzed, Akatosh" Aliera said chidingly.

"Of course - but only after it is written. I am unable to define, or bound, the act of writing it,
though...that is, the act of creating it. If I start to write a poem...there are so many
possibilities" and then wryly "I never get beyond the first line, because I start imagining all
the things that I could put into the beginning and...."
                                  [30.12] KING EDWARD XII                                    161



[30.12] King Edward XII


                                    King Edward, Part XII
                                       by Anonymous


The dragon had paused, so Edward interjected, "Mother and I have been discussing the nature
of the gods recently, Akatosh, and she thinks that poetry would be a godly activity. What do
you think about that notion?"

"I am not so certain that one can attribute anything to the gods, Edward. They are another
example of an unbounded problem, of course, but also, their characteristics are just not very
well known to us."

"But surely one can determine things about any being that is a god?"

Akatosh replied, "I do not think that we can, at present; they are not like the Daedra, who
have a nature that is with them at their birth. That is, the Daedra capabilities are inherent in
them, and not are the result of any changes that have occurred to them."

Willow interrupted: "Akatosh, we can determine that the gods have a few basic
characteristics, can't we?"

Edward added "Of course, Akatosh - they are powerful beings who can perform acts that are
incomprehensible to us. That in itself must signify their difference."

Akatosh nodded and replied "I understand your point of view, but to a farming community on
Tamriel in our southern lands, that could also describe how they would perceive me. Perhaps
this is attributable to the fact that they seldom see a dragon nowadays, but it also does not
mean that I am a god ... neither does it mean that I am not a god."

Willow giggled, and said "Of course you're not a god, Akatosh" and Edward, smiling, nodded
agreement.

Akatosh replied "How do you know, Willow? I can understand that you would guess that I am
not a god, particularly since I am a dragon." He grinned, and then continued "But how can
you know that I am not a god?"

Edward scoffingly replied "Well, I know that I'm not a god anyway. And I've certainly never
seen you perform any godly acts, Akatosh - you also don't seem to have any worshippers
about either."

The Companions were smiling and generally agreeing with this, but Akatosh responded "But
that does not mean that I have no worshippers, nor does it mean that I cannot perform any
godly acts - it just means that you have not seen either of these. I am not yet certain that gods
and goddesses require worshippers to maintain their existence. And as I said, I can perform
magic that would look like 'godly acts' to many Tamrielians."
162                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

"But the gods must have worshippers, Akatosh" said Aliera, "That's how they get their ...
sustenance, or whatever it is that allows them to continue ... to be godly. Husband, you must
know more about this subject. After all, you made a god of your brother S'ephen."

"I did no such thing!" Moraelyn responded, with a touch of indignation. "His godhood is
between him and his worshippers, among whom I am numbered. I did establish a temple cult
in his memory. Anyone with the worldly means could do as much for anyone, living or dead.
That alone is not enough. Maybe it helps -- facilitate matters, but I think it's not really
necessary. I know no more of it, but if you want my opinion--" he paused politely for
confirmation that it was indeed still solicited, as elven etiquette demanded if one were giving
opinion at length.

He continued. "There must be something, well, godly, in the person's soul or essence or
whatever part it is that does not die with the body. I know not whether that capacity is innate
in the person, from birth or conception, or quickening ... whene'er it is that soul and body are
wedded for a life span, or whether great deeds and great generosity might breed it, enlarging
the soul and transmuting it, so to speak. We all change and grow with each passing day, with
every breath, some more than others. What else is life about?"

He went on without pausing for an answer to his rhetorical question, probably for fear that he
might get one. "In other cases, gods seem to arise from a locality, a mountain, or a spring, or
wood, or a collection of localities, such as Tamriel itself. Places, like persons have souls,
some greater than others. This place might produce a god or a daedra -- or maybe it already
has one or more. As it changes, so do its gods and daedra, I think. Maybe they can choose to
resist the change or aid it, if propitiated."

He looked at Akatosh inquiringly. The dragon had stopped fighting the new gods, he said, but
would he go so far as to worship them? "That speaks to the question of whence gods arise, but
source is not nature: of that I know as little as the rest of you, maybe less, since the question
does not truly interest me. The gods are; my worship of them benefits me and mine. It is
sufficient."

Akatosh did not respond immediately and Aliera refused to be distracted, "But suppose such a
cult were established and worshippers provided for one of small and mean spirit. Would that
spirit not become a god?"

"I suppose it might be done, if one were determined enough and had a sufficiency of means to
pay worshippers to perform rituals without -- spirit -- behind them. Maybe that's where small,
mean gods come from, wife. Or maybe daedra? Maybe I'll raise a cult to thee and see what
happens."

"Are you calling my spirit small and mean?" Ali glared at him.

"Only by comparison -- you don't fancy yourself a goddess, do you? You might make a
daedra, though. The experiment might be a bit too chancy. Could I just mourn you for a
century or two instead?"

"Mm. I'll think on it. What about you? You've deeds enough already to qualify for godhood,
surely ... although if you plan on many more such you may not outlive me."
                                   [30.12] KING EDWARD XII                                     163

"I'm doomed to be R'Aathim, living and dead. It's godhood of a sort, but what a sort! Don't
begrudge me my long life span. Think of me doomed to eternity in the gloomy Ebonheart
council chamber listening to the eternal wrangles ... small wonder the dead R'Aathim pulled
the place down on the live ones twenty years ago, thus causing my brother and my mother to
join their number. The dead R'Aathim must have welcomed the century and a half of respite
while the Nords held Ebonheart."

"But your brother S'ephen was killed too, as well as your brother King Cruethys, and S'ephen
wasn't R'Aathim, being your mother's son and not your father's, if I have the story straight --
that's why he got his own temple," Edward said. "So why did they kill him, too? The story
sounds very daedric to me."

"You'd have me justify the ways of the gods to you, would you? I think they act for ends we
cannot see, and slay the just and the unjust together -- not that I'd label any of my Kin as
either -- not altogether. We see only the means -- how can we judge? Gods too face choices; I
do not think their power supreme. They can overrule nature on occasion, as can any Mage, yet
they, like Mages, are in the end bound by it -- and their overrule must answer other rules still -
- and in those rules, whate'er they be, I think lies the answer to your questions. I think it's not
something men and women may know while living."

Akatosh smiled and replied "It is not so easy to describe the gods, is it? This is true even
though, myself included, each of us thinks that we have a mental picture of what godliness
means. On the other hand, the gods and goddesses certainly do exist - and I also believe that
there is a connection of some sort between them and the Daedra, and another connection
between these entities and the power associated with performing magic."

"The priests of Julianos have been calling this power 'Magicka'" said a stranger who had
joined the group.

Akatosh replied "Greetings bard. Please allow me to introduce ... Geoffrey, a ... wandering
poet who has been visiting our village for these last few days." The Companions greeted the
wood elf newcomer, some rising to their feet to do so according to their individual customs,
and then all resumed sitting (actually sprawling about) and conversing.

"A number of priests are theorizing that the gods and goddesses live on another plane, as do
the Daedra - there is some debate amongst these priests as to whether they share the same
plane of existence, or whether each has their own. And some of the Alessian priests are
claiming that we can visit these alternate planes in our nightly dreams" added Beech.

Edward asked "Why doesn't someone just ask a goddess or a Daedra about this?"

Geoffrey chuckled and replied "Most of us are not able to be so thoughtful when confronted
by one of these beings, Edward. Also, there is a common belief that the gods and Daedra are
as reluctant to discuss their own natures as dragons are to reveal anyone's True Name."

Edward looked quizzically at Akatosh, but Beech stated to Geoffrey "Well said, Bard" ... and
that pair shared the slightest of smiles.

Beech then said, "Do you know what the Resolutions of Zenithar has been saying about the
gods and magic? This magic power, or Magicka, is just the power generated by the existence
164                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

of, well, existance itself. When it becomes focused by living beings through natural processes,
then it becomes accessible to the gods and goddesses as worship power, which is the next
level of Magicka. After receiving some from their worshippers, the gods can then concentrate
it up to god-level power - the true Magicka. The gods themselves can't generate the mid-level
Magicka, since they are dependent on it for their own existence, but they can 'convert it' to
Magicka, which can then be used by mortals to cast spells. This Magicka is usually dispersed
widely across the planes but there are areas of greater and lesser concentration due to
interferences with the dispersion process."

"When a goddess loses worshippers, her inflow of mid-level Magicka is decreased, so she in
turn produces less god-level Magicka. With less Magicka under her control (for providing to
worshippers, or dispersion), her influence is decreased in the mortal planes - of course the
converse is also true. In the extreme, she receives nothing, and is relegated to a state of Stasis,
barely existing from the ordinary Magicka generated by her few remaining Consecrated lands,
zones of influence, and so on."

Beech continued, "On the other hand, Daedra receive very specific, or 'modified' mid-level
Magicka from a few mortals with specific areas of interest, and these Daedra are normally
tied to very specific circumstances. Because of their nature, they gain much more power from
their small worship base, but the gods, with their much broader base, generally have greater
overall power, even though the amount of concentrated worship that they receive from any
one source is much less than a Daedra's. Most of the Magicka that the gods 'process' is
dispersed into and throughout the universe, no longer under their control, thereby making it
available for everyone. It's not really something they do consciously, but as a natural process
that happens automatically - in other words ... just because they are divine."

Aliera said, "I would think that Magicka is simply available to sentient beings, although the
gods and Daedra could facilitate its usage. I would think that the gods and Daedra have other
influences on us as well, because not everyone has spellcasting ability! Maybe in those
'alternate planes' it's actually existance, and not sentient entities, that radiates Magicka, just as
the stars give off light in our dimension. I just assume that Magicka is 'out there' in the ether,
or maybe sentient consciousnesses automatically tap into an alternate plane as they sleep. I
think that everyone has some supply of Magicka, but most don't know how to use it very well,
or else they adopt a way of life that inhibits or forbids its use. Maybe certain gods and Daedra
serve as facilitators for the entire process; that is, both obtaining and using Magicka? But how
do priests heal and cure and bless? Is Magicka involved at all or do they invoke their
goddesses directly?"

Ssa'ass said, "I am not ssssure that Magicka isss usssed; perhapss there isss yet another
capability involved here. Thisss capability would be unknown at thisss time, and maybe even
unsssenssssed... but I feel fairly certain that sssomehow it is a godly 'force' that they are
employing."

Then Geoffrey responded: "Ssa'ass, I believe that Magicka fills the universe of planes. All
things are infused with Magicka to one extent or another. In this regard Magicka is attracted
to some people and things over others, and some people with talent or training can control and
even release Magicka in new forms. There may be other sources of Magicka available by
tapping into alternate and otherworldly planes. There is also the possibility of alternate planes
that are entirely void of Magicka. Regardless, certain beings of great power, such as the gods
and Daedra, can not only control Magicka, but can see, absorb, and transfuse Magicka to and
                                 [30.12] KING EDWARD XII                                   165

from objects and people. By employing this ability, worshippers of these beings are
sometimes capable of greater acts of Magic than they could accomplish otherwise. Also in
this way, some items sacred to powerful beings can be said to be holy, with additional
amounts of directed Magicka provided by gods or goddesses."

"Magic items fall into two main categories by definition. Items that draw on the surrounding
Magicka to create spell-like effects, and items that hold Magicka in reserve for their own
internal effects. Normally magic items which absorb Magicka, giving increased abilities to
their wielders, only affect themselves and are considered to use internal Magicka. In some
areas where great amounts of Magicka have been used, the surroundings may be completely
devoid of it. This of course negates the ability of beings to produce magic effects in these
areas, although gods and Daedra carry their own supplies of Magicka, as do magic items that
do not depend on the use of surrounding Magicka."

Aliera said, "We've been investigating some rumors and stories concerning something that
might be called anti-Magicka. I think the presence of a powerful Daedra with whom you
weren't in 'tune' could cause interference with spellcasting - maybe even cancel out existing
spells. Perhaps particular Daedra simply favor thief or warrior types. Or some goddesses, and
their priests, might frown on 'competing' magic in certain areas, for example in locations
dedicated to them. So then unauthorized spells could interfere with their rituals."

Willow asked, "Can Daedra supply Magicka? And how about both a god and a Daedra being
nearby? - wouldn't they sort of nullify each other's powers? This might be the cause of the
anti-Magicka effect."

"I've experienced an anti-Magicka zone myself" inserted Mith. "It felt a lot like the effect of
casting a spell like Dispel Magicka. At the time, I thought that a truly powerful spellcaster
could still effectively cast spells, but their resulting power would have been much reduced. I
didn't get a chance to test this out though" added Mith with a smile.

"We can also assume that certain powerful spells, creatures and even magic items might
actually drain the surrounding area of Magicka," replied Geoffrey. "This could be extended to
places where great amounts of magic energy were once gathered and expended, for example
in ancient temples where great spells were cast, or battlefields where powerful mages
contested. Perhaps certain metals or stones could act as absorbers of Magicka, allowing for
whole structures of anti-Magicka zones. If so, you might be able to wear a amulet made out of
anti-Magicka material and gain a good advantage against spellcasters. Perhaps the purity of
the material used would allow for better and better magic resistance".

Akatosh spoke: "Dragons have long been interested in the anti-Magicka effect, naturally
enough. We have found some amulets that appear to act as Magicka absorbers. They might
contain something like Negative Magicka, in which case they would attract any 'stray'
Magicka floating free in the local area. They are made of a stone, or mineral, resembling
marble - it is very rare, but could be extracted, and shaped by skilled craftsmen. For example,
I'm sure that the dwarves could have worked with this material. They might have made these
amulets - or even that statue that I once saw ... it was taller than any of you humanoids.
Regardless, in these mountains we have found deposits scattered throughout the halls and
tunnels at random, sometimes deep within the walls. Consequently, one appears to go in and
out of these anti-Magicka zones of varying intensities, with little or no warning. I have been
imagining that this material works almost automatically; it seems to 'reflexively' absorb
166                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Magicka if given a chance to. However, we cannot rule out the possibility that they have been
magically charged somehow - perhaps this happened long ago, but the charge has somehow
remained."

Moraelyn asked, "Would the amulet affect its wearer, or would he be immune?"

"Maybe a blocking spell could be developed, and then cast, to shield the wearer from the
effects of the substance."

Moraelyn then asked, "But Akatosh, getting back to our earlier discussions - what do you
think of the speculations concerning the connections between the gods and goddesses, Daedra
and Magicka?"

Akatosh replied, "I think that there are many truths that we do not know, and perhaps there
are some truths that we are not meant to know."

Moraelyn asked with a smile, "All right then, I've always wanted to know this - considering
the shape of your mouth and teeth, how do dragons manage to speak the humanoid languages
so clearly?"

Akatosh paused, and then carefully responded, "Why, in much the same way that we can fly,
even though our wings are not naturally strong enough to support such heavy torsos."

"Speaking of dragon flight and sunsets..." Mith said, rising to his feet and squinting into the
red-gold eastern sky, "We have a vistor, Dragon Lord. That's not a bird."

Akatosh's head came up and he too scanned the sky. Tension grew in him, and one by one the
Companions rose, watching as the distant dot grew nearer and resolved itself into the largest
dragon they'd seen yet.

"Ma-Tylda!" Akatosh exclaimed, "She deigns to bestow her presence on us!" His wings lifted
and unfurled, and the Companions broke and ran for cover as he took flight. The two dragons
wheeled through the sky, spouting great gouts of flame against the purpling sky.

"They're fighting," Edward cried, "what does it mean. Who is Ma-Tylda?"

"I don't know who she is, son," Moraelyn replied, "but they do not fight. You behold a dragon
greeting ceremony." The pair alit beyond a rock outcropping out of sight.

"Should we go greet the stranger, too?" Edward asked.

"Nay," Mith said. "They'll let us know if our presence is wanted -- look, even the other
dragons stay away." It was true. Dragon heads had poked from the caverns to witness the
event, but none of them had taken wing, and now they were retreating to their hoards within.

The Companions ambled back into the meadow together and built a fire as a chill wind had
sprung up. The elves sang an evening hymn to the stars, deftly weaving the dark elf version
with the wood elf form. Aliera added her voice to theirs, but Mats and Edward and Silk and
Ssa'ass sat listening silently. They couldn't manage elven music of this kind. Geoffrey had a
particularly clear sweet voice, Edward thought.
                                  [30.12] KING EDWARD XII                                    167

Akatosh returned presently, smiling in satisfaction. "Ma-Tylda's going to join us here, at least
for awhile," he said. He was actually glowing in the dusk, each scale giving off a golden
radiance.

"Is she your queen?" Edward asked, feeling very small and human.

"She -- just is. Maybe she'll want to meet you all some day. I hope so. Until then, well, I don't
talk about other dragons, you know."

To which Edward blinked in surprise and then surmise, and the discussion dissolved into
jokes and songs for the remainder of that clear and beautiful evening.
168                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[31] Legal Basics


                                          Legal Basics
                                      by Anchivius, M.Z.F.


Ignorance of the law is no defense. Be forewarned that the following are but the most
universal of Tamrielan laws and regulations. Your own local province or principality may
have unique laws of its own. As a citizen of Empire, it is your right and responsibility to know
and follow these laws of the land.

Breaking and Entering: This refers to any act including, but not limited to opening, breaking,
incinerating, magically transporting, or in any way causing a door, window, or other portal
that has been magically or mundanely locked or which a reasonable person would assume to
be so restricted to be passable, and the act (though the act is not required for the definition) of
entering the house, business, or public location through said defined portal. The punishment
for this crime may include a fine or incarceration, or a fine and incarceration. The fine and
incarceration, or both, or neither, may be less in a crime of Attempted Breaking and Entering.

A crime of Attempted Breaking and Entering is defined as an any act that a reasonable person
would perceive as the preparation for, an attempt (whether successful or not, or perceived to
be possibly successful or not) to bring about the opening, breaking, incinerating, magically
transporting, or in any way causing a door, window, or other portal that has been magically or
mundanely locked or which a reasonable person would assume to be so restricted to be
passable, and the act (though the act is not required for the definition) of preparing or
attempting (whether successful or not, perceived to be possibly successful or not) entering the
house, business, or public location through said defined portal.

Trespassing: This refers to walking, flying, riding, teleporting, floating, or in any way moving
or existing on a property without the explicit written or spoken permission (or permission a
reasonable person might infer) of the owner or caretaker of the property. The punishment for
this crime may include a fine or incarceration, or a fine and incarceration.

Assault: Any threat or attempt (whether successful or not) to do physical, emotional, mental,
or magical harm or injury to another person, group of persons, or entity a reasonable person
might assume to be sentient. The punishment for this crime may include a fine or
incarceration, or a fine and incarceration.

Murder: Any act of premeditated or malicious or premeditated and malicious (or an act that a
reasonable person would call premeditated and malicious or premeditated or malicious) or
accidental but criminally intended (or what a reasonable person would call criminally
intended) purpose that results directly in the death (or destruction with implied death) of a
person, group of persons, or entity a reasonable person might assume to be sentient. The
punishment for this crime may include a fine or incarceration, or a fine and incarceration.

Criminal Conspiracy: Any meeting, communication, or encounter with the purpose (or which
a reasonable person might assume had the purpose) of preparing or arranging a crime of any
                                      [31] LEGAL BASICS                                       169

kind (or crimes of any kind) to be commited or caused to be commited. The punishment for
this crime may include a fine or incarceration, or a fine and incarceration.

Vagrancy: Any act of idleness, disorder, begging, or conduct unbecoming a person with
occupation, gold, or a home, (or occupation, gold, and a home, or occupation or gold and
home, or occupation and gold or home, or occupation and home or gold), or what a
reasonable person would consider idle, disorderly, beggarly, or unbecoming. The punishment
for this crime may include a fine or incarceration, or a fine and incarceration.

Smuggling: Any act of bringing in, taking out, teleporting, or causing to be brought in, taken
out, or teleported an object considered illegal or, if not illegal, requiring an import or export
tax which is not paid. The punishment for this crime may include a fine or incarceration, or a
fine and incarceration, and will include confiscation of the offensive or illegal object. It may
also include, but not be restricted to, execution or banishment, or execution and banishment.

High Treason: Any act against (whether directly or indirectly, or any nonaction which results
in circumstances, directly or indirectly, against) a allegiated sovereign or by a vassal to a
liege, resulting (or what a reasonable person would assume would result) in physical,
emotional, mental, or magical harm or injury in said sovereign or liege. The punishment for
this crime will be death.

Pickpocketing: Any act of stealing, taking, or, without explicit written or verbal permission
(or what a reasonable person would infer as implied permission) an item or items a person,
group of persons, or entity a reasonable person might assume to be sentient has on his, her,
its, or their own person. The punishment for this crime may include a fine or incarceration, or
a fine and incarceration.

Theft (sometimes called Larceny): Any act of stealing, taking, or, without explicit written or
verbal permission (or what a reasonable person would infer as implied permission) an item or
items from a person, group of persons, or entity a reasonable person might assume to be
sentient's place of residence, business, person, or other location a reasonable person would
assume is secured from looting. The punishment for this crime may include a fine or
incarceration, or a fine and incarceration.

These are the usual, day-to-day definitions used by legal experts (like myself), but both the
definitions and punishments may fluctuate wildly according to location and situation. In the
Imperial City, legal counsel is available by persons like myself, but the provinces have no
such system in place. Perhaps that will change in time. We can all hope so.

As a final note: the Tamriel legal system has its basis in the civilized, reasonable credo uttered
by the prophet Marukh in the first era: "All are guilty until they have proven themselves
innocent." Were truer word ever spoke?
170                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[32] The Legend of Lovers Lament


                                The Legend of Lovers Lament
                                     by Croll Baumoval


The night is very dark. Wind gently ruffles the willow trees. All is quiet, or it so appears,
around the shores of the small lake. Tamriel's moons reflect in the slightly rippling surface of
the water. An owl's questioning call echoes. No lights are shining from the castle nearby; it
appears deserted.

As the night wears on and the planet's satellites moves across the heavens, a faint glow
appears near the castle. The light slowly moves towards the lake, and upon reaching the shore,
stops. A figure, a beautiful woman by any measure, stands looking wistfully into the dark
water. Her lantern flickers in the breeze, and illuminates her. Tears are streaming down her
cheeks; her gown, once beautiful, is now tattered and stained.

The surface of the lake becomes agitated, but not from a wind as the night has become as still
as it is dark. Slowly from the water emerges the figure of a man, a warrior, fully adorned in
the armor of a knight on the field of battle. He seems to float over the water towards the
woman and stop just short of her.

"Madylina," the ghostly warrior intones.

"My Lord, Gerthland," whispers the lovely Madylina as she kneels. "You have come to me
again."

"Yes," Gerthland responds, "My days are long waiting for the night in which I can see my
love."

The lovers stand looking wistfully at each other, unable to touch, unable to kiss, unable to
satisfy their unrequited love until the first tinges of dawn start to color the western sky.
Gerthland drops something to the ground as does Madylina as each depart. The waters of the
lake again take possession of the handsome knight and the beautiful maiden walks slowly
back to the castle. As the waters of the lake settle into a gentle ripple and the light of
Madylina's lantern disappears, dawn breaks over the lake.

On the shore are two beautiful roses--one crimson and the other white as fresh cream. Ripples
from the lake overtake the two flowers and pull them into the lake leaving the shore bare as it
was in the hours before darkness fell.

                                             ***

The townfolk around Gerthland Manor tell often of seeing these lovers in their nightly
meeting. The Boar's Bristle Inn is always rumbling with conversation about them. Lord
Gerthland and Lady Madylina who were betrothed. Lord Gerthland called to battle to defend
the land. Hergen, the castle's resident sorcerer, becoming enflamed with love and lust for
Madylina only to be rebuked by her. Lord Gerthland's death on the field of battle. Lady
                           [32] THE LEGEND OF LOVERS LAMENT                               171

Madylina's death by her own hand at the news. Hergen's curse on both their souls that will not
allow them to rest until Madylina will agree to become Hergen's consort even in death.

Hergen, to this day, wanders the deserted halls of Gerthland Manor hoping that Madylina will
agree to his demands. And the lovers continue to meet for a few moments each night on the
shores of the lake now known as Lover's Lament.
172                          2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33] Letters1

[33.1] {Anonymous Letter}


Dear Friend,

I know you didn't do it. You didn't steal that {...} outta {...} any more than I did. Who do I
suspect? Well, there's this {...} in {...} who would be just as happy stealing gems and framing
people as I would be drinking a cool ale on a hot summertide day. I don't have any evidence,
but you might wanna check into {her/him}. The name of this cleric is {...}. Good luck.

                                                      A Friend




1
    Actually, the following letters are described as "parchments" in game and are untitled.
                               [33.2] {ANONYMOUS LETTER}                                 173



[33.2] {Anonymous Letter}


{...},

You dont know me and I dont owe you any favors and even after this you dont owe me
nothing, you unnderstand? I used to work for this {...} by a name of {...}. Now {she/he} was
a crazy one, {she/he} was. Allways trying to find a way to get rich. And always quick to
blame someone else when {she/he} got caught with {her/his} hands in the cookie jar. That's
how I got put away. If I was you Id look to see if my old freind had something to do with the
steeling at {...}.

                                          A Friend
174                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.3] {Anonymous Letter}


Dear {...},

Please forgive this intrusion. I am quite certain that your mind is on other subjects than polite
chitchat, so I will come right to the point. I do not believe that you were responsible for the
burglar in The Screaming Fawn, but unless you prove yourself innocent, you will be
forevermore persecuted for it.

There is a adventuresome woman of my acquaintance who I believe knows more about the
affair than most. It may be that she even arranged or even commited the crime. I can say no
more, except that her name is Barbabyth Greensly and she lives in Penwall Derry.

And one final thing: she has very powerful friends. Do not face her at a disadvantage.

                                           A Friend
                                 [33.4] {ANONYMOUS LETTER}                                      175



[33.4] {Anonymous Letter}


Dear {...},

Perhaps it would interest you to know that there is at least one person who doesn't think you
did it. Or maybe I should say two people in {...} don't think you did it. Me and the one who
did it -- a {...} who did do the burglary. Now, the truth is that I don't have any proof, but {...},
that's the {...}, has done that kind of jewel-robbing before. {...}, {she/he} even spent time in
jail for it. So, maybe {...} didn't do it. Maybe. But if {she/he} didn't, I can tell you this --
{she/he} knows more about who really did it than you do. So if you want to find out who did
it and who's framing you, go find this {...} and ask {her/him} some questions.

                                             A Friend
176                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.5] {Anonymous Letter}


Dear {...},

You have probably not heard the fairy tale of Numidium, but you need to. The legend dates
back to the earliest parts of the third era. Numidium was supposed to be a giant so big his
hands could knock the moons from the sky. I do not recall from the stories whether
Numidium was supposed to be good or bad, but the legends used to scare me as a child. The
legends are, in fact, true. There was a Numidium, and, if situations continue, he will come
again. The Totem of Tiber Septim is used to control Numidium. However, legend has it that
great Numidium lost his Mantellan heart, whatever that is, in the final with Tiber Septim's
Battlemage. Until his heart is found, the Totem is useless.

                                         A Friend
                                 [33.6] {ANONYMOUS LETTER}                                  177



[33.6] {Anonymous Letter}


Dear {...},

Numidium was Tiber Septim's secret weapon in his bid for supreme power: a thousand foot
tall automaton, a golem or an atronach of sorts powered by a gem called the Mantella. The
Mantella was infused with the life orce of Tiber Septim's Imperial Battlemage, and with it,
Septim crushed all who stood in his way. After the complete and total defeat of all his
opponents, Septim began using Numidium to crush the neutral royal families of Tamriel so
that he could enthrone only persons he knew to be loyal. His Imperial Battlemage was furious
at this use of his creation, and fought to reclaim the Mantella. In the ensuing battle, both the
created and the creator were vanquished: the heart they shared blown out of this reality into
the netherworld they call Aetherius. Numidium's body was scattered throughout Tamriel and
the Imperial Battlemage, without his life force went into a semi-slumber in a subterranean
vault. In the centuries that followed, the Emperor's elite soldiers, for generation after
generation, collected the pieces of the Numidium and became known as the Blades. Tiber
Septim's Imperial Battle Mage became known as the Underking, and sent his forces out to
find the Mantella. Be warned, therefore. Those who search for the Totem of Tiber Septim are
searching for the mechanism the first Emperor of Tamriel used to control Numidium. Should
Numidium return, he or she who holds the Totem will control Tamriel's fate.

                                           A Friend
178                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.7] {Anonymous Letter}


Dear {...},

I must tell you about the Totem of Tiber Septim, which all covet. You must know the truth
about what you are asked. The Totem was crafted by the original Imperial Battlemage of
Tamriel, by orders of Tiber Septim. It is essentially a means of controlling a gargantuan
creature called the Numidium. Without it, the Numidium would simply not function. The
Imperial Battlemage placed a seal on the Totem so that anyone not of Septim lineage or
possessing a special supernatural affinity, such as himself, would be instantly killed if they
attempted to use it. The Totem, with the rest of Numidium, was lost during the epic battle
between the Imperial Battlemage and his own creation.

                                          A Friend
                                      [33.8] {LETTER}                                      179



[33.8] {Letter}


Dear {...},

Or should I call you "{...}," as you are known to the common folk of {...}, who bar their doors
against you in fear each night? Yes, I know who and what you are, and your days of
terrorizing the Iliac Bay are numbered. I offer you a simple choice: renounce your
lycanthropy, or be hunted down like the wild beast you are. Let no one say that {...} lacks
compassion. I offer you one last chance to save yourself. Go to {...} of {...} in {...} if you
wish to live. {He} is wise in the ways of lycanthropy, and if anyone can help you, {he} can. I
will wait {...} days before sending my hunters after you. Use the time wisely.

                                             {...}
180                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.9] {Letter}


{...},

Malacath wishes {...} dead. {her/his} agents have uncovered one too many of our plots.
{she/he} must be stopped before all our plans for {...} are ruined. You will find {her/him} in
the Palace of {...}. Make sure {her/his} death cannot be traced back to us. Once you have
carried out the assasination, wait for me in {...}. I will bring your reward and your next
assignment from Malacath.

                                            {...}
                                    [33.10] {LETTER}                                  181



[33.10] {Letter}


{...},

You are a most spiteful man. How could I ever have thought that I loved you. Since you
caught me on the balcony in the arms of {...}, I can now reveal that we are indeed lovers.
{she/he} is able to give me everything that you cannot. You made me feel unclean with your
disgusting gifts of gold. Do not ever darken my doorway again.

                                          {...}
182                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.11] {Letter}


My Dearest {...},

I know you are angry and hurt. I would do anything to regain your love. What you saw on the
balcony was not of my desire. I had too much to drink that night and {...} took advantage of
the moment to steal a kiss. {she/he} has been flogged and is no longer in my service. Please
forgive me. I love only you.

                                           {...}
                                    [33.12] {LETTER}                                   183



[33.12] {Letter}


{...},

Your price is a fair one. This letter is my bond of payment for the goods. Present it to my
factor when you deliver them.

                                           {...}
184                 2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.13] {Letter}


Honorable {...},

I have decided to cast my vote for {...} at the next guild meeting. {she/he} has shown
{her/his} faithfulness to the guild many times.

                                         {...}
                                      [33.14] {LETTER}                                      185



[33.14] {Letter}


{...},

My words will be quick. {...} is too much as you have said, and a little scare may be what is
needed. I'll be leaving on a trip tonight, so tomorrow at sunset you should take him. I'll be in
touch again, but I don't imagine we will need to continue for more than a week.

                                             {...}
186                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.15] {Letter}


Dear Stranger,

I hope you will forgive me for what I have done, but I had no choice. The mummy has
haunted me every night since I found this cursed finger. I've tried throwing it away, but it did
no good. A learned sage advised me that only by finding the mummy's tomb or by giving the
finger away could I be rid of its hateful curse. I am no warrior, and who would knowingly
take up this burden for me? You looked brave enough to endure the curse and perhaps solve
it. Please understand, I meant you no harm, but I would have been killed or driven mad
otherwise!
                                        [33.16] {LETTER}                                        187



[33.16] {Letter}


Dear {...},

If you were hesitating in that quest out of reasonable fear that your dear friends, the {...}s of
{...} would not want you to foil the rather lascivious plans of one of its order, do not fear. {...}
is about as precious to our cold hearts as a puddle of month old spew. Enjoy yourself. And, if
you are so inclined, enjoy {...}.

                                       Your Dear Friends,

                                    The Oldest Power in {...}
188                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.17] {Letter}


{...},

Your offer is ludicrous! I can buy at half that price from any other merchant in {...}, and I
will.

                                            {...}
                                      [33.18] {LETTER}                                     189



[33.18] {Letter}


Honorable {...},

I have decided to cast my vote for you when the guild ballots for treasurer. Of course I expect
to be treated well in the near future.

                                             {...}
190                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.19] {Letter}


                                                                                         {...}
                                                                                         {...}

{...} {...},

{...} has failed to meet with the man to whom {she/he} was to report {her/his} findings in
{...}. We must assume the worst. You are hereby ordered to find either {...} {her/him}-self or
{her/his} body in {...} and report back to me. All other assignments and investigations take
lower priority.

                                            {...}
                                      [33.20] {LETTER}                                      191



[33.20] {Letter}


                                                                                           {...}
                                                                                           {...}

Dear {...},

There's been a horrible accident here at {...}, involving {...}. Please come here when you can.

                                       Yours sincerely,

                                             {...}
192                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.21] {Letter}



{...}, My Love,

First, forgive the silence of your love. It was not another attack of brain fever. For some
months now, I have been in spiritual turmoil, unfit to for any company, even for the comfort
of your dulcet fellowship. My days of pain are over, but for this -- I can never see you again.
My life has a higher purpose than the fulfillment of a ridiculous love affair now.

No longer can I suffer the evil of {...}, the evil they did to me, and the evil they are doing to
all of Tamriel. The days the prophet Marukh spoke of are on us again. I must rally the people
by any and all lies, innuendo, bigotry, and threats to rise against the spiritual tyranny of {...}.

Forgive me, my former love. And if you can, forget me. And if you can do neither, do not see
me. If you do, I will slay you and stick candles in your eyes and twine your organs with beads
for the greater glory of the gods of the universe. Filthy {...}, torment me no longer

                                               {...}
                                   [33.22] {LETTER}   193



[33.22] {Letter}


{...},

Fine security for your security.

                                   Your Dear Friend
194                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.23] {Letter}


                                                                                             {...}
                                                                                             {...}

Dear {...},

I received your note. Very amusing. Now I have a proposition for you to consider. Bring me
the stolen {...} and I will recompense you with a {...}. If you bring that {...} to your employer,
you will have made an enemy.

                                              {...}
                                     [33.24] {LETTER}                                   195



[33.24] {Letter}


Dear {...},

You have been set up. {...} is not at {...}. A knight named {...} is waiting there to ambush
you. If you want to get rid of that {...}, bring it to me at {...} here in {...}.

                                           {...}
196                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.25] {Letter}


                                                                                           {...}
                                                                                           {...}

Dear {...},

{...} has not been kidnapped by any tribe of orcs or any such thing. In fact, {she/he} is with
us, as protection against {...}, who is a notorious drunk. If you want to see for yourself, with
your own eyes, come on over to {...}.

                                      Yours respectfully,

                                             {...}
                                       [33.26] {LETTER}                                       197



[33.26] {Letter}


                                                                                             {...}
                                                                                             {...}

Dear {...},

I hope everything in {...} is fine and that you and your family are in good health. The weather,
I understand, is clement, so I must commend you on ordering it for my visit. On to business.
You mentioned in your last letter that you were interested in a discount for my services
because the {...} is not of top quality and you have already found a convenient scapegoat for
the crime. I agree to your terms, provided that you make certain that this {...} mercenary is the
fool you suggest. If the worm turns, you know as well as I do, that it's every man for himself.
And if that {...} {...} gets involved, {she/he} can destroy the whole affair. I will see you soon,
my friend.

                                              {...}
198                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.27] {Letter}


                                                                                              {...}
                                                                                              {...}

My Darling {...},

What a crafty, wicked thing you are. Don't think for a minute that I didn't suspect you were
behind poor {...}'s misfortune. It was very sweet of you to get the {...} I wanted, but I
somehow thought that you were going to pay for it. I don't want you to think I'm
unappreciative, my dearest darling, but if that {...} is taken out of {...} and anyone traces it to
me, you won't even be able to count how many fingers'll be pointing at you. I'd watch out
particularly for that nasty little {...}. This is the sort of blackmail {she/he}'d love.
Nevertheless, the {...} was a very sweet thought and I thank you.

                                              Love,
                                              {...}
                                       [33.28] {LETTER}                                        199



[33.28] {Letter}


                                                                                              {...}
                                                                                              {...}

Dear {...},

Ignore my last letter when I applauded you for your enormous contribution to {...}. That {...}
that you said was a donation was stolen from {...}. If it becomes known that the gem was
stolen for our temple, our prestige in {...} would greatly suffer. {...} already hates us, and with
{her/his} influence on the royal family, {...} will have much for which to answer. We will
discuss at our next meeting what appropriate castigation this situation merits. Do not think of
challenging the temple.

                                       Yours Regretfully,
                                           {...}{...}
200                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.29] {Letter}


                                                                                             {...}
                                                                                             {...}

My Dear {...},

So, you're back in business, are you? When I heard about the affair at {...}, I had a pleasant
rush of nostalgia. Shall I ever fully forget the good old days when the two of us were
partners? Surely no more than I shall forget when you framed me for a jewelry job in
precisely the same way you're framing that {...} mercenary. That was at {...}'s business,
wasn't it? Don't worry, this is not a blackmail note. I will not tell anyone a word ... unless, of
course, they ask. Naturally, my memory may fade should you tell me where in {...} you hide
that {...}. Please write back with your own reminiscences.

                                              {...}
                                        [33.30] {LETTER}                                        201



[33.30] {Letter}


                                                                                               {...}
                                                                                               {...}

Dear {...},

I am sorry to annoy you while I'm sure you're busy, but I received a caller from the Fighters
Guild on the subject of {...}, that mercenary I first hired to clean out {...}. Without boring you
with the details of the interview, let me tell you that I promised the Guildmaster I'd ask you to
look for {...} while you're in {...}. {...} looks is a {...}, so {she/he} should stick out at {...}.
Well, I've fulfilled my promise to the Guildmaster. Personally, I don't care if you throw this
letter away and let {...} rot in {...}. I am eagerly awaiting your return.

                                           Yours truly,

                                               {...}
202                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.31] {Letter}


{...},

If you are anticipating a long and healthy career in the Bay area, I would advise dropping your
pointless and doomed hounding. Tragedy is the only possible result, and the tragedy will be
your own. I won't be caught, {...}. I have too much money to be caught.

                                         Yours truly,

                                             {...}
                                      [33.32] {LETTER}                                     203



[33.32] {Letter}


Dear {...},

I might have some information that might help your search for that rat {...}. If you're
interested, ask for me in {...} at a dump called {...}. And bring 10 gold pieces with you. This
information ain't free.

                                             {...}
204                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.33] {Letter}


{...}
{...}

Dear Old {...},

Well done, {...}. {...} was characteristically pigheaded about giving us {her/his} research
notes, but [she/he}'d be pleased as a pumpkin to give it to a "representative" of the right-
minded Mages Guild.You'll have a lovely bit of gold waiting for you here in {...} when you
get here with the notes.

                                          Yours,

                                           {...}
                                       [33.34] {LETTER}                                       205



[33.34] {Letter}


{...},

We have heard that once again the {...} is considering increasing the number of patrols in {...}
during the night to combat the unexplained attacks. {...} {...} will be receiving a visitor from
{...} so this situation will be reasonably resolved. Please assist in this matter as per the usual
plan. {...} are not amused that we must continually address this same potential problem. The
{...}'s family has grown quite healthy incidentally. Not a coincidence. Or a situation without a
remedy.

                                             -- {...}
206                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.35] {Letter}


{...},

{...} summon you to {...}. Look for me there and present this letter.

                                      With dying breath,

                                              {...}
                                      [33.36] {LETTER}               207



[33.36] {Letter}


Dear {...},

{...} have a potential problem I fear. Come to me in {...}soonest.

                                           In death,

                                             {...}
208                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.37] {Letter}


                                                                                        {...}
                                                                                        {...}

My Dear {...},

Perhaps you remember a warrior you met once, {...}? Taut, succulent, slightly thin-blooded,
but all in all, a memorable meal. Well, {she/he}'s back from the grave now. {...} have rather
mixed emotions about your progeny's existence. Come see me and we'll discuss it.

                                      Yours in Death,

                                            {...}
                                     [33.38] {LETTER}                                   209



[33.38] {Letter}


                                                                                       {...}
                                                                                       {...}

Dear {...},

Those doddering, unenlightened barbarians who call themselves the Mages Guild are
involved in yet another rather pointless endeavor. This time, they may, though accidentally,
be on a path toward breaking the shade and exposing {...}. It seems inconceivable that the
Mages Guild actually accomplish anything, but we must make provision for such an
eventuality. Come see me as soon as possible at the address above.

                                      Yours in Death,

                                           {...}
210                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.39] {Letter}


My Dear Old {...},

Whenever you might find yourself in the vicinity of {...}, your ubiety at {...} would be most
efficacious to our present needs. In return for your support in an endeavor, I can offer you the
gratification of personal economonic prosperity and the more sublime pleasure of aiding your
Mages Guild compeers. I hope to see you very soon.

                                      Yours and all that,

                                             {...}
                                       [33.40] {LETTER}                                       211



[33.40] {Letter}


My dear {...},

We have a small task for you to perform to prove your resolution to be one of us. There is a
{...} of ours sequestered like a bit of trite incunabula in the Mages Guild of {...}. Liberate it
from its prison within {...} days when they plan to move it to a more secure location. Once
you have the {...}, come to me. I will wait for you for {...} days at {...} in {...}. I am easy to
recognize. Look for a {...}. I am looking forward to making your acquaintance less formally,
{...}. Do not fail to come.

                                            In death,

                                          {...} of {...}
212                 2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.41] {Letter}


                                                                 {...}
                                                                 {...}

Dear {...},

{...} need you. Come immediately.

                                    Yours in death,

                                         {...}
                                    [33.42] {LETTER}   213



[33.42] {Letter}


                                                       {...}
                                                       {...}

Dear {...},

{...} have need of you. Come immediately.

                                     Yours in death,

                                            {...}
214                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.43] {Letter}


Blood Sponge,

My coven tells me that your monsters, your weird little pack of blood snorting bugaboos,
have a monopoly on the terror business in {...}, and that my own children are afraid to expand
their dominion because of the raw power of {...}. The cowards have been appropriately
punished and now my coven moves forward. If the complacent vultures who call themselves
{...} truly have an ounce of the potency my coven once believed, answer my challenge.
Otherwise, be prepared for there to be a little less room in {...} for {...} and your petty
criminalities. I am {...} of The Coven of {...}. Consider the gauntlet dropped. I await your
response in {...}.
                                    [33.44] {LETTER}   215



[33.44] {Letter}


                                                       {...}
                                                       {...}

Dear {...},

{...} need you. Come immediately.

                                     Yours in death,

                                          {...}
216                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.45] {Letter}


Dear {...},

{...} have a potential problem I fear. Come to me in {...} soonest.

                                           In death,

                                              {...}
                                      [33.46] {LETTER}                                      217



[33.46] {Letter}


{...},

The mark is a {...} named {...}, who will pick up a {...} from {...}. Bring the {...} to me. The
courier is of no importance, dead or alive.

                                             {...}
218                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.47] {Letter}


{...},

That thrice-damned {...} has finally acquired the {...} {she/he} has been looking for, and is
sending it over to {...}. You know as well as I that {...} cannot allow it to arrive. {...} is
expecting us to try to stop {her/him}, so {she/he} is looking for a {...} named {...} to act as
courier. Do not underestimate this one -- {...} has quite a reputation. Bring the {...} to me at
once -- I will wait for you at {...} in {...}.

                                        Yours in death,

                                             {...}
                                      [33.48] {LETTER}                                      219



[33.48] {Letter}


{...},

I agree to your terms. I will give you my first and you will exert your influence on the King of
Firsthold on Sumerset Isle. Only you can let him speak with his dead son. For that, he would
even marry Nulfaga!

                                             -- M
220                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.49] {Letter}


Dear {...},

Queen Akorithi of Sentinel spoke highly of you as a brave, able, and unprejudiced {...}. Her
actual words were 'a hero.' For some time, we have been looking for someone like that. I will
not lie to you about our loyalties. We serve the Underking. If you are a believer in fairy tales
and consider the Underking the ultimate force of evil, we apologize for misjudging you.
Otherwise, we need your help. You can find me at {...} of {...} in Sentinel. I will wait one
month.

                                            -- {...}
                                        [33.50] {LETTER}                                        221



[33.50] {Letter}


Dear {...},

If you are a friend of {...}, please meet me at {...} in {...} as soon as possible. This is a matter
of life or death!

                                               {...}
222                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.51] {Letter from a Vampire}


Dear {...},

For some time, we have watched you. In fact, we have watched you since you received the
unholy blessing of vampirism. You have had your odd and awkward moments, but we are not
displeased with the vampire you have become. The time has come for you to learn of your
heritage, the proud lineage of {...}, the greatest of the vampiric bloodlines. To prove your
allegiance, however, we require a sacrifice. There is a haunt nearby where lodges a member
of a lesser bloodline. Go to the place called {...}, and slay {...}, this foul insult to our race.
When the deed is completed, come to {...} in {...} and find me. I am instantly recognizable:
look for a {...}. I will wait for {...} days, {...}. After that time, I will leave. I hope we do not
miss one another.

                                               {...}
                         [33.52] {LETTER FROM A VAMPIRE HUNTER}                              223



[33.52] {Letter from a Vampire Hunter}


Dear {...} of {...},

Let me introduce myself. I am {...}. You may have heard of me -- the renowned vampire
hunter? Do not be hasty in your judgment of me, however. I am not your enemy, at least not
yet. While I abhor vampirism with a passion, and have devoted my life to stamping out this
dark plague from Tamriel, I understand that many are innocent victims like yourself. The will
to live is not of itself evil, and I always try to offer my quarry one chance to prove that their
bloody work is based on necessity, not love for killing. I am sure that your "kinfolk" have not
told you this, but vampirism can be cured. To do so, you must kill your "bloodfather", the
ancient evil that created the line of vampires leading to you. In doing so, you will not only
free yourself, but rid {...} of a cancer at its heart. (continued) I myself do not know where to
find your "bloodfather," but my sources have revealed the name of one high in {...} who
should have this information, {...} of {...}. I will wait {...} days before moving against the
vampires of {...}, to give you a chance to save yourself. Consider my offer well, {...}. You
have {...} days, then you and the rest of {...} will be hunted down like vermin.

                                              {...}
224                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.53] {Letter from Akorithi, Queen of Sentinel}


{...},

You are on a quest to retrieve the Totem of Tiber Septim. Do not deny it. My spies have
confirmed this. The Totem is not for commoners, and you cannot use it. Bring the Totem to
me and I will pay you 100,000 gold pieces. It is a king's ransom by any measure. You should
be warned, neither Wayrest nor Daggerfall are loyal to the throne. I am the only regent on the
Iliac Bay that can be trusted. The others will only use it to destroy me.

                                          Akorithi
                                      Queen of Sentinel
                 [33.54] {LETTER FROM AUBK-I, QUEEN OF DAGGERFALL}                   225



[33.54] {Letter from Aubk-i, Queen of Daggerfall}


Dear {...},

I need your assistance once more. Your valor and discretion were invaluable when last you
served me in the matter with Nulfaga. Please meet with me at Castle Daggerfall when next
you pass through.

                                       Aubk-i
                                  Queen of Daggerfall
226                 2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.55] {Letter from Barenziah, Queen of Wayrest}


                                                                          Castle Wayrest

Dear {...},

My beloved son has brought your name to my attention, and suggested that we might have
some business to discuss. I understand that we have a mutual interest. Please visit me at
Castle Wayrest at your earliest possible convenience.

                                         Yours,

                                       Barenziah
                            Queen of the Kingdom of Wayrest
                [33.56] {LETTER FROM BARENZIAH, QUEEN OF WAYREST}                    227



[33.56] {Letter from Barenziah, Queen of Wayrest}


                                                                          Castle Wayrest

Dear {...},

My beloved son has brought your name to my attention, and suggested that we might have
some business to discuss. I understand that we have a mutual interest. Please visit me at
Castle Wayrest at your earliest possible convenience.

                                         Yours,

                                       Barenziah
                            Queen of the Kingdom of Wayrest
228                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.57] {Letter from Brisienna, Lady Magnessen}


Dear {...},

I heard about your accident at sea, and feared the worst. Now that I've heard you're alive and
well, I would like the opportunity to meet with you and discuss our beloved Emperor's
mission in the Iliac Bay.

Allow me to introduce myself. I am Lady Magnessen, the Emperor's agent in the court of
Daggerfall. My position is not so official as an ambassador. None but other agents of the
Emperor know of my true affiliation.

The Iliac Bay is rife with rebels against the Imperial throne, so your discretion is required.

For the purpose of our meeting, I will take a room at an inn, {...} in {...} of Daggerfall, for a
month. After that, I will no longer be available. I will expect you as soon as possible.

                                        Yours sincerely,

                                  Brisienna, Lady Magnessen
                    [33.58] {LETTER FROM BRISIENNA, LADY MAGNESSEN}                            229



[33.58] {Letter from Brisienna, Lady Magnessen}


{...},

I sent you a letter weeks ago. I only hope it caught up with you. If this one crosses your path
after you have visited me on your way to see me in {...} please do not take offense.

As I mentioned in the previous letter, I am the Emperor's agent in Daggerfall and it it
imperative that I speak with you. I have extended my stay at {...} in {...} for two more weeks.

Of course there is the possibility that you have intentionally snubbed me and shirked your
duty to the Emperor. I hope that is not the case. If you fail to arrive, I will be forced to assume
you are a traitor to his Imperial Majesty, Uriel Septim VII.

                                        Yours sincerely,

                                  Brisienna, Lady Magnessen
230                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.59] {Letter from Brisienna, Lady Magnessen}


{...},

I waited and you never arrived. I shall report this to the Emperor. If I have my way, you will
be barred from service.

                                      Lady Magnessen
                    [33.60] {LETTER FROM BRISIENNA, LADY MAGNESSEN}                            231



[33.60] {Letter from Brisienna, Lady Magnessen}


{...},

Come at once to {...} in {...}. I will be waiting at {...} for you. The fate of the empire could be
at stake.

                                        -- Lady Brisienna
232                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.61] {Letter from Brisienna, Lady Magnessen}


{...},

If you are reading this, you must have gotten the Totem and escaped from the dungeons of
Castle Daggerfall. I am in {...}, of {...} at {...}. Bring the Totem there as soon as possible.

                                      -- Lady Brisienna
                   [33.62] {LETTER FROM EADWYRE, KING OF WAYREST}                       233



[33.62] {Letter from Eadwyre, King of Wayrest}


Noble {...},

My ears have picked up rumors that you are searching for the Totem of Tiber Septim. I too
have hunted for this wondrous artifact for many years. Should you find it, I would pay you a
healthy ransom, enough to buy your own ship. I will match or exceed any price that Gothryd
or Akorithi might offer. Never forget your real friends.

                                King Eadwyre, of Wayrest
234                 2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.63] {Letter from Elysana, Princess of Wayrest}


{...},

My good friend Lord Woodborne says you are a hero that can be trusted. I would be truly
indebted to you if you would stop by some time to chat. Maybe you could even do something
for me. I would be oh so grateful.

                                    Princess Elysana
                                     Castle Wayrest
                      [33.64] {LETTER FROM GORTWOG, KING OF ORCS}                           235



[33.64] {Letter from Gortwog, King of Orcs}


{...},

You are not orcish. How could you possibly understand what it is like? My people are treated
like barbarians. Slaughtered upon sight. Is it so unusual that we respond in kind? Violence
begets violence. I aspire to raise my race from the mire. I will bring them to equal standing
with the other races of Tamriel. To do this I must have the Totem of Tiber Septim. I will not
insult you by promises that no blood will be shed. I do swear by my crown and by my heirs I
shall not attempt to hold sway beyond the borders of Orsinium. My goal is not to conquer
Tamriel, but to create the orcish homeland. I am in possession of an artifact that I am sure you
would want to possess. It is yours if you but give me the Totem of Tiber Septim.

                                -- Gortwog, Warlord and King
236                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.65] {Letter from Gortwog, King of Orcs}


[This parchment was used as a wrap for the packet of powder. Some of its message is now
illegible.]


Lady Med...

...favor. They intend to slay him. I am sending ........ers to stop them. You must support me. If
the empire finds I have attacked royal advisors of Wayr......ven if they are assassins, my
people will never win the same status and respect as the Khaji................ians. However, with
your support I c............. a hero of the empire, and win respect for my people.

                                        Gortwog Warl...
                   [33.66] {LETTER FROM HELSETH, PRINCE OF WAYREST}                          237



[33.66] {Letter from Helseth, Prince of Wayrest}


Dear {...},

Due to the recent marraige of my sister Elysana, I shall not be needing your services with
regard to the delivery of the letter to Lord Castellian. Since you have acted on my behalf with
honor, I have instructed the courier to give you 100 gold pieces for your time and effort so far.

                                             Yours,

                                            Helseth
                                       Prince of Wayrest
238                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.67] {Letter from Helseth, Prince of Wayrest, to Lord Castellian}


My Dear Lord Castellian,

Forgive this rough delivery, but it would have been impolitic to approach you at the palace
with this potential problem. Unfortunately, your much deserved vacation will have to
temporarily suspended until this matter is settled. I refer to your sister, Lady Pasipha. For
years, she has been one of the most glamorous figures at the Wayrest court, the darling of all
who appreciate beauty and grace. Rather recently, rumors have circulated that the gold she
has spent on her gowns and jewels could not have possibly come from her husband, who is at
present, impecunious. Distasteful conjectures followed, none of which worth the ink I would
use for recitation. To be quite blunt, a person, who must remain anonymous, postulated to me
that you were borrowing funds from the royal treasury to support your sister's extravagance.
Of course, I defended your honor, but copies of the Royal books were produced that seemed
to support the allegation. I am thus uncertain of the best procedure to take next. Do not doubt,
sir, that I am convinced of your integrity as senior member of the Elder Circle of Wayrest. I
only wish for the matter of the financial records be straightened so if they are brought to
Eadwyre's attention, they can be confidently defended. Please send a reply with this trusted
courier. I would prefer to meet with you as soon as possible, of course.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                            Helseth
       [33.68] {LETTER FROM HELSETH, PRINCE OF WAYREST, TO LORD CASTELLIAN}                239



[33.68] {Letter from Helseth, Prince of Wayrest, to Lord Castellian}


My Dear Lord Castellian,

Sorry about the necessity of delivering this letter by the roughest possible service, but it
would be unthinkable to approach you at the castle on such a delicate matter. I have long
admired your loyalty to the crown and neutrality in internal affairs. Understand that I only
want to save your dignity from a possibly embarrassing scenario. The problem rests in your
sister, the Lady Pasipha, who though she resides abroad still communicates regularly with
members of court. I understand and respect the depth of your sibling love and affection for
one another, for, in response to a curious inquiry of mine, Lady Pasipha sent me several
touching letters penned in your hand. "Have you ever espied with delight a red berry half-
drowned in cream? So I dreamed of you, my dearest love, pouring my soul into you, sweet,
for your touch, dear, my soul is quite forfeit." While you and I know the innocence of your
fondness for the lady, the more prurient minds at court, as you are aware, are inclined toward
grotesque misintepretation. Her husband, I understand, is famous for his jealous rages. I am of
several minds on the matter, how to best avoid possible negative reaction, and would
appreciate your response at the soonest possible opportunity. I will await you at Castle
Wayrest.

                                 Helseth, Prince of Wayrest
240                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.69] {Letter from Lhotun, Prince of Sentinel}


                                                                              Castle Sentinel

Dear {...},

You do not know me but I know you. I know that you were shipwrecked. I know that you are
trying to dispell the ghost of King Lisandus. If you want, I can tell you what I know, but I
need your help in return. If you want to talk, my name is Prince Lhotun and I live in Sentinel
at Samaruik, which is usually called Castle Sentinel. I hope that we can meet soon.

Yours truly,

Lhotun, Prince of Sentinel
                  [33.70] {LETTER FROM LHOTUN, PRINCE OF SENTINEL}                    241



[33.70] {Letter from Lhotun, Prince of Sentinel}


{...},

Greetings and salutations. I hope your trip was uneventful. They say that you are keenly
interested in the haunting of Daggerfall. My father and King Lysandus were somewhat close.
Should you come visit me, I might be able to shed some light upon recent events involving
Lysandus.

                              Prince Lhotun, Caste Sentinel
242                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.71] {Letter from Lord Castellian to Helseth, Prince of Wayrest}


Prince Helseth,

I appreciate your kindness, and I will meet with you very shortly at your convenience

                                       Lord Castellian
                           [33.72] {LETTER FROM MANNIMARCO}                                243



[33.72] {Letter from Mannimarco, Lord of the Necromancers, King of the Worms}


{...},

You will soon have the Totem of Tiber Septim in your hands. It is forseen in the stars, and I
have read them. Know you this. All of mortal stature are filled with pride and greed. To give
the Totem to any of them is to let loose mortal vanity upon this world. They will destroy the
very thing they covet. I have no earthly desires. I have no mortal pride, no petty greed. Only
one such as I can wield the Totem safely, for I would take it into the Aetherius and leave
behind this earthly shell. So long as the Totem exists, it is a danger to all on Tamriel. Bring
me the Totem and I will safeguard the world. I will not offer you gold or gems. I will offer
you what only I can give. Fame. Your reputation throughout Tamriel will soar.

                       Lord of the Necromancers, King of the Worms
244                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.73] {Letter from Morgiah, Princess of Wayrest}


Dear {...},

My eyes and ears abroad say that you are interested in the fate of a certain letter. Any emperor
should not be so careless, nor should a queen. You really should come visit me in Castle
Wayrest. I have some most interesting tidbits that I am sure you would enjoy hearing.

                                         -- Morgiah
                                     Princess of Wayrest
                      [33.74] {LETTER FROM MYNISERA TO GORTWOG}                             245



[33.74] {Letter from Mynisera, Queen of Daggerfall, to Gortwog, King of Orcs}


Lord Gortwog, King of Orcs, Warlord of the Subterranean Realms

Hail and long life King Gortwog. Long have you and the Orcish people sought formal
recognition by the empire. My dead husband King Lysandus supported your claim to sovreign
rule. I would now help you in your cause. Sadly, a minor missive from the emperor has been
misplaced. For me to truly hold the trust and ear of Emperor Uriel Septim, I need to reclaim
this note. Should you be able to place in my servant's hand this trifling letter, I would be far
better able to forward your claim to the emperor and his court.

                                The Dowager Mynisera,
                        Queen Mother to King Gothryd of Daggerfall
246                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.75] {Letter from the Acolyte}


Dear {...},

Far have I come to speak with you on behalf of the Oracle, the wise woman of Hammerfell.
The Archmagister of the Mages Guild has spoken highly of you as an honorable and talented
caster of magicka. Please come meet with me as soon as possible; time is a circumscribed
commodity. Without your help, the Oracle's dark prophesy will come to pass in {...} days, and
all {...} will weep. I must see you soon.

                                      Yours cordially,

                                        The Acolyte
                            [33.76] {LETTER FROM THE ACOLYTE}                                247



[33.76] {Letter from the Acolyte}


Dear {...},

It is imperative that I speak with you as soon as possible. I represent the Oracle of
Hammerfell. For the next several days I will be staying at {...}. There are but {...} days before
the future is irrevocably set, so I must see you soon.

This matter is grave indeed. Please do not fail to meet me.

                                          The Acolyte
248                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.77] {Letter from the Agents}


Dear {...},

We know all about being falsely accused of crimes, but we are seldom in a position to combat
the accusations. In your case, we are at least aware of the name of one of your accusers --
{...}. I do not know if {she/he} is working for one of your enemies or ours, or is a completely
innocent pawn, but {she/he} was allegedly the witness to the burglary at {...}. Be careful
speaking with {...} -- {she/he} may have powerful friends. Your best bet may be in speaking
with {her/him} in public. I understand that {she/he} frequents {...} in {...}.

                                         The Agents
                      [33.78] {LETTER FROM THE DARK BROTHERHOOD}                               249



[33.78] {Letter from the Dark Brotherhood}


                                                                               Nightside Asylum

Dear {...},

We understand that you are looking for {...}. Because we respect you and your work, we have
decided to help you in this matter. {...} used our services once some weeks ago, and we
received our payments through a small but fierce band of {her/his} allies garrisoned at a camp
called {...}. If you are truly interested in finding {...}, you would be smart to start there. Good
luck and may Mephala steady thy aim.

                                       -- The Brotherhood
250                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.79] {Letter from the Dark Brotherhood}


{...}

The Dark Brotherhood has been watching you. You have slain without sanction several times.
You must now join us, or be counted as our foe. Travel to {...} in {...} and see {...},who will
give you further instructions.

                                          A Brother
                     [33.80] {LETTER FROM THE DARK BROTHERHOOD}                          251



[33.80] {Letter from the Dark Brotherhood}


{...},

Do not make an enemy of the Dark Brotherhood.We can be great help to one another, but you
could not wish for a worse enemy. When you have {...}'s research paper, bring it tome here at
{...} in {...}. Fail not, or the wrath of Mephala, Queen of Oblivion be on you.

                                            {...}
252                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.81] {Letter from the Necromancers}


My Dear, Dear {...},

Sorry for this inelegant but expediential means of communication. Our enemies have made
quite a mess of your, well, shall we say, not-quite-but-almost snow white life. As much as we
respect and admire thievery, as you did not commit these particular honors, we think it best
that you expose the true architect to the eyes and nooses of the admiring public. The person
with whom it would be most efficacious for you to speak is {...}, a {...} you may find lolling
about {...}. You will probably not find {her/him} the friendliest of persons. After all, {she/he}
is the witness who saw you at {...}'s, stealing the {...}. Nevertheless, with a little effort, you
might gain some information from the encounter. Good luck, my dear. There is surely nothing
more tiresome than being accused of an act of wanton, diabolic avarice for which you are
uncharacteristically innocent.

                                     -- The Necromancers
                         [33.82] {LETTER FROM THE THIEVES GUILD}                             253



[33.82] {Letter from the Thieves Guild}


{...},

Awright, this is gonna be a quick note, but your pals in the Thieves Guild want to help you
out. Now we don't know who actually took that {...} from {...}, but we know you didn't. Let's
face it -- if you had taken that {...}, you wouldn't be in near as much trouble. You're a smart
kid, smart enough to get away with it. But someone is framing you. The person who identified
a {...} who looked like you stealing the {...} was a certain {...} by the name of {...}. Couldn't
tell you whether {she/he}'s telling the truth or not, whether {she/he} saw someone who
looked like you or not, but we figure you can make those inquiries yourself. You can find this
{...} in a tavern called {...} right in {...}. Just watch out for yourself. This ain't a game.

                                      The Thieves Guild
254                 2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.83] {Letter from the Thieves Guild}


{...},

{...} is being held in {...}. Do your worse.We don't mind. The kidnappers are bloody
freelancers.

                                  -- The Thieves Guild
                         [33.84] {LETTER FROM THE THIEVES GUILD}                            255



[33.84] {Letter from the Thieves Guild}


{...},

{...} is a thief, but not one of ours. We would like {her/him} to be caught as well. Please
accept this contribution to your expenses, and this other bit of information: {...} is not
working alone. There is a gang of mercenaries under {her/his} direction in a place called {...}.
Some of {her/his} treasure may be kept there as well, but I do not think {...} is there. Good
luck, {...}, and walk with Baan Dar.

                                         -- The Guild
256                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.85] {Letter from the Thieves Guild}


{...},

You are a thief. Do not try to deny it, you have been seen in the act. There is honor among
thieves. Either join the guild or face the consequences. Steal the {...} from {...} in {...} if you
desire to join us.

You have {...} days.
                          [33.86] {LETTER FROM THE UNDERKING}                              257



[33.86] {Letter from the Underking}


{...},

Centuries ago, Tiber Septim ruled the land and forged an empire with great Numidium. The
secret of Numidium's power lies in its heart, carried within the Mantella. It is the heart of
Tiber Septim's battlemage. It is my heart. It is my Mantella. It is my Totem. It belongs to me,
and to none other. I have won and lost an empire. I have no desire to tamper further with
mortal affairs. I have in my possession {...}, one of the world's greatest artifacts. You may
have it in in exchange for the Totem. My most loyal agent will await your arrival in {...} of
{...}, at {...}.

                                          Underking
258                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.87] {Letter from Uriel Septim, Emperor of Tamriel, to Mynisera, Queen of
         Daggerfall}


Queen Mynisera,

I have grave news. The Totem of Tiber Septim has been found. You know what this means.
The power behind Tiber Septim could be unleashed upon Tamriel again. Rumor has it that
Lord Woodborne, a minor lord of Wayrest, has possession of it. He will doubtless "lose" it
soon. You must persuade him to turn it over to you or Lady Brisienna. The court of Wayrest
has no love of King Lysandus, but you still have influence there. I am asking you to use it on
my behalf.

                                       Uriel Septim
                                     Emperor of Tamriel
                                [33.88] {LETTER TO A BARON}                                  259



[33.88] {Letter to a Baron}


Baron {...},

Count {...} will have {his} forces waiting to ambush you in the pass. Do not fall for his trap.

                                              {...}
260                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.89] {Letter to a Baron}


Baron {...},

Count {...} will be waiting for you in the pass. {his} truce agreement is an honorable and fair
one.

                                             {...}
                             [33.90] {LETTER TO A PRINCESS}   261



[33.90] {Letter to a Princess}


Princess,

Done.

                                         -- {...}
262                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[33.91] {Parcel of Letters}


[The letters are badly burned, but some words can still be read.]


(first page) ... been from thee too long, my heart doth ...

(second page) ... you loveth my lips, but forget the words they breath ...

(third page) ... she doth suspect you cuckold her ... and I worship and adore all parts of thee
but thy hollow crown and thy hollow wedding ring, those two empty circles that trap and
bring thee pain ... an I be so vain to be Lysandus' Medora evermore ... body and sip nectar
from thy hand ... love m ... forever ...

(fourth page) ...rcs. But they did assume the worse of the settlement, even after all the stallion
orcs had been killed and the stro ... (for mare orcs are seldom weaker than stallion orcs in an
... only old and sick remained in the rude cam ... who could speak base Cyrodil ... ied and
begged for mercy for the children, but Prince Klaius said that the children would grow strong
and hearty and and only an unwise leader would show mercy to the subhumans. He gave his
men leave to make sport with killing the children, and they were all murdered in ways that I
cannot pen. I witnessed it, my lady, and though I beg your pardon, your father did great evil th
... the shame of mine that I didn't say no ... shame to all ...

(fifth page) ...shall abandon mine responsibilities. You and... together. The rest of the world
be damned. Let me put this...Betony behind. I shall crush them at Cryngaine. During...dead.
No one will suspect that a king would give up...
                                   [33.92] {UNSIGNED LETTER}                                       263



[33.92] {Unsigned Letter}


Dear {...},

If you are interested in learning the truth, about {...}, meet me at {...} in {...} of Sentinel.

                                             (unsigned)
264                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[34] The Light and The Dark


                                    The Light and The Dark
                                        by Irek Unterge


"Yes, children, it is no accident that this land of Tamriel has been called 'The Arena'." The old
man altered his position on the large rock that bore his weight, and straightened his long gray
robe. Rheumy eyes lost their focus as they gazed out over the sun-warmed valley in the
mountains of High Rock. For a moment he saw a vision of ancient horrors instead of the fresh
greenery of spring. A chill washed over his aged bones.

"Is this a suitable topic for the young and innocent?" he asked himself. The young must be
taught, but must they learn of such things now, when they should be playing in the sunlight?
This is a tale for the dreary winter, with the wind howling outside a walled town and the doors
and windows closed and bolted against the blast and cold and -- other things.

He glanced with affection at his two grandchildren: the little towheaded boy with a hint of
mischief dancing in his eyes even on those rare occasions when sitting quietly, and his older
sister. A serene lass, the old man thought. Her hair like a dark flame and her slightly pointed
ears were the only obvious signs of elven blood. So like her grandmother, the old man
thought. The past is past, and I'shira had brought him so much peace and happiness after a
lifetime of battle. He forced his thoughts back to the present.

"Sorry, children. I was remembering things. Old people do that, you know."

"Are you going to tell us the story of Jagar Tharn and the Emperor and the Eternal
Champion?" His grandson asked. "That's my favorite!"

"Not exactly, son. They were a part of it, in a way. As are I'ric and Moraelyn and Edward and
Reymon and many others. Even the gods play a part. This is a far older story, and even the
priests won't tell it my way. They have their own interpretations, and their fears as well. I'm
too old and have seen too much to have any fear left, except that our people will forget. And
forgetting is dangerous. So I, and a few others, carry this tale and try to spread it among the
younger generations. You aren't really old enough to understand it all, but I can feel that my
end is not far off. I must ask you to remember anyway. In a few years, perhaps, if I still live,
we can discuss it again. If not, well, you must seek out others who know, and compare notes."

"You talk as if you are going to die, Granther," his granddaughter spoke up. "That can't
happen. You will live forever!"

Chuckling, "I'm afraid not, dear. But I have a little while left, enough for the story".

The children settled back against the bole of a large oak, knowing that the old man could not
be hurried. Leaning forward, he began:

"Long, long ago, before there were any people at all; even before the gods, Tamriel was
chosen as a battleground by two -- things. It is difficult to find words that fit them well. I call
                                [34] THE LIGHT AND THE DARK                                  265

them the Light and the Dark. Others use different names. Good and Evil, Bird and Serpent,
Order and Chaos. None of these names really apply. It suffices that they are opposites, and
totally antithetical. Neither is really good or evil, as we know the words. They are immortal
since they do not really live, but they do exist. Even the gods and their daedric enemies are
pale reflections of the eternal conflict between them. It's as though their struggle creates
energies that distort their surroundings, and those energies are so powerful that life can
appear, like an eddy in a stream."

"Do demons and trolls come from the Dark, Grandpa?"

"Not exactly, son. The undead evils we know, and the demons that live on Oblivion tend to
align with the Dark. Their natures are more akin to it. Humans and the other peoples of
Tamriel, even the misunderstood Dark Elves, are more aligned with the Light. Our evils are
not always of the Dark, but some are, and these are the truly dangerous ones. Jagar Tharn was
almost wholly aligned with the Dark, and that is really why he was so monstrous. It was not
because he was a black mage, as some would have it."

"Did his magic come from the Dark, Granther?" The girl's interest was piqued by mention of
magic. Her heritage is beginning to show itself, thought the old man.

"No, magic power comes directly from the energies swirling about both entities. These
energies are impersonal and all mixed up. Black magic is more a matter of intent than effect.
The Mages' Guild holds that a fireball, say, directed against a creature intent on causing harm,
is not black magic; but the same spell directed at one seeking peace is. In this, they are right.
Destruction of a fire daedra strengthens the Light and weakens the Dark just a little. In the
same manner, destruction of a unicorn strengthens the Dark."

"What about the gods? Do they come from the Light?" The boy's eyes were animated, but
tinged with apprehension. He adored stories of the gods and goddesses of Tamriel's pantheon,
and the heroes who served them.

The old man chuckled. "The gods have an unusual origin, if some of the oldest tales are true.
The oldest inhabitants of this world -- no one seems to be sure what race they were -- had a
system of myths that they believed in for a thousand years. The people of et'Ada believed for
so long and so well, that their beliefs may, just may, have drawn upon the energies
surrounding Tamriel to bring the gods themselves into being. If that is so, the conflict
between the Light and the Dark provided the energy, and the et'Adans the structure, that
created the gods of Tamriel. No one really knows since it was so long ago and so little
survives from that time. It no longer matters; the gods have their own existence now, and
mostly align with the Light, except for a few who are, shall we say, a little ambiguous."

"Why do we have to remember, Granther? What is the danger you spoke of? If the Light and
Dark are so big and powerful, can we influence them? Should we try? What should we fight
for?"

"I see that your critical faculties are developing, Solara. That is good. The answer is simple,
but quite large enough for mere mortals like us. The Light and Dark are evenly matched, and
perhaps will never resolve their conflict. Mortals and the beings of the Aetherius sometimes
can perceive traces of them. Therein lies the danger; to most of us the Light is more
congenial, even inspiring, and moves us to behavior that we would call good. To creatures
266                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

like us, the Dark is -- horrible. Those who have visions of it are often driven mad, and the
ones who are not would be better dead. The Dark is to us a monstrous emptiness, an
emptiness that sucks the soul toward it -- to be twisted, maimed, and ultimately destroyed.
What we can see of it seems utterly evil. Perhaps somewhere else this would not be so, but in
our world, it is."

The old man paused to gather his thoughts, gazing once more at the fresh new life of spring.

"What we must do is never to forget that the Dark is always there, beckoning to the weak-
souled among us. Should it gain ascendancy over Tamriel, through agents perverted by its
awful attraction, terrible things could happen. All that we hold beautiful or desirable, even
love itself, would be swept away. Peace and hope would be no more. For Tamriel, that would
be the worst possible disaster. What I saw during Jagar's reign nearly killed me, almost
destroyed my mind. When he was destroyed, I thought the worst was over, but it was not. The
forces of the Dark are on the march again, and new heroes must rise to join the Eternal
Champion in the fight against them."

The old man and the two children sat in silence for several minutes. Finally, the children
assisted their grandfather to his feet, and they walked slowly away. Toward home, and hearth,
and lunch.
                           [35.7] {LORD WOODBORNE'S PRIVATE JOURNAL VII}                        267



[35] {Lord Woodborne's Private Journal}

[35.7] {Lord Woodborne's Private Journal VII}


                                  Lord Woodborne's private journal.
                                       Page 7 from childhood


I know that Gothryd would not refuse his aid, but I must bide my time to ask. After all,
Elysana is still heiress of Wayrest and I am her bethrothed. So it should be that when Eadwyre
dies (which he is bound to do, sooner rather than later) I will be king. If it weren't for that
bitch queen and her brats, I would and could be patient. Never trust a dark elf the old saying
goes, for you cannot read truth in their eyes. If Barenziah has her way, Helseth will be heir
and Elysana will be married off to some far- off kingdom. Morgiah is already promised to the
heir of Firsthold, but they keep her around to spread the poison against Elysana, and
especially, me. Barenziah doesn't trust me, this I can tell. I will deal with her just as I did with
Lysandus. The fool should have agreed to support me. Gortwog and his orcs almost saved
him. I'll deal with those sub-humans once I sit upon the throne of Wayrest. First it is
important to solidify my power base. I can (almost certainly) rely on Gothryd to support my
bid for the throne, if Helseth is made heir. I have a spy network equalling Eadwyre, Gothryd,
Akorith-i, or the Emperor. Perhaps the Necromancers and the Underking's networks are more
extensive, but I doubt it. The problem is raw physical power. I do not have a standing army. I
need the gold to raise1




1
    The text ends as abrupt.
268              2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[36] The Madness of Pelagius*


See vol. I.
                                       [37] MARA'S TEAR                                         269



[37] Mara's Tear


                                           Mara's Tear
                                            by Zhen


Well, children, if you all gather round, and sit quietly, I'll tell you the story of Mara's Tear and
Shandar's Sorrow ...

Long, long ago, long before your grandmother and I were were born, long ago, there were two
young children growing up in a village far, far from here. They played together, and ran
through the woods together, exploring their little world and learning to see things through
each other's eyes.

This was very different from their parents because Shandar was the son of Maldor, who was
captured in a war and forced to work as a slave for the village baron. Their village and another
both needed the land between them to feed the villagers, and fought and fought, until many of
the villagers died. Maldor was wounded in battle, and left for dead by his fellows. He was
captured and forced to work in the fields as punishment. Shandar was not allowed to play
with Mara, but she was very small and the other children didn't like to play with her, so she
played with Shandar against her father's command. And they learned that they were really not
very different at all. They couldn't understand why their parents hated each other so.

Well, Shandar and Mara played together for many years, and learned to love each other as
they grew up. They knew that they couldn't let their parents know, because it was forbidden
for them ever to marry, since they were from different villages and the war was still going on.
They tried and tried to figure out how they could be happy together, and finally decided that
they must run away from their village. They would try to make a new life for themselves in
another village, far, far away from where they grew up.

One night, while planning their escape, they were discovered by the town guards. Shandar
tried to fight them, but they tied him up and dragged him away to the prison inside town.
Mara was taken home, and her father was very angry with her, and told her that she could not
leave their home again. He went to the house of another farmer, and asked if their son would
marry Mara, so that she could never see Shandar again. The marriage was planned for the
next week.

Shandar, meanwhile, was to be killed for daring to be with Mara. He was beaten, and placed
in a stockade. He was placed in a stockade, and they were to hang him the next day. When
Mara found out that Shandar was to be killed, she knew that she could never live without him,
and climbed out her window and ran into the woods, crying and crying. She ran and ran, and
soon was lost.

It was very dark, because back then they did not have any moons in the sky back then to make
it safe for little boys and girls. Soon she found herself in a part of the woods she had never
been before, and sat down on a rock since she was very tired. Well, the rock was a secret
entrance to a cave where a very mean orc lived. When he came back from his hunting, he
found Mara curled up asleep on his rock, and thought to himself, "Hmmm, a tasty little girl. I
270                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

shall save her for my breakfast!" He grabbed her and took her into his cave, moving the rock
back so that she could not escape. She was sure to die, and tried to escape, but the evil orc just
laughed and laughed at her, until she finally gave up.

When the villagers found out that Mara had run off, they were very worried. No one knew the
woods very well, and all were afraid of the evil orc that lived there. Only Shandar was not
afraid, and he begged and begged for the baron to set him free, so that he could go look for
Mara. The Baron finally decided to let Shandar go, for no one else was brave enough to go
and rescue Mara. So Shandar was set free, and he set off into the woods to go and rescue her.
Shandar searched and searched, but could not find poor Mara. Finally, he sat down on a rock
to rest for a moment, and as he sat down, he noticed a piece of cloth under the rock. It was a
piece from Mara's cloak!

He realized that she must be under the rock somehow, and knew that the orc had captured her.
He pushed and pushed on the rock, and finally was able to roll it aside. He climbed down into
the orc's cave, but it was very dark, and he could not see anything. The evil orc, when he
heard his front door moving, hid in the shadows to see what was coming into his home. When
he saw that it was just a little man-boy, he grinned to himself and thought, "Now I have lunch,
TOO!" When Shandar came near, the orc grabbed him, and began to squeeze the life out of
him.

Back in the village, the people soon realized that they were foolish to let a young man go off
into the woods by himself. They gathered all of their weapons, and set off to find the two lost
children. When they finally came upon the clearing near the orcs' cave, they saw a strange and
wondrous sight: A slain orc near the entrance to the cave, and Mara holding the head of poor
Shandar in her lap. Shandar had killed the orc, but not before the it gave Shandar a mortal
wound.

Mara's tears flowed freely from her eyes and splashed upon Shandar's face, reflecting the light
from the villager's torches. Shandar was filled with sorrow at the thought that he had saved
Mara, only to lose her because of his own impending death from the battle with the orc. He
cried out to Mara's namesake, the goddess of love, to help them. The Goddess Mara
recognized their true love and wept at their loss.

Not having power over death, she could do nothing to save Shandar, but she knew that she
could not let their love die. She reached down from the heavens and picked up Mara and
Shandar in her arms, and placed them high in the heavens. They could be together always,
and provide light in the dark night to others so that they may be safe from the evils in the
world. The villagers were amazed at this sight, and vowed to honor the love of Shandar and
Mara by learning more about themselves and their neighbors, so that the war that had been
going on as long as anyone could remember would end. Shandar's sacrifice for the one he
loved showed them that he was worthy of their respect, and that those from his village were
just as proud and worthy as themselves.

And, that's why, children, every night we can see Mara's Tear and Shandar's Sorrow spending
their lives together high in the heavens, lighting the way for all the little boys and girls like
you.
                        [38] {MESSAGE FROM THE KING OF WORMS}                              271



[38] {Message from the King of Worms}


[Stitched into the zombie's decaying flesh you see the following message:]


{...},

It would be an honor to have you visit me in my demense at your convenience. I have a small
matter that you are ideally suited for. As always, my servants will test your mettle. Feel free
to dispense with them. They can always be raised again.

                                   The King of Worms,
                                  Master of Scourg Barrow
272               2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[39] Mysticism*


See vol. I.
                                                 [40.1] {NOTE}                              273



[40] Notes1

[40.1] {Note}


{...} is your target, a {...} adventurer and mercenary. Use extreme caution and be prepared for
a fight. No jellyfish this one.

                                                      -- {...}




1
    Actually, the following notes are described as "parchments" in game and are untitled.
274                 2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[40.2] {Note}


Change of agenda, folks. I need you in {...} right away. Get over there and wait for my
response. Shouldn't take longer than a few days.

                                        -- {...}
                                       [40.3] {NOTE}                                      275



[40.3] {Note}


I'm going to need some reinforcements if the rumors about this {...} are correct. Keep the
deed in hiding in {...} but bring the gold and your men over here to {...}. We'll discuss this
further when you arrive.

                                           -- {...}
276                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[40.4] {Note}


Kill {...} before too much is learned. Use any means.

                                            -- W.
                             [41] NOTES FOR REDGUARD HISTORY                                 277



[41] Notes For Redguard History


                                 Notes For Redguard History
                                      by Destri Melarg


Biographical Note: Destri Melarg was a well-known historian and translator of old Redguard
verse, born as simply Destri in the city-state of Rihad in the 20th year of the 3rd Era. At the
age of nineteen, he went to the Imperial City to study. There were few Redguards who had
been to the Imperial Province at the time, and it may be that he took the last name Melarg in
order to assimiliate with the Breton, Nordic, and Dark Elf cultures he encountered there.
When he died ninety-four years later, he left numerous unfinished histories and untranslated
verse. Very few of this fragmented work has found its way out of collections. What follows is
an unmailed letter to Melarg's publishers in the Imperial City. The insights into the man who
put the oral traditions of the Redguards to paper impressed me enough to seek its publication.
Melius, it should be noted, was Melius Kane, Melarg's publisher in the Imperial City.

--- Vune, Redguardic First Scholar Imperial University

Melius,

This is the outline of my final chapter for the series on Hammerfell heroes. I condensed
Dendle's storytelling. I have my notes, but the story gets long with all the quotes. She puts a
lot of dialog in her storytelling. I am amazed that the old stories about the 5 swords keeps
cropping up. It's been a thousand years since Hellion's time, yet people continue to believe in
the stories. The wagon master sat with me after listening to her story and smoked a pipe with
me. In discussing the story, he said that his storyteller used to say that one of the five swords
survived the closing of the Goblin gate, and is yet hidden here in Hammerfell. It was the least
of the five, but the story has it that it exceeds any modern blade magical or ebony by several
orders of magnitude.

Of course I take this with a grain of salt, since an ebony weapon is unparalleled in its keen
cutting ability and personally I can't imagine a weapon doing more damage than a Claymore
of Firestorm or a Saber of Life Steal. Dendle even believes that out in the countryside outside
of Skaven in one of the Halls of the Virtues of War, there are still people who follow the old
ways and can from a Shehai or spirit sword.

In collecting these stories, I once thought I was seeing a Shehai being formed, by an old Hall
master, but the thing, if it was a spirit sword was so faint that even the sword shape was
questionable. I didn't want to insult the old man so I claimed I saw it too. But if that was a
Shehai, I can't imagine it possibly used as a real weapon.

Here's my outline of the new story: At the time of this story, Hammerfell is fully occupied by
Redguards. All the old cities of the Dwarves (but one - the Ghost City of Dwarfhome) are
now the cities of today's modern Hammerfell. A second invasion of the giant goblins comes.
Hammerfell is unprepared, except for a few faithful followers, all youths in the rural Halls of
Virtue.
278                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Hallin, being the only Ansei, rallies the armies of Hammerfell. After a defeat, he brings back
the old ways by telling each warrior to read the Book of Circles. The army fights the Goblins
to a standstill, but things look bleak, just as in Divad's song. Somehow the goblins keep being
resupplied both with arms and troops. Eventually the Army of Hammerfell will lose.

The old master of Hallin's Hall of the Virtues of War has an ancient copy of Divad's will and
testament, and reads it to Hallin. It tells him that the 5 swords aren't lost, just hidden and well
guarded in 5 caves. Each cave is home to a master guardian, one of the old blind Ansei -- and
also a maze. According to the will, Derik must, along with a virtuous companion of pure heart
enter the cave, defeat each Ansei Master and retrieve their sword. Dendle went into great
detail here. It seems that each Master had an outstanding trait -- one Katrice, possessed feline
grace, and had become very catlike; another, who had icy calm was something much like an
Ice Golem. On each blade is inscribed part of an intricate message on how to use the power of
the swords combined.

Derik scours the rural Halls for Brothers of the Blade and Maidens of the Spirit Sword to
accompany him in the quests. He finally one by one finds his companions, and wins each
sword. They learn from the blades and together wield the force of the 5 swords to seal the rent
in space time that the Goblins have made and from which springs their invasion. Hallin's
companions avoided blinding by the magic swords by hurling the swords together into the
void, and sealing forever the giant Goblins in the void between their world and ours. The land
is saved and Hallin and his companions (3 women and 2 men) become Ansei and restore the
teachings of Frandar Hunding to Hammerfell.

That's the story in brief. I welcome any comments from you or one of the other editors. One
other concern of mine. I understand that you are considering using a better known writer,
Uthilla Abuhk or Casmyr Kreestrom, to write the stories I've researched. I can understand that
a better known writer may mean that a few more copies of the books will be sold, but that
should not be your only concern. Abuhk and Kreestrom, while fine writers and poets, will
need to be lectured on the true history of the Redguards. Even if you are willing to pay me to
do that, you will have to acknowledge that the books will take longer to write than if you just
allowed me to do it. Just something to consider when you make the decision. I hope this letter
finds you, your consort, and children to good health and humor.

Yours faithfully,

Destri Melarg
                                  [42] OELANDER'S HAMMER                                   279



[42] Oelander's Hammer


                    Oelander's Hammer: An Instructive Tale For Children
                                       by Krowle


The two children, Froedwig and his younger sister Silvanda, had been exploring all morning.
The noon sun was directly overhead and everything was warm and bright. The had left their
Redguard village, Granitsta, early that morning for a day in the wildnerness, a picnic, and
with a stern warning from their father to be home before dark. They crossed a huge field that
was bare save a single rose bush right in the middle. The little girl asked Froedwig about it.

"Well," he said, "according to father a great battle was fought in this place many years ago.
The battle was visited by the God of all warriors, Reymon Ebonarm, who caused the leaders
to end the battle and return to their homes. It is said that the rose bush grows where he stood
that day."

"Oh, how exciting," giggled Silvanda.

The children continued their trek approaching some woods. As they entered the forest the air
became very cool and a deep quiet seemed to envelope them.

"What is that?" Silvanda pointed to a large hole in the ground from which protruded a long,
thick pole. Around the hole thorny plants had grown into an impenetrable wall.

"I don't know," said Froedwig, "but let's see if we can get a closer look."

"Stop!" They did. Looking beyond the hole, the children saw an elderly Redguard of many
years. His gray beard, scraggly hair and stooped shoulders certainly did not support the
authoritarian command he gave. But the children stopped just the same as he approached.

"Who are you?" stammered Froedwig as Silvanda carefully tucked herself behind her
brother's back.

"My name is Hoennig Groevinger, and I live in these woods."

"Why can't we examine yon hole, Master Groevinger?" asked Froedwig. "Because, my dear
children, it and what it holds are cursed. Now just wh-h-h-o are you?" he stuttered, mimicing
Froedwig.

Finally gaining his composure, Froedwig said, "I am Froedwig-aj-Murr of the village
Granitsta. This is my sister Silvanda. We are on an outing. Can you tell us about this
mysterious hole?"

"Well," said the old man as he slowly settled to the ground, "Why don't you sit here with me
for a while and I will tell you about Oelander's Hammer. That's the handle of the fabled
weapon sticking out from yonder chasm."
280                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

With this the children also settled into sitting positions in front of the old Redguard ranger.
Groevinger began, "Many year's ago there was a huge battle fought in this very field ..."

"Oh, yes, I know," said Silvanda, interrupting the old man. "It was ended by the Warrior God
Reymon Ebonarm, and the magic rose bush grows where he stood that day..." she continued
breathlessly. The old man sternly cleared his throat causing the little girl to again shrink
behind her brother.

"Now, if I may continue without interruption... On the day that battle ended, a young
Redguard soldier stopped in this spot as he was leaving to go to his home. He carried the
equipment he had used on the field which included a marvelously fashioned war hammer that
had been given to him by his father. The weapon was beautifully made and unknown to the
young warrior carried an enchantment that had protected him through the vicious battle just
ended. The young man, Oelander by name, rested by this very tree. Suddenly he was
confronted by a wizard dressed all in black from head to toe. Without so much as a how-do-
you-do, the wizard demanded that Oelander give him his hammer. Still flushed from the
battle, the young man just looked at the dark man and laughed. The wizard shaking with rage
raised his hands to cast a horrible spell against the soldier. However, the young man was
quicker. The huge war hammer whistled through the air smiting the wizard a mortal blow just
as the spell left his fingers. There was a loud explosion."

The children stared at the old man. He surpressed a grin and continued. "Clouds of dusk and
smoke covered the forest clearing, and when the air settled, yon hole was there with the
hammer's handle protruding from it. Oelander and the wizard had vanished! The thorny vines
you see grew up immediately around the hole, and to this day no one has been able to
approach it close enough to remove that marvelous weapon. Many have tried and all have
failed. It is said that only someone of tremendous merit can take it." All of a sudden, both
children in unison stood and shouted, "Oh, look how the day has gone. We must go. If we are
late getting home, our father will be most unhappy with us." As they turned to leave,
Froedwig said to the old man, "Thank you, Master Groevinger, for telling us of Oelander's
Hammer. You know, I may just come back one day and try to retrieve it!" As they
disappeared from his view, the old man said to himself, "Ah, yes, Master Froedrig aj-Murr,
you just might do that."
                                        [43] OF JEPHRE                                       281



[43] Of Jephre


                                          Of Jephre
                                        by Anonymous


When the elven folk walked the land alone and sang songs of power amongst the trees and
stars, Jephre the Singer walked with them. Jephre gave heed to the nature of the forests and
delighted in the gurgling streams and brooks. It was Jephre who taught the birds to sing their
songs of the seasons and He that taught the streams the tinkling ethereal tune. The very trees
are said to have moved close to hear him sing on the warm summer nights of those elder days.
It was in this time that the first great ballads of the elves were made, crafted from the songs
that Jephre taught to the sylvan youth who frolicked to his lively tunes and ballads of nature
and the unspoiled forest. In truth, He is worshipped as god of song and forest.

In Valenwood, Jephre is considered one of the Major Sylvan gods with temples and altars in
the deep woodland places. Elven tradition holds that children with a gift for song have been
blessed by Jephre himself. Legend has it he blessed the Wood Elves with a natural affinity for
nature and particularly the forest. Most Wood Elven Rangers worship Jephre.

It was his great eagerness for natural beauty that led him to the Isle of Sumurset. He taught
the great sea birds to sing and molded the crash of wave against beach into a song of whispers
and power It is said by the high elves that Jephre hears and sees all within distance of water,
whether it be beach, brook, stream or fall. It is further said that the very birds keep watch for
Jephre, in repayment for the songs he taught them. It is fruther said he blessed the high elves
with a beauty to match the beauty of their island home.

The dark elves have a legend that Jephre walked the earth before the first day, and in the light
of the stars weaved a song so beautiful that the very stars moved to its sway. Some of the stars
to this very day still wink and blink in memory of the song of night and darkness. Due to his
influence most if not all Elven Bards pay homage to Jephre.

The natural order of things is the basis for Jephre's temples in Valenwood and the Sumurset
Isle. The one thing Jephre will not tolerate is the harmful manipulation of the natural order of
things.
282             2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[44] The Old Ways*


See vol. I.
                   [45] ON ARTAEUM   283



[45] On Artaeum*


See vol. I.
284                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[46] On Lycanthropy


                                        On Lycanthropy
                                      by Varnard Karessen


How does one become interested in studying the disease lycanthropy? I have interviewed a
number of my peers, and discovered that to a man, they have all entered the field fter a
horrifying encounter with a lycanthrope of some variety. I am no exception.

In Skyrim, it is an old tradition to rub canis root on the trees surrounding your house as a ward
against werebears. When I was young and stupid (as opposed, I guess, to being old and stupid
as I am now), I always had hoped to meet a werebear to see if they were as impressive as
legend suggested. I would follow strange tracks in the woods until they disappeared, with no
fear or even thought about what I would do after I had found my quarry. By Thorig's beard, I
was lucky that my investigations were fruitless.

When I did finally see a lycanthrope, it was not a werebear. It was a werewolf, the "common"
lycanthope, which can be found in every part of Tamriel. My father was a priest and during
the coldest part of the winter, he allowed the beggars and riffraff of Falcrenth to stay in the
relative warmth of the cellar of his temple. We would even supply warm barley stew. My
sisters and brothers and I actually enjoyed this bit of philanthropy, for in the cellars during the
winter, it seemed there was a constant party. There were always travellers with interesting
stories and eccentricities, and the atmosphere in the cellars was always light and friendly.
Until that night.

By an established tradition, the beggars who were sick or wanted rest more than food and
companionship would go to the cots at the farthest, darkest end of the cellar when they could
be assured at least relative quiet. We were enjoying a song, and my sister Gethessa was
dancing to the amusement of all. The song ended, but a chorus continued from the darkness at
the far end of the cellar. As drunk and incomprehensible as most of the carolers were, it took a
minute for us to realize that the sound we were hearing was not singing, but screaming.

No one was too concerned, for some of the older tramps often suffered from vivid nightmares.
Nevertheless, one of father's priests went to silence the screamer and the moment he
disappeared into the murk, we heard another sound. The snarl of a wolf. Then we heard the
priest screaming as the original scream died off. "Werewolf!" cried the old bard who had been
leading the song. The cellar exploded into chaos.

I was pushed out the cellar door into the snow with the first wave of panic, but I could see that
some of the more brave (or more drunk) hobos were rushing into the darkness to do battle
with the lycanthrope. They were all, of course, almost instantly killed.

My father, upon hearing of his unwelcome visitor, sealed off the cellar after the last survivor
of the carnage had left. A seasoned battlemage from the Falcrenth Mages Guild, who owed
father a favor, went into the cellar and slew the beast.
                                   [46] ON LYCANTHROPY                                     285

"Not too tough," he said as he emerged, carrying the carcass with him. "Winter must have
been tough on him too." Despite his bold words, the blood on his face and chest did not only
come from his foe.

Werewolves do not revert to their human forms upon death, despite what legends will tell
you. I had the opportunity to look at the monster's steaming body out in the snow before it
was carried away to be burned. The teeth, clotted with the flesh of the beggars, were
horrifying, but the claws shocked me even more. I have since seen live lycanthropes battle
golems, atronachs, and other beings not harmed by mundane weapons, and concluded that
they act as naturally enchanted weapons.

Because the werewolf is the most ubiquitous of lycanthropes, the term lycanthropy has been
used since ancient days to describe the disease that transforms men into half-beast, although
lycanthrope only strictly should refer to men who change into werewolves. But that is
semantics. There are certainly differences between the seven documented forms of
lycanthropy in Tamriel, but more similarities.

In Black Marsh and southern Morrowind, werecrocodiles stalk the swamps. Black Marsh also
shares with the Imperial Province and the wetter parts of Elsweyr the vile presence of
werelions. Valenwood's werevultures are not found in any other province. The wereboar has
found both the climates of High Rock and Hammerfell amenable. As I mentioned before, the
werebear is the most common lycanthrope in Skyrim, and is also found in the northern parts
of High Rock, the Imperial Province, and Morrowind. The werewolf can be found in every
province. The seventh lycanthrope, which I have never seen but my trusted peers have assured
me exists, is a wereshark that roams the oceans around Tamriel.

I have spent my life categorizing and observing lycanthropes, but I sometimes feel that I am
still a child trapped in a cellar in my attempts to understand them. I know, for example, that
lycanthropy can be cured shortly after infection, but after that time, the victim is doomed. No
one of my acquaintance has cured themselves after undergoing the first transformation. On
the other hand, I have a colleague investigating a coven of witches in the Glenpoint foothills
of High Rock who are rumored to have a cure. I remain dubious.

Perhaps it is because they are doomed that makes lycanthropes so aggressive. I have removed
the contents of a werewolf's stomach and found more remnants of roots and berries than
animal flesh. My conclusion is that they do not need to attack and devour humans to survive.
Yet, for some reason they do. Does lycanthropy drive them mad, or do lycanthropes feel the
need to spread the disease as a form of procreation? I do not know. I am not certain that any
of us who are not lycanthropes ourselves will ever know. And then, of course, it's too late.
286                 2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[47] On Oblivion*


See vol. I.
                      [48] ON WILD ELVES   287



[48] On Wild Elves*


See vol. I.
288              2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[49] Origin of the Mages Guild*


See vol. I.
              [50] AN OVERVIEW OF GODS AND WORSHIP IN TAMRIEL   289



[50] An Overview of Gods and Worship in Tamriel*


See vol. I.
290                          2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[51] {A Perfidious Document}1


Among the more fiendish practices of the {...} is the rite they perform in honor {...}. The
flesh of a newborn infant is boiled over the flames of burning brimstone for three and a half
days until it is hard and leathery. The resultant fiber is sewn over the head of a black cat, who
is kept in a cage until it has chewed through the caul or has died of suffocation. If the cat dies,
the witches know that {...} will not answer their entreaties, but if the cat lives, {...} may ask
{...} for anything -- the death or mutilation of princes, economic catastrophe, famine, plague,
war ...




1
    Actually, the following text is described as "parchment" in game and untitled.
                         [52] THE PIG CHILDREN   291



[52] The Pig Children*


See vol. I.
292              2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[53] The Real Barenziah*


See vol. I.
                                 [54] RECIPES: RECIPES 1-4         293



[54] Recipes

[54.1] Recipe for Potion of Cure Disease


                            {Recipe for Potion of Cure Disease}


Elixir vitae
Fig
Big tooth


[54.2] Recipe for Potion of Cure Poison


                             {Recipe for Potion of Cure Poison}


Ichor
Giant scorpion stinger
Small tooth
Pearl


[54.3] Recipe for Potion of Free Action


                             {Recipe for Potion of Free Action}


Ichor
Spider's venom
Twigs
Bamboo


[54.4] Recipe for Potion of Invisibility


                             {Recipe for Potion of Invisibility}


Rain water
Nectar
Ectoplasm
Diamond
294                     2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

[54.5] Recipe for Potion of Resist Fire


                              {Recipe for Potion of Resist Fire}


Ichor
Amber
Red flowers
Fairy dragon's scales
Cactus


[54.6] Recipe for Potion of Resist Frost


                              {Recipe for Potion of Resist Frost}


Ichor
Turquoise
Pine branch
White rose


[54.7] Recipe for Potion of Resist Poison


                             {Recipe for Potion of Resist Poison}


Ichor
Snake venom
Golden poppy


[54.8] Recipe for Potion of Resist Shock


                             {Recipe for Potion of Resist Shock}


Ichor
Lodestone
Red berries
Cactus
                             [54] RECIPES: RECIPES 1-9-11        295

[54.9] Recipe for Potion of Restore Power


                          {Recipe for Potion of Restore Power}


Nectar
Silver
Werewolf's blood
Saint's hair


[54.10] Recipe for Potion of Stamina


                             {Recipe for Potion of Stamina}


Pure water
Aloe
Ginko leaves


[54.11] Recipe for Potion of Waterwalking


                          {Recipe for Potion of Waterwalking}


Pure water
Yellow rose
Palm
Sulphur
296              2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[55] Redguards, Their History and Their Heroes*


See vol. I.
                                          [56.1] {RESEARCH PAPER}                            297



[56] Research Papers1

[56.1] {Research Paper}


                                                {Research Paper}


The manner by which the diastolic pressure of any two scarce commodities (creating atype of
propulsion with no moving parts and virtual silence) has been postulated by thyrionic
mathematicians for many years. In conventional thinking, the default parameters of any
formula (objectively speaking, it is essential to remember that objectivity is indeed subjective)
will always return to what Mornthaur called the "back medium." However, starting with a
grid of complex numbers that more than covers the unit circle and three cube roots of one, we
can backtrace, by uptracking the negative "half numbers," and create an infinite basin with
dual natures of blackness and whiteness.The rate of adiabatic cooling or warming
inunsaturated air can thus be made directly proportional to the fourth power of its absolute
temperature.




1
    Actually, the following papers are described as "parchments" in game and are untitled.
298                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[56.2] {Research Paper}


                                     {Research Paper}


When white light is passed through a gas under a medium dense gas at a high temperature, a
dynamic thermal instability occurs. Since magicka is usually a very faint source of
illumination, gases, under much greater pressure, are forced to combine with degenerated
matter, creating dual forces, beyond and beneath. The end result is a quasi-horizontal
chonolith composed of an astomosing ductoliths, whose distal ends curl like a harpolith, thin
like a sphenolith, or bulge discordantly like an akmolith or ethmolith. There are thus five
elements that must be contributed towards a universal confederation of what Galerion Vanus
called "gray matter" -- perception, evidence, essense, morality, and extraction.
                                  [56.3] {RESEARCH PAPER}                                   299



[56.3] {Research Paper}


                                      {Research Paper}


{...} are the dominant tribe of {...}, though they are by no means the dominant tribe of the
whole Iliac Bay region. (Fill in this about the Montalion, Vrasethi, Ghulari, Selenu, et cetera,
blah, blah, blah Different powers but basically same internal structure, blah, blah, blah). How
is one cured of vampirism (find that Vampires of the Iliac Bay book, references to a society of
former vampires)? Slaying the preeminant member of the same bloodline, from what I can
gather from personal interviews and whatnot. (Note to me: that rather {...} in {...} has
expressed interest in my work. Possible interviewee or trap?) Vampires infiltrating royal
courts, Dark Brotherhood, even the Mages Guild in {...} and else where. Is the {...} of {...}
under influence of {...} or perhaps more than under the influence? Run the standard test (pend
that patent) and see what's what. Need Nymph Hair, holy symbol, et cetera, et cetera, fresh
this time for {...}'s sake. Talk to {...} about increasing funding. Going nowhere.
300                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[57] Rude Song


                                             Rude Song
                                           by Anonymous


In the spring of the year
Doth propriety disappear
In the courts and the ports
Of the Bay.
Drinking new beer,
Everybody feels queer
And the Earls and the churls
Go astray.
The bee and the bird
Don't have to tell us a word.
Our bodies for naughties
Are prime.
If you haven't heard,
You can let yourself be lured
For the youth, for things uncouth,
It is time.

Oh, it's lovely to sit in a field, harvested into rows
It's lovelier still to do the same not wearing any clothes.

People of the Bay bless
The flowered court of Wayrest
For showing us the gentle way of sin
The bonny Dark Elf queen
Likes to see and to be seen
With cobblers, thieves,
And tavernkeeps,
And slaves, and fish-er-men.
In the court of Lainlyn,
Right upon the mainland
With sex, the whole place is in a whirl.
The Baroness likes to play
With men who come her way,
While the Baron likes the little boys and girls.

Oh, it's lovely to give your lady a kiss upon her nose
It's lovelier still to do the same not wearing any clothes.

In Daggerfall, they hold a ball
And all of society indulges in a variety
Of scandal, they can handle --
A lot.
                                       [57] RUDE SONG          301

The Captain of the Guard
Has to search very hard
For a bean that the Queen Has in her pants.
And the Court Sorceress
Will grant you a wish
To cause the King to fling
About his lance.

Oh, it's lovely to give your love a single perfect rose
It's lovelier still to do the same not wearing any clothes.
Oh, it's lovely to abandon all your cares and fears and woes
It's lovelier still to do the same not wearing any clothes.
Yes sir, it's lovely not wear any clothes!
302                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[58] The Sage


                                         The Sage
                                     by Aegrothius Goth


Crackle, snap, hiss ... Flicker, bright, dim ... The fire in the hearth provides light and heat.
Neither seem to affect the old man. His reclining figure stares into the flames and flames
reflect back from his deep dark eyes. Indigo blue robes reflect and yet absorb the firelight and
highlights of golden threads twinkle as the flames flicker. His beard and hair are long and
snowy white; in the firelight they almost appear to be ethereal like that of a godling. At his
side is a tall pointed hat which is the same color as his robe and also twinkles with highlights
of gold. The face is lined with age, yet almost appears youthful; wisdom and intellect exude
from his personage. This is the Sage who is known in all of Tamriel as the champion and
counselor to all users of magic. His thoughts wander, and he remembers ...

                                             ***

Gyron Vardengroet was born to a poor and humble Breton family in the village of
Moonguard. The only child of Frieda and Horstle Vardengroet entered life during a rare
eclipse of Tamriel's moons. It was soon apparent that he was unusually gifted in the magical
arts. He was found levitating the family dog when he was only a year old. Most Bretons have
a great talent for magic, but as he grew Gyron displayed a talent far greater than that of his
peers. The village wizard began to take an interest in young Gyron and soon took him under
his wing. In spite of the young man's proclivities for being rowdy, the old Wizard
Grungdingler liked him and worked hard to teach him the magical arts to the extent of his
own skills.

Finally the day came when Grungdingler could teach Gyron no more. The young mage had
surpassed his master, and he was somewhat unsettled with the apprentice mage's questions
about life, death and immortality. Grundingler called Gyron to him and gave him a letter
addressed to Morkledder, the Guildmagister of the Mages Guild in Shornhelm. The young
mage told his parents of his fortune, packed his meager belongings, and set out for the journey
to Shornhelm. After many months of travel through the foothills of the Kurallian Mountains,
Gyron arrived at the gates to the great City-State of Shornhelm high in the mountainous
terrain of High Rock.

After the life of a quiet Breton village, Shornhelm was a wonder to Gyron. He explored the
city from one end to the other, and eventually found the Mages Guild. Presenting
Grungdingler's letter to Morkledder, Gyron was received warmly. Morkledder explained to
Gyron that he would need to be tested before any commitment to further training could be
made. After a night of rest and meditation, Gyron was shown into the main hall of the Mages
Guild which was now filled with magic users of all kinds. It was very quiet. The young mage
felt as if his heart was in his throat as he approached the Council of Three, the leaders of the
mages in this City-State. Morkledder rose and explained to Gyron the various tests he would
be subjected to to prove his worth as a mage. The youth then turned and left the Council
Chamber, the eyes of the many mages on him, and went forth to complete the tasks that had
been defined for him.
                                        [58] THE SAGE                                       303

Returning to Shornhelm several years later, Gyron was admitted to the Mages Guild and
shown to the Council Chamber where he was met by Morkledder. The ancient mage reviewed
the journal entries, the artifacts gathered, and most especially the spellbook entries presented
to him by Gyron. An expression of amazement spread across the old wizard's face; there had
never been a novice to accomplish what Gyron had during the testing. Morkledder then called
a full session of the Guild presenting Gyron as a full Wizard.

Gyron remained with Morkledder for several years and studied hard. In private session
several years after the testing, Morkledder admitted to Gyron that the Guild at Shornhelm
could teach him no more and that he should seek further enlightenment at the Crystal Tower
on Sumurset Isle.

After packing his possessions once again, Gyron set off on another long journey. He arrived
at the Crystal Tower several years later after having traversed the province of Hammerfell
where he had many adventures, met many other mages and shared his experiences and
knowledge with them. He heard stories of wonderful plants that when combined with other
elements could restore life to those dead, prolong life to those yet living, and in the proper
combination bestow immortality on the user. Gyron was always quick to advise and guide
mages who were less experienced than himself. He loved being able to help. He made many
friends and stories began to spread across the land about this exceptional user of magic.

When he entered the Crystal Tower, he was greeted by several mages all clamoring for his
attention. His reputation had preceded him. However, the crowd hushed and parted at the
arrival of a very imposing figure dressed all in indigo blue robes trimmed in gold, wearing a
high pointed hat and carrying the most beautifully carved staff Gyron had ever seen. The
Elder of the Council of Wizards, Esthlainder, looked closely at the young wizard, nodded and
turned to walk back into the tower. Without delay, Gyron followed him. The audience that
followed stunned the young mage.

Esthlainder explained to him that Gyron's coming had been foretold for many years, and he
had been expected. The mages had been told by the Gods that one of their own would come
along to provide guidance, knowledge and aid. Gyron was that promised champion and
leader. Gyron was confused and uncertain. How could he be such an extraordinary person?
What must he do to fulfill his destiny? Many questions spilled from him to which Esthlainder
could not provide the answers. The Elder suggested that Gyron stay with them in the Crystal
Tower for a while and study. This he did.

The day finally came when The Elder admitted to Gyron that the Crystal Tower could no
longer provide anything new and that he needed to travel the lands of Tamriel and seek the
wisdom and knowledge. The Elder sighed and told Gyron how sad he was that the Crystal
Tower was losing him, but that his destiny must be fulfilled. With this, the Elder presented
Gyron with a package wrapped in the same beautiful indigo blue as the Elder's Robes. Gyron
was told to take the package with him but open it only when he was at least a day's travel
from the Crystal Tower.

After a long day's walk, Gyron set up camp in a beautiful glade next to a brook of crystal clear
water. Finally, he thought, I can open the Elder's package. As he untied the golden cord that
had bound the package, he found that the wrapping was not wrapping at all but an exquisitely
tailored robe identical to the one worn by the Elder. As he opened the robe, a high pointed
wizard's hat popped out of the package, and with a "whoosh" and "pop," the same intricately
304                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

carved staff that the Elder had carried appeared. A note from the Elder advised that the
garments were indestructible and that the staff had many magical properties for Gyron to
discover. It went on further to explain that from this day forward Gyron would be known as
The Sage.

Tired from his walking and with an inner glow of accomplishment, The Sage settled down for
the first night of his long pilgrimage across the lands.

After many months of further travels and adventures, The Sage returned to Moonguard and
was warmly welcomed by the villagers and most especially by his parents, Frieda and Horstle.
News of his coming had preceded him and the whole village had worked hard to build and
furnish a cottage for the mage in the pleasant forest just outside the town. After a festive
banquet that evening, Gyron retired to his new home.

The Sage settled into his life outside Moonguard. He received many visitors who have
traveled from near and far to seek his guidance, help, and training. The years passed. It was
not long before first Horstle and then Frieda died. The Sage was devastated by his loss. In his
grief he swore to dedicate the rest of his life to defeating death so that grief like his could be
avoided by others.

He returned to the Great Library at the Crystal Tower and researched the many flowers, herbs
and plants that he had heard about and seen during his travels. In his cottage, he labored
tirelessly over the spellbooks, vials and collection of flora from all over the lands. He tested
the potions on himself. The years went by, but The Sage seemed not to age anymore. At some
point he had found the right combination in his experiments, but could not determine which
combination it had been as the change had been most subtle. He had secured a life without
end. And the years continued to pass.

Mages came to him for help which he freely gave. The Sage settled into his life of advising
and guiding and the years continued to pass. Unfortunately, his fame became so great that the
call for his help was unmanageable. He reluctantly packed his possessions for the last time,
and moved far into the Kurallian Mountains and built a magical fortress. Only the most
worthy magic user could gain access and help from The Sage.

However, following his heart, even today The Sage often leaves his mountain abode and
travels the land helping young mages gain experience and to grow.

                                              ***

Snap, crackle ... The firelight flickers... The old mage stirs as the memories fade and flicker
like the firelight. Bang, bang, bang... echoes from the pounding knocker on the great oaken
doors of the fortress... The Sage rises and heads for the doors knowing that yet another mage
in need has found him and is worthy of help.
                            [59] A SCHOLAR'S GUIDE TO NYMPHS                                305



[59] A Scholar's Guide to Nymphs


                                A Scholar's Guide to Nymphs
                                    by Vondham Barres


I grew up a scholar, an ascetic devoted to knowledge, with eyes that saw beauty in a
fascinating passage in a dusty tome, love in the candle that allowed me to study on starless
nights, passion in a well-reasoned argument of a long dead issue. I was a student who never
graduated and was never expelled. Though I am not defending myself, I should further define
myself. I am not what you would call a prude. In fact, I can speak of subjects in a detached
way that would make the most debauched strumpet in Skyhawk blush with discovered
modesty. I wrote an essay, "The House of Dibella," as a scholar should, analysing the cult of
beauty and physical relations as one might study crop rotation or the digestive system of an
orc. The acquaintances of mine who were inclined to wink and giggle I tolerated, but barely.
With all that said, the reader will understand that when I decided to study the language of the
nymphs in order to study their character and culture, it was not a decision I made on account
of prurience or lust.

Scholars have historically neglected the nymph as a subject worthy of research, and this
neglect I attribute to prejudice. The sages with whom I have spoken on the subject have
eloquently and intelligently formed sentences which, boiled down, can be translated as:
"Nymphs look like beautiful, naked women who skip along tra-la-la and like to have
indisciminate sex. What could they have to say that would be of any interest?"

So here I was faced with the most daunting of projects -- to study and research a species
unstudied is a potentially rewarding challenge. If the subject was unstudied because the
scientific community had deemed it beneath interest, a potentially rewarding but decidedly
frustrating challenge. If I spent months in serious study of their language and culture and
additional time in their company, and discovered nothing more than that the common
prejudice is correct, the term "laughing stock" would not do me justice.

So, excited and nervous for reasons unrelated to the notoriously promiscuous behavior of my
subjects, I began my studies. I mastered the language, a melodious tongue that sounds like
wild elf and faerie but share no vocabulary with them. I studied the lore, and found it to be on
the whole, little more than pornography and crude conjecture. I next had to find a nymph.

From my centralized location in the Imperial City, I found it easy to send word around to
several wellknown temples and guilds devoted to study in all the provinces. Not all replies
back were serious in nature, but one, from the School of Julianos in Sentinel helped me
considerably. To Magister Oitos and his disciples, I here offer my sincere gratitude. Nymphs
are extremely shy creatures, no matter what the more obscene stories will tell you. No one
who I've spoken with has had one seek him or her out. Thus to speak with a nymph requires
energy and patience.

Out of courtesy for her privacy, I will not here give the location of the little grotto off the
coast of Hammerfell where I found the nymph. It took three months of patient waiting,
leaving presents where I knew the nymph would be, before the nymph stood still at my
306                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

approach. I remember I was carrying a bouquet of purple and white tetias, and she looked at
them and then at me, and smiled. The effect of her smile was truly magical, I'm convinced.
Her body was, of course, perfect; her face lovely and serene; her hair like silk flame. But until
she smiled, she was beautiful in the abstract, a perfect statue by a master. The smile made her
approachable and, thus, terrifying.

"For you," I said, attempting my first utterance of Nymph to a real nymph. Her smile grew
into a grin which became a giggle and then a laugh. The reader has doubtless heard of the
silver laughter of the elves. The nymph's laugh is earthy and spontaneous, and very ...
suggestive.

"And what do you want from me in return, mortal?" she asked.

"I am ...," there is no, I should say, known word in the Nymph language for scholar, "I am a
man who likes to learn things. I want to learn things about you."

And I did. Nymphs are the wisest, most wonderful creatures in Tamriel. My nymph, her name
is Ayalea (a poor phonetic transcription of a word that sounds more like a light wind blowing
through a small crack in a hollow chamber) and she knows more about the behavior and
varieties of the deep woodland creatures than the greatest wood elf scholar I ever met. She
taught me of flowers and ghosts and creatures too fast and timid to have ever been seen by
man. Ayalea taught me how to learn for the very first time. How to open my mind to all of the
possibilities of life and how to use that knowledge, not just to hold in my cramped brain like a
dragon's horde. If you ever meet a nymph, speak to her.

                                             ***

Editor's note: the writer Vondham Barres is no longer a scholar at the Imperial University. He
deposited this manuscript and disappeared from the civilized world. His current wherebouts
are unknown.
                                [60.1] A RARE OLD SCROLL                                  307



[60] Scrolls

[60.1] A Rare Old Scroll


                                    {A Rare Old Scroll}


Zephrim alga n' nagog. Carti alga n' belyl. Azuth Zephrim ne' nagog. Partik aloy partik frae i
eyominathraq n' toyl. Berik azuth n' nagog. Charlaq gimle n' maluk Zephrim qork.

{Note: "Could be quite dangerous if you pronounced "nagog" with the hard g, as laymen are
apt."}
308                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[60.2] {Scroll of Imprison Daedra}


                                  {Scroll of Imprison Daedra}


[This scroll contains a spell to momentarily imprison the daedra using its true name.]


Zanoth na' {...}. Zanoth na' {...}. Senet seneth mor.
                               [60.3] THE BOTHDORJII SCROLL   309



[60.3] The Bothdorjii Scroll


                                   The Bothdorjii Scroll


Breathe candent smoke on the veil of Oblivion
And force the line dispelled
Awaken the sleepless, unquiet Princes
And bid Their standing servants rise
It is the night when frost will burn
When flame will freeze the lamplit lake
When clouds of bats devour clouds of birds
When boils and sores afflict the rich
When a boy with wings doth curse the land
If knowing lies fester on my tongue
And such whens are but whispers in the night
These words form a sentence of death
But if the Day of Oblivion is indeed at hand
Servants of the Dark, obey me
310               2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[61] Special Flora of Tamriel*


See vol. I.
                                  [62] THE STORY OF LYRISIUS                                   311



[62] The Story of Lyrisius


                                      The Story of Lyrisius
                                       by Bresne Smythe


In ancient times, there lived a hero named Lyrisius. He fought agains the Akaviri slavetraders
and single-handedly slew hundreds. Despite his valor, Lyrisius' army was routed and scattered
to the four winds. Lyrisius fled into the moors to escape the Akaviri chariots.

Far from the lands of men, Lyrisius entered the blasted lands. At the heart of this forsaken
landscape, he met the wyrm. The great scaly beast mocked the mighty blows of Lyrisius'
enchanted spear. It melted the shield Fearstruck, gift of the Daedra Boethiah, with a single
blast of its fiery breath. Lyrisius, seeing that he could not defeat the creature by force of arms,
surrendered.

The wyrm intended to devour Lyrisius when the hero offered to be its slave and manservant.
Ever prideful, the wyrm agreed. Seeing that the wyrm was vulnerable to conceit, Lyrisius
spoke, "Oh great wyrm. For my first service, I beg that you allow me to polish your one
tarnished scale."

Indeed, centered between the great wings of the creature was a dull scale, clearly out of reach
of its long neck. Its vanity was such that it immediately lowered one wing for Lyrisius to
climb upon.

Once astride the great lizard, Lyrisius slid his dagger underneath the scale and into the tender
flesh of the beast. Though it spun and twisted in all directions, the wyrm could not get at the
hero. Finally it took to the air. Lyrisius clung to the neck with all his strength as the wyrm
banked, rolled, and dove.

Seeing that Lyrisius could not be shaken free, the wyrm demanded that he remove the
stinging blade. Lyrisius answered, "Fly straight on until you see a great army. Destroy that
army and I will remove my blade."

With a great roar, the scaled creature set off. The Akavari army had no chance against the
fire-breathing beast. They have never plagued Tamriel since.

"I have done as you bid. Now sheath your stinger," roared the wyrm.

Knowing that he would be devoured or worse, Lyrisius pulled the blade and then leapt from
the back of the flying wyrm. Indeed, the foul monster had intended to slay the hero. The
wyrm pursued the plummeting Lyrisius. Boethiah appeared beside the falling hero. Praising
him for ultimately destroying the army of Akavir, she turned him into a raven. Lyrisius
quickly lost the wyrm in the clouds.

Legend has it that the wyrm still lives, though this happened in the first era long, long ago.
The dragon nurses a grudge against Lyrisius and all of his kind. It has vowed never again to
trust two legged bearers of weapons.
312                    2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

                                              ***

Scholar's Note: If this legend has a basis in fact, the artifact Fearstruck was utterly destroyed.
No other reference to it has ever been found.
                                    [63] A TALE OF KIERAN                                     313



[63] A Tale of Kieran


                                       A Tale of Kieran
                                      Vegepythicus, editor


Librarian's Note ... The recorded tales of Kieran the Bard fall into three categories: the
Woodland Cycle, Castles and Kings, and an unnamed cycle of lusty tales (recently destroyed
by mysterious accident). Some are in the bard's own hand, while others, mere shadows of the
originals, remain only as bedtime tales for children. The structure exemplifies the helical form
favoured by listeners about the hearth on a long winter's eve. As to whether they describe real
events, be allegory, or be mere entertaining fancy, the reader must decide.

                                                I.

Kieran was on the road from Wren to Fairtree, when he grew weary from the midday sun. His
boots were tight and he thought to remove them for a bit in the shade of a nearby oak (oaks
being a favourite of bards). This particular oak was venerable and gnarled, with sturdy
branches that dipped and swooped, nearly touching the ground in spots. From its shade Kieran
watched the forest creatures playing in the warm sun. But for the rustling of leaves, high
above, the only sounds were of butterfly wings and birdsong.

"What a peaceful day," Kieran thought as he watched a butterfly drift by, "What a beautiful
day! In truth, since bards first told tales, has there ever been a day more peaceful and beautiful
than this?" He drank from his waterskin and, taking his lute from its sack, cleared his throat
and began to sing: "Oh, the maidens of Wren are passing fair ... ...with breasts like melons,
and flaxen hair ..." He had just taken a deep breath to bellow the lusty chorus when a small,
feminine voice said, "Kind sir ..." He leaped to his stockinged feet, his face flaming red.
"Who's there?" he cried. The small voice repeated, "Please, sir, if you will be so kind ..."
Kieran looked about but saw no person or creature addressing him. "Pray thee," he cried.
"Show thyself or have cause to fear my dagger." (He tried desperately to remember where he
had last seen it.) "Whether thee be friend or foe, pray thee show thyself now." The small voice
replied from above him, "Kind sir, thou hast no cause to fear me, and I am in need of help.
Can thou find it in thy heart to aid me?" He looked up and saw naught but a small robin's nest,
three branches above him. Climbing swiftly, he found a robin with three tiny robinlings, their
mouths open wide. "Good mother robin," he asked, "Can it be thee who addresses me thus?"
"Kind sir," she replied, "I have hurt my wing and it will be at least a day before I might fly. If
my children do not eat soon, they will die. Would you be so kind as to bring a fat, juicy meal?
Would you find a caterpillar or earthworm or grub for my children?"

Now, Kieran was kind of heart and it was not within him to refuse a plea such as this, so off
he went into the forest. Searching under some mulberry leaves, he soon found a small green
caterpillar. It seemed a perfect meal for young robins. Plucking it from the leaf upon which it
fed, he prepared to hurry back to the oak when he heard a tiny voice. He opened his hand and
the caterpillar looked up at him with her big brown eyes wide with fear. "Kind sir," she said,
"wouldst thou kill me so thoughtlessly?" Kieran scratched his head in puzzlement and the
caterpillar continued: "When thou cooled thy feet beneath the oak, didst thou not find joy in
my parents' beauty as they danced before thee in the sun? I, too, am soon to change. Wouldst
314                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

thou deny thy successors the joy of my dancing? And if I do not live to have children, how
will thine own children find such joy? Please, sir, would not an earthworm serve the needs of
the robinlings just as well? Kieran looked into the eyes of the caterpillar and knew that he
could not feed her to the robins. Carefully, he placed her beneath her mulberry bush and
continued his search.

Near a rushing brook, Kieran found a flat stone that, when moved, revealed a juicy earthworm
enjoying the cool moist earth. "Aha." he thought. "As nice as the caterpillar may have been,
this truly seems a more fitting meal for young robins." He had no sooner plucked the
earthworm from it's cool abode (where it had been frantically trying to burrow away from
him), when he heard a voice so faint he might have imagined it: "Kind sir," he thought he
heard, and Kieran looked in his hand. The worm continued: "I am but a lowly creature, it's
true, but might I plead such case that I have?" Kieran rolled his eyes skyward as the worm sat
up and seized its chance. "I am not a lowborn worm like others you might find. No, I am a
prince among earthworms. I come from an ancient lineage. My ancestors burrowed the earth
when fires belched from black pits throughout these lands. I command millions like myself.
Were it not for my loyal followers, you, good sir, would be up to your neck in leaves, tree
trunks and mouldy carcasses. I'll make a bargain with you. If you release me and choose,
instead, a pathetic grub for the robinlings, I will dispatch an entire clan of earthworms to keep
your foreyard clean and sweet-smelling for as long as ye shall live." The earthworm looked
hopefully at Kieran (while calculating the distance to the ground). "Good sir, what say ye?"
Kieran was beginning to lose his patience, but, seeing the value of the earthworm's offer,
decided that a grub would, indeed, make a tasty morsel for the young robins. He returned the
earthworm to its moist haven and carefully replaced the flat stone above it.

And, true to his desire, a short while later, in a forest glade, beneath a wide slab of discarded
bark, Kieran chanced upon that which he sought: a fat white grub that would grow the
robinlings into beautiful songsters. He plucked it from its hiding place and set forth. It was a
beautiful day, indeed.

                                               II.

Nearby, in stately Trowbridge, King Caladan did live with his lovely daughter, Einlea. The
princess was the apple of the old man's eye and the crown jewel of his small kingdom. He
looked upon her with the blind pride of a doting father, and she, for her part, did naught but
bask and flourish in his bounty. Trowbridge was quiet now, the chief sounds being the clatter
of cart wheels and the cries of street vendors, but it was not always so. Three years earlier
there had been trouble with Carthan to the west. It was not much, a border dispute, but the
king persuaded a wizard named Loziard to come to Trowbridge in his employ, to aid him in
the contest. Loziard was unknown by all in Trowbridge and kept to himself within the palace,
coming and going as he pleased. When Trowbridge prevailed, with almost no loss of life,
there was joyous celebration for days and weeks thereafter.

Time passed, yet Loziard remained. The King, not wanting to seem ungrateful, said nothing,
but became increasingly discomforted with the wizard's presence and wished for his
departure. On Einlea's twentieth birthday, King Caladan called for a celebration and holiday
through all his land. Unknown to his subjects, he intended to proclaim his retirement and the
transference of his crown to his beautiful daughter. Out of politeness, and nothing more, he
invited the wizard Loziard to aid him in devising a proper speech. Loziard was furious. He
paced his chamber, his black brows knitted with intensity that would have soured any cow's
                                     [63] A TALE OF KIERAN                                      315

milk. "Why," he cried aloud, "am I treated so unjustly by the old buffoon? Were it not for my
skills, the border contest, mayhaps even the kingdom itself, might have been lost. I deserve
more. I deserve the crown. To give it to that primping simpering daughter of his, who thinks
naught of more than her own whim, is a slap more stinging than that of gauntlet. I will have
justice. I will demonstrate, amply, for all to see, wherein lies true power."

Thereupon, Loziard made his preparations. Princess Einlea's birthday came on a summer
morning. Everyone within the city, and from the farms without, gathered to the palace for the
festival. Banners waved from every rooftop. Fiddlers fiddled and dancers danced. Bakers
baked wonderful sweets for the occasion. It was a day long to be remembered. At noon,
precisely, King Caladan and Princess Einlea emerged onto the main balcony to the cheers of
the kingdom. "Good citizens of Trowbridge," called the King, "We are but a tiny kingdom,
but we prosper, do we not?" Loud hails (mostly) erupted from the crowd below. Encouraged,
Caladan continued, "But now I am an old man. The day has arrived when younger blood can
better attend to the needs and events of the kingdom. My subjects ... My loyal subjects and
friends ... It is with honour ...and pride ...and the greatest of expectations ...that I transfer my
kingdom and my crown to my loving daughter. To one and all, I give you" (a long pause here)
"Einlea."

As cheers filled the air, Caladan made a grand, sweeping gesture with his arm, intending to
make the presentation as spectacular as the pride that filled him. His robe went "swoooosh"
and his hand pointed to ... nobody. What was this? Where had she gone? Where Einlea had
been, moments earlier, there now was naught but vacant air. "Er ...Einlea ...?" he called,
uncertainly. But there was no response. Silence fell over park and courtyard. People glanced
at each other nervously. Old Loziard clapped his hands in glee. He danced. He hugged
himself with uncontained laughter. "How wonderful ..." he cried. "What a breathtakingly
stunning and talented a wizard I am.." For what he had done, of course, was to rid himself of
Einlea for once and for all. With one stroke, crafty and evil, he had removed the vain creature
from the palace. Nought else remained between him and that which he desired.

Now, magic is a tricky thing. Like all forces in the world, it must be kept in balance. As
surely as day balances night and summer balances winter, so too must positive magic balance
negative. For every hurtful or destructive spell, there must be an act of equal goodness or
charity lest trouble overflow into the world. For every black wizard, there must be a white.
For every spell of combat destruction, there must be healing. Know ye this ...if all who
practice magic cast naught but healing or protective spells, dark, horrible forces would build
up until chaos and ruin would burst forth and rain our doom down upon us. Thus may spells
of healing be broken by harm, and the worst of spells be broken by charity. Knowing this,
Loziard planned well his act of vengeance.

To permanently rid himself of Einlea (short of killing her outright) he must devise a spell so
cunning that no act of kindness would ever break it. He was pulling lice out of his long beard,
late one evening, when he burst into laughter. He would make her into something
...disgusting. "I will make her into a frog." he laughed, then frowned. No ... that had been
done. People might expect it and go around, like mindless idiots, seeking frogs, hoping to
earn a kings ransom. And then, a brilliant plan occurred to him. "I will make her into a bug,
an insect, a WORM ..." He almost choked on his wine. "Oh. How perfect.. I will make her
into something so truly loathsome that she will spend the rest of her little bug life in terror of
being squashed by the first person who sees her." He squealed and his rings jangled and his
fat jiggled and he snorted wine out his nose in laughter. "Oh, how absolutely delicious ..."
316                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

And that's exactly what he did. While King Caladan and his subjects scratched their heads in
puzzlement, nobody saw a small fat white tree grub plop to the cobblestones beneath the main
balcony and immediately curl up, glistening and quivering.

                                              III.

Einlea was terrified. What had happened? Well, she had seen enough of Loziard's magic to
know what had happened. But why? Why would he do this to her? She didn't have long to
ponder the question. A huge black hound, hundreds of times her size, ran to the cobblestone
where she lay, and almost gobbled her with one slurp of his tongue. From somewhere, she
found the wherewithal to roll out of his way and into the crevice between the stones. His
HUGE slurpy tongue followed her, drooling and panting great hurricanes of hot awful breath
down at her. But just as the tongue was about to lick her into the waiting stomach, the hound's
owner yanked his massive chain and pulled the beast toward home. It is true that Einlea, in
her life as a human, was self indulgent and not inclined to effort or resource, but that was
merely because she had no need of either. In the following days, she had cause to discover
plenty of both within her. After the incident with the hound, she knew she must go far away
from people and dogs. And she knew what kinds of creatures dined on grubs, too. She slept
out of sight under leaves, in places where grubs would not likely be sought.

Even so, Einlea's days were filled with terror and adventure. There were circling hawks by
day and owls by night. A bear, tearing at a rotting tree trunk, gobbled grubs, indistinguishable
from Einlea, by the hundreds, as she watched in horror from behind a nearby rock. The
smallest stream was now an enormous, gushing torrent, to be crossed in a nutshell under the
greatest of peril. Einlea passed these tests, along with many others, and she passed them well.
It was on her tenth such day that a clumsy boot kicked aside the piece of bark under which
she had sought shelter from the sun. Blinded by the sudden light, she heard an exclamation
from high above. Then, before she could react, two fingers dropped from the sky and plucked
her up and deposited her firmly inside a huge fist.

Ten days ago, Einlea would have been paralysed with terror. But that was ten days ago. Her
mind raced. "Who is this clumsy idiot, anyway??" she thought, "and what on earth does he
want with a tree grub? At least he didn't squash me on the spot. That's encouraging, isn't it?
So he must be here to rescue me.." She wriggled and squirmed in his fist until she could see
his face, high above her, between two of his fingers. "Ugh. A beard. If I'm going to be
rescued, why can't it be by a fine young prince?" But it then occurred to her that she was
speaking from old habit. "I wonder how many of those foppish boys could have survived
these past ten days?" She laughed, thinking of them. "Not many, I bet. Those who wouldn't
have curled up and died immediately would, by now, be whimpering and crying for their
mothers." She looked at Kieran again. "Well ... maybe he would look better if I wasn't looking
straight up his nostrils. Ouch.. Why isn't he more careful with me??" And then it occurred to
Einlea that, if this oaf were truly rescuing her, he probably would have said something to her.
"Uh-oh." Einlea's heart raced and she started wriggling furiously , imagining the worst of all
possible deaths. "He must be going fishing." Einlea couldn't do much in her current state, but
she could spit. And spit she did. In quantities unimaginable for so small a grub. She spit and
spit and spit until her tiny grub mouth was too dry to spit another drop. She felt Kieran's hand
squirming and thought, "It's working.."
                                    [63] A TALE OF KIERAN                                     317

                                               IV.

Kieran was fair disgusted. Twas bad enough that he had to touch the slimy thing, but now it
was oozing something and becoming truly revolting. Finally, just before he reached the
robin's oak, he could take it no longer. He stopped and examined the creature in his hand.
White and plump and glistening, it was, in truth, a repellent creature. Yet the poor thing was
obviously terrified. It gazed up at him with what he imagined to be minuscule grub eyes,
pleading. Kieran thought of the caterpillar and the earthworm, and his heart gave in. Heaving
a great resigned sigh, he found a nice clean root and placed the grub upon it. And thus was
Loziard's spell broken. None could have been more astonished than Einlea when she
unexpectedly grew to her former size, except, perhaps for Kieran, who nearly died of fright.
He was no more than catching his breath when Einlea regained her wits. Raising her index
finger, warning Kieran not to say even ONE word, Einlea snatched Kieran's coat to cover
herself. Then, with fire in her eyes, and as much dignity as she could muster, she was off to
Trowbridge, leaving Kieran to stare, open-mouthed, at her departing figure. Einlea knew she
could not simply enter the city and confront Loziard. The moment he saw her, he would but
cast another enchantment upon her. So, disguising herself as a shepherd, she found an
abandoned house on the moors and began to make her plans.

What happened next is a tale worth hearing. But it is a tale for another evening. Indeed, it is a
tale to be told over many an evening, and many a good pot of ale. And what of the baby
robins? Having no alternative, Kieran climbed the tree and took from his pack his last piece of
fatty mutton. Tearing it into small shreds, he gave it to the grateful mother robin, who fed it to
her family. Upon returning to the ground, Kieran looked first toward Fairtree, his former
destination, then, grinning, set off after the most surprising young lady, for whom he now had
many questions. "Who knows ..." he called back to the robins, "It may be fate. And besides, I
need my coat." He was heard, late that evening, far down the road, singing: "Oh, the maidens
of Trowbridge are passing fair ... ...with breasts like melons, and flaxen hair ..."
318                         2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[64] {Testimony of Arthago1, Prince of Sentinel}


                                                                          23 Morning Star 3E 400
                                                                                            {...}

Two days I was sealed within this crypt without food or water. I do not know whether hunger
or poor health or one of the creatures who share this dank hole with me will kill me first -- I
only know that I will soon be dead, and not even my bones with remain. My hope is that in
the years that come, this letter will be read and the sad story of {...}, Prince of Sentinel will be
told. I am fifteen years old at the time of this writing, and have been plagued with bad health
for most of my life, to the frustration of my hearty parents. The finest healers and apothecaries
in western Tamriel have labored over my every cough and fever, but while they could save
my life time and time again, they could not improve my sickly constitution. In retrospect, I
received little real affection from the king and queen, embarrassed as they were about
begetting such a cripple as the heir of the kingdom. I cannot say I missed the love; I received
much attention from the doctors, priests, and herbalists constantly at court. Certainly I was not
to be the sort of warrior that King Cameron was, but one of my dearest friends, a priest of
Stendarr said that I might be the first scholar-king in the history of Sentinel. My younger
sister Aubk-i was the true favorite of my parents: athletic, beautiful, and charming. It is hard
to think of an uncomplimentary word for her. I am resigned to my imminent death, and yet, I
would like to see her once again. For six years, Aubk-i and I were the only children of
Sentinel. Eight years ago, the queen had a boy child and named him Greklith, after the ancient
Redguard word for Strong King. Few speak that tongue any longer, but all the scholars and
nobles of Hammerfell understood. And Greklith is a strong boy indeed -- I have never so
much as seen him cough. The Queen's next child, born only a year after Greklith, had an even
more ominous birthname -- Lhotun. Second Boy. Perhaps had I been less sheltered, more
suspicious by nature, I might have read into these nominations. Lhotun and Greklith are
common enough names in our family, I reasoned. Now I know that even then, I was
disinherited -- even if it was not official yet. For several months before Lhotun's birth and
over three years afterward, I was in the throes of a very serious fever. The doctors despaired
of me, but somehow and very, very gradually, I recovered. For the first time, and the last, I
read an expression on my father, the King's face that was not indifference. It was disgust. That
was a fortnight ago. Three nights ago, I was seized by men I had never seen while I was
having a walk. My nursemaid stood by watching placidly as I was gagged and tied and
thrown roughly into a sack. I do not know how long they rode with me, but I was eventually
left here. When I finally freed myself from my bonds, I found that I was alone. My wanders
have gotten me nowhere. This place is filled with undead creatures that prevent me from
finding any exit. I have no hope left, but no fear either. A few regrets. Perhaps had I studied
magic instead of history and science I could free myself of this place. One of my tutors told
the story of the Underking, how he had placed his lifeforce in the body of a powerful being
and had thus conquered all Tamriel long, long ago. Had I only had the strength of a more
powerful body like that. But I did not study magic. I studied history, so I leave this letter --
not to revenge myself, but as an historic document.




1
    Cf. BOALI, Night Falls On Sentinel (CT I-61).
                                         [65] {TRACT}                                     319



[65] {Tract}


                                           {Tract}


I scarcely remember my voyage to the place called {...}: I expect I was still partly dreaming.
Deep within the stinking recesses of the profaned temple, I was met with a great fire and from
the flames I heard the same voice speak: "Welcome."

"Who art thou?" I addressed the flame.

"I am what {...} doth proclaim to worship, but with every act and thought defile my divinity.
To thee I called so that a new {...} might be created, one led by truth and true insight, and
understanding of my Being. The heathen need insight, and you shall be it."

The God told me more that day, but while the wicked {...} continues their policy of quashing
any who dare to challenge their corrupted, contemptible theology, I must keep my tracts short.
More will follow shortly hereafter.
320                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[66] Vampires of the Iliac Bay

[66.1] Vampires of the Iliac Bay I


                               Vampires of the Iliac Bay, Part I
                                      by Anonymous


There are over one hundred distinct kinds of vampire in Tamriel. The Iliac Bay region alone
has nine variations with unique powers and abilities. I have this information not only because
I have been researching this blight of the world for the last ten years of my life, but because
for the seven years before that, I was one of the creatures.

Vampirism is a disease, like brain rot or cholera, but far, far more insidious. One can become
a vampire through certain magical items or by the curse of a powerful wizard, but the most
common cause is the bite or scratch of a vampire. There are no symptoms of vampirism
except this -- if the victim sleeps after the attack but before he becomes a vampire, his sleep
will be plagued with nightmares.

During this two to four day period, when the disease has been spread but the victim is still
mortal, most any temple healer can remove the curse of vampirism. There will be no further
warning.

I do not remember dying. I had been a scout for an order of knights which shall go nameless
for this. A daughter of a local nobleman had been kidnapped by a mysterious character, and
my captain had located his hideout. Deep in the dank underground chambers, I searched until
I found the girl. Or what remained of her, a corpse the color of snow, drained of every drop of
blood. I knew what the mystery man was right then, but he found me before I found the exit
out. He took a good sized hunk out of my fighting arm before I managed to outrun him. I
figured I was lucky to be alive. Some luck.

My trip back to the knightly order was a five day journey. I decided to get some rest early to
get my arm in better shape in case I found any more trouble. I can't remember the dreams I
had that night -- only that I was doing something horrible and I couldn't stop myself. I woke
up screaming. The next night, at an inn a little closer to my destination, my sleep was deep
and dreamless. On the third night, I died.

Of course, I didn't know that I died. I had gone to sleep in a nice warm feathered bed and I
woke on a cold wet stone mortuary slab. Dazed, I opened the door to the masoleum I was in,
which I think must have been locked. I was in a cemetary not far from a town I knew, so I
wandered in. It was late at night, so there were precious few souls in the streets. I paused to
read a public notice and noticed the date. The date was two weeks later than I thought it must
have been.

As I puzzled over that, I saw a girl, a wench at my favorite tavern in that town, wandering
toward me. I hailed her. She ignored me. I called her by her name, and she turned to me,
smiling, but with an expression that told me she did not know who I was. I had visited her
tavern on my way over to the mystery man's hideout, but she didn't know me!
                             [66.1] VAMPIRES OF THE ILIAC BAY I                             321

I told her my name. She angrily told me that it was a very poor joke, that I looked nothing like
the brave knight who used to visit the town, and that if I didn't know he was dead.

My emotions were a tangled skein. I could tell she was not joking, that I looked nothing like
myself. I was touched by her sorrow at my death, and horrified by the idea dawning on me of
what I had become. Suddenly, an overriding instinct overcame all my thoughts -- hunger.
Without even thinking about what I was doing, I reached out and tore her throat open. I
drained her until she looked like the corpse in the mystery man's dungeon.

The rest of my story is told in Vampires of the Bay, Chapter II.
322                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[66.2] Vampires of the Iliac Bay II


                               Vampires of the Iliac Bay, Part II
                                      by Anonymous


I told in the first chapter of my story how I became a vampire and of my first kill. While it
might (and, indeed, should) horrify the reader that my first victim was a friend of the mortal I
used to be, it is my understanding that they are not uncommon first kills.

I left the snow white corpse in the alley and ran to the only place I felt perversely safe, the
masoleum. For the first couple days of my undeath, I starved myself while I considered my
fate. I relearned what I was capable of doing, and found that I was stronger, faster, tougher,
and more agile than before. I had powers that as a knight I had only seen powerful mages
wield. Later, I discovered additional abilities, such as a total immunity to disease. Helpful
when descending on a plague-stricken city like a jackal.

I also found my weaknesses. I could no longer stand the light of the sun -- exposure to it for
longer than a few seconds burned me terribly. It also pained me to enter temples and other
places of worship. The worst effect, of course, had to be my blood lust. If I did not kill a
warm blooded creature once a night and drink its blood, my hunger would gnaw at me, and
any wounds I suffered would not heal no matter how much I rested.

Is this the moment for me to admit that there was a time I loved being a bloodsucking creature
of the night? It is not impossible to live only at night, merely occasionally inconvenient. And I
wouldn't have to kill humans every night, merely warm-blooded creatures. Orcs have a
delicious, rich brothy blood; rats are a little sweet for the only meal of the night; werewolves
are a real treat, almost decadent the tincture between human and beast. A real gourmet's
delight.

About a month after I died, I was having the best time of my life. One night, I received a letter
from someone who said he was "family." Curious, I went to visit him at his tavern, and was
told about the tribe of vampires to which I belonged -- the Montalion. In return for me
performing certain duties for the "family," the man at the inn would train my in my vampiric
abilities and skills.

Though I never got very much detail, I surmised that the two main differences between the
different vampire clans is geography and powers. Montalion alone have the gift for
teleportation, but the other eight have powers of their own.

My mentor (that is the title he used) would congratulate me after each mission I performed,
and came to trust me more and more. If asked, he would tell me about the Montalion's newest
alliances, who they were manipulating, who they were stalking. It was then I started to
become frightened at last. They, and all of their rival clans, were draining the blood of
Tamriel itself.

I panicked. I had to find a cure. But nowhere could I find any book or rumor suggesting that
vampirism is anything but permanent. So I resolved to kill myself, but I wanted to bring the
                            [66.2] VAMPIRES OF THE ILIAC BAY II                            323

Montalion down with me. I joined guilds they opposed, and failed any mission given to me
spectacularly. I thought my mentor would turn against me, but he only became quieter, less
forthcoming with information, never violent. He was not concerned. He had probably seen
vampires like me before.

Here's why he never attacked me: immortals can afford to be eternally patient.

At last, he refused to give me any further missions. He wouldn't even talk with me, but he
never left his tavern. I could come and go, and he'd watch but never talk. That's when I got
another letter.

There are several of us, you see, former vampires who know what to look for. We're patient
too: we learned it in our unlife. We watch and listen, and anonymously contact the vampires
we know wish to end the curse.

Ending the curse is possible, but only just. It is very dangerous, but when you are cursed, the
only real danger is no escape.
324               2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL



[67] Wabbajack*


See vol. I.
                                  [68] THE WAR OF BETONY                                     325



[68] The War of Betony


                                      The War of Betony
                                          by Fav'te


Could there be a better proof of the natural perversity of Bretons than their conduct before,
during, and after what history will remember as the War of Betony? By the most depraved of
motivations, the most despicable of tactics, and the most ungentlemanly of triumphs, the
kingdom of Daggerfall changed the nature of warfare in the Iliac Bay and perhaps over all of
Tamriel. In Sentinel, we call the recent carnage the "Siege of Betony," but as the book of
history is writ by the victors, let us speak instead of the "War of Betony."

Redguards by their nature are a modest and practical people. We are not phlegmatic like the
High Elves, nor cowardly like the Wood Elves and Khajiiti. But what would infuriate and
enrage the swaggering, vainglorious Nords and Bretons would not merit a shrug from a
Redguard. Had any Breton kingdom possessed the little island of Betony, it would have been
covetously guarded. Betony's trade would have been seriously restricted; its religion
subjugated; its people bound by active and constant pledges and duties of vassalage. But
Betony was not a Breton dominion. Betony was part of the Kingdom of Sentinel.

King Lysandus -- may the Old Ones continue to torment his soul for his wickedness! -- saw
the prosperous island which is closer to his land than to Sentinel, and his black heart turned to
avarice. Through threats, lies, acts of piracy and, finally, invasion, Daggerfall illegally took
possession of the Island of Betony. His court sorceress, the Lady Medora, his enchantress
mother, and other experienced counselors were horrified by the brutality of his campaign and
begged him to abandon his tyrannical act of war. Gradually, all dissentors were removed from
court. None but the ignorant and the warmongers remained.

Our late king Camaron tried to employ civil diplomacy with Daggerfall, but in the end, he
made the formal declaration of war. Daggerfall and Sentinel have fought many times in their
two thousand years of coexistance, and Camaron knew the black magic and espionage the
Bretons considered honest warfare. Never debasing the Sentinel character by duplicating the
Breton villainy, Camaron knew best how to combat Lysandus. King Lysandus' knavish battle
tactics were even more perfidious than his ancestors', and the war continue to rage until it
began to involve more than Sentinel and Daggerfall.

Lord Graddock, ruler of Reich Gradkeep, acted as concilator between Sentinel and
Daggerfall, and eventually convinced both monarchs to meet and make peace. The ill-fated
Treaty of Gradkeep began civilly; the terms of peace were discussed, agreed on, and set to
paper. The terms were excessively generous. Camaron had agreed to give up some of his
rights to Betony in order to placate the madness of Lysandus and bring peace back to the Iliac
Bay. It was not until King Camaron read the Treaty he was about to sign that he realized the
outrageous perfidy of the Bretons: the Treaty had actually been purposefully miswritten by
the Daggerfall scribe in a desparate and ignominious attempt to trick Camaron into signing a
contract different from the one to which he had agreed. The castle of Reich Gradkeep erupted
into bloodbath, and the war continued.
326                  2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

The Battle of Cryngaine Field was the tragic ending of the senseless war of attrition. The
Cryngaine Field is located in between the Yeorth Burrowland and the Ravennian Forest
where the armies of Sentinel and Daggerfall respectively made camp after the massacre at
Reich Gradkeep. As the battle began, Daggerfall proved that she had some foul daedric
magical tricks left by blinding the Redguard army with a wall of mist. Lysandus did not have
the opportunity to gloat over his cozenage for long, for the sure arm of a Sentinel archer
struck him in the throat even through the thick, swirling fog.

Lysandus' son, Gothryd, who had spent the battle in lugubrious relaxation, was crowned
without ceremony, and thereupon demanded a duel with King Camaron. Camaron was many
years Gothryd's senior, and though a superior warrior, was exhausted from the endless
warfare the boy king had been spared. Nevertheless, as a point of honor, our king agreed to
the duel. The new king of Daggerfall, by dirty trick and black magic, managed to backstab
our king before the duel ever began. Thus, the victor of Cryngaine Field, and the War of
Betony, was Daggerfall.

Daggerfall's wickedness continued even after her inglorious victory. While the widow queen
of Sentinel, Her Majesty Akorithi, mourned and tried to mend her shattered lands, Gothryd
demanded the Princess of Sentinel as a hostage of war. To save her homeland, the Princess
Aubk-i agreed to leave Sentinel and even marry the murderer of her father. But we true
Redguards of Sentinel know where her love and honor lies. The Queen of Daggerfall is the
Princess of Sentinel first and foremost.
                                  [69] THE WAR OF BETONY                                    327



[69] The War of Betony


                                      The War of Betony
                                      by Vulper Newgate


The history of the Iliac Bay, if told in its entirety, would horrify readers more than the most
gruesome legend of the Underking. In comparison to the wars of the first and second era, our
most recent appeal to arms, the War of Betony pales.

The Siege of Orsinium lasted from 1E 950 until 1E 980 without a pause. A thousand years
later, the Thrassian Plague coupled with the War of Righteousness slayed over half the
population of the Iliac Bay. And yet, the War of Betony fascinates us, and not just because of
its immediacy.

Ironically, Lord Mogref of Betony was seeking peace when he asked for Daggerfall's
protection on the Isle of Betony. The island had long been independant, but as the piracy in
the Bay increased, Mogref truly realized Betony's vulnerability. King Lysandus agreed to be
Betony's liege, on advice of many, including his archpriest of Kynareth, Lord Vanech.

While Betony is a prosperous fishing island and well-placed strategically, the vassalage of
Betony was primarily an act of charity. Lysandus knew that if someone did not help Betony, it
would fall to the pirates, if not to someone worse. Unfortunately, King Camaron of Sentinel
did not agree. Citing a two hundred year old contract, obliquely if not illegally written to
suggest that Betony was a "traditional holding" of the Kingdom of Sentinel, Camaron
declared war. The majority of his advisors, being warlords in a traditionally bellicose country,
supported their king in this.

The Chief Counselor, a woman called The Oracle, foresaw death and defeat in the war, but
her wisdom was stifled and she was banished from court. Camaron should have listened to
her. A few scrimages of the War of Betony went to Sentinel, but the major battles were all
won by Daggerfall. King Lysandus, his heir Prince Gothryd, and the general of the army Lord
Bridwell were fine leaders and warriors as well, and the Battle of the Bluffs and the Siege of
Craghold both went to Daggerfall.

The war might have been won with one more victory, but for an unusual domestic incident in
King Lysandus' court. The king's mother, the dowager queen Nulfaga, had been uneasy about
the war since its beginning, but she now began to have visions of cataclysm. She saw the
death of her beloved son should the war continue. Ebullient by his success, King Lysandus
refused to listen to her fears until Nulfaga left court. Lysandus then realized how certain she
was about his impending death. He began to actively negotiate a peace treaty with Sentinel,
using the neutral lordship of Reich Gradkeep as facilitator. The Treaty of Reich Gradkeep was
never to be.

King Camaron was initially civil, as the losing side of a war is often civil, but when he
realized that the proposed treaty would have included a formal declaration that the kingdoms
of Sentinel and Daggerfall would share Betony, he flew into a rage. With no thought for the
protocol of attacking a neutral peaceable lordship, Camaron ordered his army to riot through
328                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

Reich Gradkeep. First the halls of the palace, and then the streets of the capitol ran red with
blood. It was only with the support of the Daggerfall army that the chaos was brought under
relative control.

The Sentinel army fled to the Yeorth Burrowland, and the Daggerfall army chased them as far
as the Ravennian Forest before making camp. One week later, after each had a chance to send
for reinforcements and plan their strategies, the armies met in the field that separated them,
the flowering meadowland called Cryngaine Field. In the heat of the clash, an unnatural fog
spread over the field, blinding all combatants. When the mist finally lifted, King Lysandus'
body was found, his throat pierced by an unmarked arrow.

Daggerfall did not waste any time in mourning; young prince Gothryd, who had shown great
bravery in battle and was very popular among the troops, was crowned King of Daggerfall
just behind the battle lines, and he ordered the army onward. Perhaps it was the sight of the
brave young warrior turned king appearing on the battlefield in full regalia that inspired the
Daggerfall army, perhaps the battle would have turned regardless, Sentinel began to panic.
King Gothryd met King Camaron before the Redguards had retreated, and the two monarchs
fought. Both were excellent warriors, but Gothryd was a more skillful swordsman, and
Camaron fell that day. Lord Oresme of Sentinel formally surrendered to Daggerfall, giving up
all rights to Betony officially. He later commited suicide on the ship back to Sentinel.

Peace was a difficult process for the cities and towns on both sides of the Iliac Bay. As part of
the formal peace treaty, King Gothryd asked for the hand of Princess Aubk-i, only daughter of
the late King Camaron and the Queen Regent Akorithi. The request was intended to restore
friendship between the kingdoms, and it was partially successful though many in the royal
court of Sentinel viewed the princess as more a prisoner of war than a bond to Daggerfall. The
only surviving member of the ruling family of Reich Gradkeep was a sickly infant, so the
councilors of state appealed to Lord Auberon Flyte, a cousin of Lord Graddock, to rule the
lordship in regency.

Lord Flyte accepted, and his strong, almost dictatorial style was just what Reich Gradkeep
needed to restore order after the bloody Treaty of Reich Gradkeep. His subjects were grateful
that when the infant heir died, they not only elevated his wife Doryanna and him from regents
to rulers, they agreed to rename the lordship in his honor. Reich Gradkeep became Anticlere,
named after his ancestral home. The horrors of the War of Betony still live on, even in
Anticlere. Whether Daggerfall and Sentinel will be able to use the marriage of King Gothryd
and Princess Aubk-i as a symbol of peace rather than discord is something that only the future
can show.

-- 14 Suns Dawn 3E 404
                              [70] WAYREST, JEWEL OF THE BAY                                329



[70] Wayrest, Jewel of the Bay


                                  Wayrest, Jewel of the Bay
                                    by Sathyr Longleat


Wayrest is one of the most glorious cities of western Tamriel: sparkling in her contemporary
beauty, lustrous by her past. She is prized above all cities in High Rock -- no other city has
contributed, and continues to contribute so much to the culture of the Bretons. The spirits of
her genius children continue to haunt the streets; you can see them in the gabled roofs, grand
boulevards, aromatic marketplaces. The people of Wayrest have an instictive appreciation of
their past, but are not obsessed by it, as the people of Daggerfall seem to be. One feels that
one is in a modern city when one visits Wayrest, but there is a magic in the air that could only
come from thirty-two centuries of civilization.

It is difficult for historians to declare a certain date for the foundation of Wayrest. A
settlement of some variety had been existence where the Bjoulsae River feeds the Iliac Bay
possibly since the 800th year of the First Era. The traders and fishermen of Wayrest were
surrounded by hostile parties: the orc capitol Orsinium had grown like a poison weed to the
north, and the Akaviri pirates and raiders crowded the islands to the west. There is no mystery
to Wayrest's name. After the fighting most travellers had to endure passing through the
eastern end of the Iliac Bay, the little fishing village on the Bjoulsae was a welcome rest.

Nowhere in the much vaunted censuses of the Skyrim Occupation is Wayrest mentioned. In
the Annals of Daggerfall, King Joile's letter to Gaiden Shinji of the Order of Diagna contains
the following reference: "The orcs have been much plaguing the Wayresters and impeding
traffic to the heart of the land." The date given for the letter was 1E 948.

Wayrest only truly bloomed after the razing of Orsinium in 1E 980. The hard-working traders
and merchants were instrumental in forming the Masconian Trade Way and thus reducing the
pirate activity on the Bay. At this time, Wayrest occupied both banks of the Bjoulsae. A
successful mercantile family, the Gardners, built a walled palace on the High Rock side of the
river and, over time, allowed banks and other businesses within its walls. It was a Gardner,
Farangel, who was proclaimed king when Wayrest accepted ambassadors from the Camorian
Empire, and was granted the right to call itself a kingdom in the 1100th year of the 1st Era.

Although Wayrest became a kingdom under the command of one family, the merchants
continued to wield incredible power. Many economists have alleged that Wayrest's eternal
wealth, despite all her hardships, comes from this rare relationship between the merchants and
the crown. The Gardner Dynasty fell, followed by the Cumberland Dynasty, which was
followed by the Horley Dynasty, and finally, in the Third Era, the Septim Dynasty. No citizen
of another kingdom of comparable age can, with one hand, name all the families who have
ever ruled. Never has a king of Wayrest been deposed by revolution or assassination. Except
for those of the Septim family, every king of Wayrest can trace his line back to a merchant
prince of Wayrest. The merchants and king respect one another, and this relationship
strengthens both.
330                   2. THE ELDER SCROLLS CHAPTER 2: DAGGERFALL

One need only walk down the great boulevard of Wayrest to see physical proof of this unique
alliance. Going north to south, Wayrest Boulevard suddenly divides, one half going west and
the other going east. Both halfs end in identical squares: one at Castle Wayrest, the original
palace of Aphren Gardner, and the other at Cumberland Square, where the oldest and
wealthiest marketplace in Wayrest. The message here is clear: the king and the merchants are
joined and equal.

Wayrest has survived blights, droughts, plagues, piracy, invasions, and war with good humor
and practicality. In 1E 2702, the entire population of the city was forced to move into the
walled estate of the Gardners as protection against the pirates, Akaviri raiders, and Thrassian
plague. A less resourceful community would have withered, but the Wayresters have survived
to enrich Tamriel generation after generation.
                                                    [71] WRITS                            331



[71] Writs

[71.1] {Writ}1


This document bears witness to the ownership of {...} of {...} in {...}. Let all who read this
know that {...} is the sole and rightful owner of the afore mentioned property.




1
    Actually, the following writ is described as "parchment" in game and untitled.
332
                                                                                          333



3. An Elder Scrolls Legend: Battlespire

Editor's note: The following texts are derived from the game's TXT.BSA and TXT.RSC files,
with some of them entitled by the editor and their titles given in {brackets}. Furthermore, in
many non-book texts the reader will find variables instead of the names and places shown in
game. For a more comfortable reading, I replaced them with {...}.
334
                       [1] ARCANA RESTORED   335



[1] Arcana Restored*


See vol. I.
336                3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[2] Book Of Life And Service*


See vol. I.
                       [3] BOOK OF REST AND ENDINGS   337



[3] Book Of Rest And Endings*


See vol. I.
338                    3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[4] {Book of the Wheels of Heaven}


                             {Book of the Wheels of Heaven}


[The book is written in Daedric, but the illustrations of various complex wheel, gear, and
pulley arrangements suggest that this could be the Book of the Wheels of Heaven. By
studying the tables of codes in the back, you discover that the code you are looking for is
Doht Yoodt Seht Koht, or DUSK in Tamrielic. The table also displays the codes written as
numerals, which happily are the same in Tamrielic and Daedric -- 4-21-19-11 -- which
corresponds to the number of the letters in the alphabet sequence.]
                                    [5.1] CODEX ARCANA I                                  339



[5] Codex Arcana

[5.1] Codex Arcana I


                                  Codex Arcana, Volume I


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

"Art of Corruption"
Produces the casting of Major Poison Damage Range

"Beaks of Lightning"
Casts the spell of Major Shock Damage Range

"Bite of Fleshrime"
Renders the power of Medium Frost Damage Range

"Blossom of Chastening Fire"
Produces the casting of Minor Fire Damage Range

"Boils of Handfire"
Produces the casting of Minor Fire Damage

"Bone of Resolve"
Produces the casting of Spell Resistance

"Breath of the Vampire"
Produces the casting of Vampiric Drain

"Candle of the Lesser Vigil"
Renders the power of Minor Shield
"Coals of Bonesear"
340                   3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

Renders the power of Major Fire Damage

"Din of Revelations"
Renders the power of Major Delayed Damage

"Dove of Blistering Fire"
Renders the power of Medium Fire Damage Range

"Ewer of Purity"
Renders the power of Cure Poison

"Excrescence of Ice"
Produces the casting of Major Frost Damage
                                   [5.2] CODEX ARCANA II                                  341



[5.2] Codex Arcana II


                                   Codex Arcana, Volume II


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

"Faremyle of Burning Blows"
Renders the power of Medium Fire Damage

"Father of Blight"
Produces the casting of Medium Continuous Damage to the victim

"Fin of Spite"
Produces the casting of Minor Continuous Damage to the victim

"Flakes of Snow"
Produces the casting of Minor Frost Damage

"Flame of the Greater Vigil"
Casts the spell of Medium Shield

"Forks of Bonefrost"
Casts the spell of Major Frost Damage Range

"Glaze of Mysteries"
Produces the casting of Medium Delayed Damage

"Gleam of the Shock Ward"
Produces the casting of Resistance to Shock

"Harkenor of Agony"
Renders the power of Major Continuous Damage to the victim
342                      3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

"Harrow of Wizardbrand"
Casts the spell of Major Magic Damage

"Heart of the Subtle Force"
Produces the casting of Minor Shock Damage

"Horn of Magepain"
Renders the power of Medium Magic Damage Range

"Hue of the Journeyman"
Casts the spell of Medium Poison Damage

"Husk of the Fiery Ward"
Casts the spell of Resistance to Fire

"Incidence of Biter Bitten"
Produces the casting of Fire shield
                                  [5.3] CODEX ARCANA III                                  343



[5.3] Codex Arcana III


                                 Codex Arcana, Volume III


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

"Knight of the Grand Vigil"
Produces the casting of Major Shield

"Lot of Fate"
Produces the casting of Medium Continuous Damage to the victim

"Maid of Rime"
Casts the spell of Medium Frost Damage

"Mote of Cleansing Fire"
Produces the casting of Major Fire Damage Range

"Plume of Baleful Woe"
Renders the power of Minor Magic Damage

"Prayer of Fleshfire"
Casts the spell of Medium Poison Damage Range

"Principle of the Broad Force"
Renders the power of Medium Shock Damage

"Ribs of the Mana Ward"
Produces the casting of Resistance to Magic

"Root of the Hero"
Renders the power of Medium Cure Health
344                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

"Rose of Weirdbane"
Produces the casting of Medium Magic Damage

"Seal of the Grand Force"
Casts the spell of Major Shock Damage Range

"Seed of Healing"
Produces the casting of Minor Cure Health

"Shells of Magewrack"
Casts the spell of Major Magic Damage Range

"Shimmer of the Frosty Ward"
Produces the casting of Resistance to Frost

"Sifting of Stain"
Produces the casting of Minor Poison Damage Range

"Skein of Convulsion"
Renders the power of Confusion

"Skins of the Poison Ward"
Casts the spell of Resistance to Poison

"Sliver of Skinchill"
Produces the casting of Minor Frost Damage Range

"Sweetpin of Secrets"
Renders the power of Minor Delayed Damage

"Swirl of the Bright Well"
Renders the power of Spell Absorption
                                    [5.4] CODEX ARCANA IV                                 345



[5.4] Codex Arcana IV


                                   Codex Arcana, Volume IV


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

"Tale of the Whole Flesh"
Casts the spell of Major Cure Health

"Tear of Despair"
Produces the casting of Major Continuous Damage to the victim

"Thimble of Magefire"
Produces the casting of Minor Magic Damage Range

"Thread of Sparking"
Renders the power of Minor Shock Damage Range

"Tides of the Between"
Produces the casting of Teleport

"Tinct of the Apprentice"
Produces the casting of Minor Poison Damage

"Waft of Lightness"
Produces the casting of Jumping

"Web of the Master"
Renders the power of Major Poison Damage

"Whim of the Grand Warding"
Renders the power of Resistance to All elements
346                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

"Wind of Swiftness"
Renders the power of Running

"Winds of Storm"
Produces the casting of Medium Shock Damage Range

"Wing of Spellshifting"
Casts the spell of Spell Reflection

"Withy of Withering"
Casts the spell of Minor Continuous Damage to the victim
                                  [5.5] CODEX ARCANA V                                    347



[5.5] Codex Arcana V


                                  Codex Arcana, Volume V


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

BattleAxe of Scathing: causes Minor Magic Damage, and is informed by the arts of
ILLUSION

BattleAxe of Marvelous Extension:provides castings of the spell Slow Fall, and gifts its
owner with special insight into the disciplines of MYSTICISM

BattleAxe of Heaven's Teeth: causes Minor Shock Damage, and is schooled with crafts of
RUNNING

Boots of the Creeping Things: enchanted with the spell of Summon Brute, and is informed by
the arts of THAUMATURGY

Boots of Glacial Hue: wreaks Major Frost Damage, and partakes of the excellence of
THAUMATURGY

Boots of Consuming Indwelling:provides castings of the spell Spell Absorption, and is
schooled with crafts of RESTORATION

Boots of Exquisite Perfection:provides castings of the spell Resistance to All elements, and
gifts its owner with special insight into the disciplines of SHORTBLADE

Broadsword of the Biting Pains: engenders Medium Frost Damage, and partakes of the
excellence of DESTRUCTION

Broadsword of Uncertainty: casts the spell of Invisibility, and is schooled with crafts of
ALTERATION
348                    3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

Broadsword of the Firmament:provides castings of the spell Resistance to Shock, and gifts its
owner with special insight into the disciplines of MISSILE

Broadsword of the Unnatural Essence: engenders Medium Poison Damage, and gifts its
owner with special insight into the disciplines of BACKSTABBING

Claymore of Mysteries: conceives the spell of Chameleon, and partakes of the excellence of
THAUMATURGY

Claymore of Sulphurous Death: wreaks Major Poison Damage, and is informed by the arts of
JUMPING

Claymore of Glacial Hue: wreaks Major Frost Damage, and gifts its owner with special
insight into the disciplines of RESTORATION

CrossBow of Pleasure: conceives the spell of Minor Cure Health, and partakes of the
excellence of THAUMATURGY
                                  [5.6] CODEX ARCANA VI                                   349



[5.6] Codex Arcana VI


                                 Codex Arcana, Volume VI


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

CrossBow of Sulphurous Death: wreaks Major Poison Damage, and is schooled with crafts of
RESTORATION

CrossBow of Grotesque Liveliness: engenders Rapid, Medium Continuous Damage to Target,
and is informed by the arts of THAUMATURGY

Cuirass of the Dusk and the Dawn: casts the spell of Shadow, and is schooled with crafts of
RESTORATION

Cuirass of the Outermost Wastes: wreaks Major Delayed Damage, and partakes of the
excellence of THAUMATURGY

Cuirass of the Scaly Pelt: enchanted with the spell of Minor Shield, and is informed by the
arts of BLUNTWEAPON

Cuirass of Final Virtue: wreaks Major Fire Damage, and gifts its owner with special insight
into the disciplines of RESTORATION

Dagger of the Capering Dog: conceives the spell of Summon Smart Guard, and partakes of
the excellence of DESTRUCTION

Dagger of the Shrew: engenders Medium Magic Damage, and is informed by the arts of
MYSTICISM

Dagger of the Tongue of the Wyrm: engenders Medium Fire Damage, and gifts its owner with
special insight into the disciplines of ALTERATION
350                    3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

Dagger of the Winter's Night: casts the spell of Resistance to Frost, and is schooled with
crafts of HANDTOHAND

Gauntlets of Scathing: causes Minor Magic Damage, and gifts its owner with special insight
into the disciplines of MYSTICISM

Gauntlets of the Rain of Fire: causes Minor Fire Damage, and partakes of the excellence of
ILLUSION

Gauntlets of the Summer's Day: enchanted with the spell of Resistance to Fire, and is
informed by the arts of LONGBLADE

Gauntlets of Expectant Wonder: casts the spell of Summon Smart Monster, and is schooled
with crafts of MYSTICISM

Greaves of the Biting Pains: engenders Medium Frost Damage, and is schooled with crafts of
ALTERATION
                                  [5.7] CODEX ARCANA VII                                  351



[5.7] Codex Arcana VII


                                Codex Arcana, Volume VII


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

Greaves of Kings: conceives the spell of Major Shield, and partakes of the excellence of
MYSTICISM

Greaves of Unrequited Intent: conceives the spell of Spell Resistance, and is informed by the
arts of DESTRUCTION

Greaves of the Stamp of the Toad:provides castings of the spell Monster Summoning, and
gifts its owner with special insight into the disciplines of ALTERATION

Helmet of Despair: enchanted with the spell of Poison, and is informed by the arts of
DESTRUCTION

Helmet of Precipitous Revelation: engenders Medium Delayed Damage, and is schooled with
crafts of ALTERATION

Helmet of the Tongue of the Wyrm: engenders Medium Fire Damage, and partakes of the
excellence of DESTRUCTION

Helmet of the Winding Road:provides castings of the spell Teleport, and gifts its owner with
special insight into the disciplines of AXE

Javelin of Joy:provides castings of the spell Medium Cure Health, and gifts its owner with
special insight into the disciplines of MYSTICISM

Javelin of Heaven's Teeth: causes Minor Shock Damage, and partakes of the excellence of
ILLUSION
352                   3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

Javelin of Endless Woe: wreaks Rapid, Major Continuous Damage to Target, and is schooled
with crafts of MYSTICISM

LongBow of Sweet Airs: casts the spell of Cure Poison, and is schooled with crafts of
ALTERATION

LongBow of Scars: causes Rapid, Minor Continuous Damage to Target, and gifts its owner
with special insight into the disciplines of ALTERATION

LongBow of the Unnatural Essence: engenders Medium Poison Damage, and is informed by
the arts of DESTRUCTION

Longsword of Exposure: causes Minor Poison Damage, and partakes of the excellence of
SWIMMING

Longsword of the Eye of the Worldt: enchanted with the spell of Detect Spell, and is
informed by the arts of ILLUSION
                                 [5.8] CODEX ARCANA VIII                                  353



[5.8] Codex Arcana VIII


                                Codex Arcana, Volume VIII


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

Longsword of the Noble Flesh:provides castings of the spell Resistance to Poison, and gifts
its owner with special insight into the disciplines of BLUNTWEAPON

Longsword of Winter's Winds: causes Minor Frost Damage, and is schooled with crafts of
MYSTICISM

Mace of Odious Disorder: engenders Slow, Medium Continuous Damage to Target, and is
schooled with crafts of RESTORATION

Mace of Dancing Fate: wreaks Major Shock Damage, and gifts its owner with special insight
into the disciplines of RESTORATION

Mace of Vengeance: wreaks Major Magic Damage, and partakes of the excellence of
THAUMATURGY

Pauldrons of Sacred Honor: casts the spell of Medium Shield, and is schooled with crafts of
MISSILE

Pauldrons of the Mischievous Hand: casts the spell of Spell Reflection, and gifts its owner
with special insight into the disciplines of MYSTICISM

Pauldrons of the Monkey's Apprehension: conceives the spell of Detect Enemy, and partakes
of the excellence of ILLUSION

Pauldrons of Winter's Winds: causes Minor Frost Damage, and is informed by the arts of
ILLUSION
354                    3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

Short Sword of Final Virtue: wreaks Major Fire Damage, and is informed by the arts of
THAUMATURGY

Short Sword of the Sunken Gods' Awakening:provides castings of the spell Summon Horror,
and gifts its owner with special insight into the disciplines of RESTORATION

Short Sword of the Inner Eye: conceives the spell of Resistance to Magic, and partakes of the
excellence of AXE

Short Sword of Vengeance: wreaks Major Magic Damage, and is schooled with crafts of
STEALTH
                                  [5.9] CODEX ARCANA IX                                   355



[5.9] Codex Arcana IX


                                 Codex Arcana, Volume IX


STUDENTS AND SCHOLAR: Attend our Abjurations!
SHOWING DUE PROPRIETY IN THE CUSTODY OF BOOKS

We not only render service to the Emperor in preparing volumes of new books, but also
exercise an office of sacred piety when we treat books carefully, and again when we restore
them to their proper places and commend them to inviolable custody; that they may rejoice in
purity while we have them in our hands, and rest securely when they are restored to their
repositories. And surely next to the vestments and engines dedicated to the Emperor's glory,
arcane books deserve to be rightly treated by the battlemage, to which great injury is done so
often as they are touched by unclean hands. Wherefore we deem it expedient to warn our
students against various negligences, such as might be easily avoided and which do wonderful
harm to books.

Being a partial index of arcane contrivances known to the scholars and alchemists of
Battlespire, that these contrivances might more readily be known to all students, and neither
abused, nor neglected, nor wasted in their employment.

ShortBow of the Bile of the Earth: enchanted with the spell of Fire shield, and is informed by
the arts of ILLUSION

ShortBow of Exposure: causes Minor Poison Damage, and gifts its owner with special insight
into the disciplines of MYSTICISM

ShortBow of Saturnine Purpose: wreaks Slow, Major Continuous Damage to Target, and
partakes of the excellence of ILLUSION

Sling of Delight: enchanted with the spell of Major Cure Health, and is informed by the arts
of SHORTBLADE

Sling of Fickle Endowment: casts the spell of Confusion, and partakes of the excellence of
DESTRUCTION

Sling of Riven Stars: engenders Medium Shock Damage, and gifts its owner with special
insight into the disciplines of ALTERATION

Spear of Snares and Springes: causes Minor Delayed Damage, and is informed by the arts of
ILLUSION

Spear of the Fox's Footfall: conceives the spell of Running, and partakes of the excellence of
HANDTOHAND

Spear of the Rain of Fire: causes Minor Fire Damage, and is schooled with crafts of
MYSTICISM
356                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

Staff of the Architect's Gaze: conceives the spell of Vampiric Drain, and gifts its owner with
special insight into the disciplines of RESTORATION

Staff of Dancing Fate: wreaks Major Shock Damage, and is informed by the arts of
THAUMATURGY

Staff of High Purpose: casts the spell of Jumping, and is schooled with crafts of
LONGBLADE

WarAxe of the Shrew: engenders Medium Magic Damage, and is schooled with crafts of
ALTERATION

WarAxe of Riven Stars: engenders Medium Shock Damage, and partakes of the excellence of
DESTRUCTION

WarAxe of the Tears of the Shark: causes Slow, Minor Continuous Damage to Target, and is
informed by the arts of DESTRUCTION
                           [6] CURIOSITIES OF THE SECOND AGE                             357



[6] Curiosities Of The Second Age


                              Curiosities Of The Second Age


None were so clever, or prodigal with their crafts, as the enchanters of the pre-Imperial
Heartland. Many enchantments did they lavish upon even the least of their possessions, and
from father to son of martial class might descend such heirlooms as to beggar a prince of the
Modern Era. These artifacts may not be discerned by their age, for many objects of Elven
craft also have stood the tests of time in great abundance. The only sure mark is in the
provenance and documentation, for many powers may lie unguessed within the subtle
wortcrafts of these Kings of Wizardry.

The BattleAxe of Rubicund Wisdom bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
DESTRUCTION, and casts the spell of Teleport, and provides the preternatural Blessing of
Athleticism when equipped.

The BattleAxe of Furious Swiftblade bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
SHORTBLADE, and casts the spell of Jumping, and provides the preternatural Blessing of
Athleticism when equipped.

The Broadsword of the Flea's Leaping grants benefits in the disciplines of JUMPING, casts
the spell of Jumping, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when equipped.

The Broadsword of Percipient Wisdom grants benefits in the disciplines of
THAUMATURGY, casts the spell of Medium Cure Health, and provides the preternatural
Blessing of Athleticism when equipped.

The Claymore of the Hare's Fleetness affords some abilities in the arts of RUNNING, and
casts the spell of Running, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when
equipped.

The Claymore of Transcendent Wisdom affords some abilities in the arts of MYSTICISM,
and casts the spell of Major Cure Health, and provides the preternatural Blessing of
Athleticism when equipped.

The CrossBow of Grand Sureflight affords some abilities in the arts of MISSILE, and casts
the spell of Medium Shield, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when
equipped.

The Dagger of the Tiger's Stalking grants benefits in the disciplines of STEALTH, casts the
spell of Minor Cure Health, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when
equipped.

The Dagger of Emerald Wisdom grants benefits in the disciplines of RESTORATION, casts
the spell of Minor Shield, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when
equipped.
358                    3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

The Javelin of the Fervent Dolphin bears enchantments enhancing the skills of SWIMMING,
and casts the spell of Medium Cure Health, and provides the preternatural Blessing of
Athleticism when equipped.

The LongBow of Furious Smiting grants benefits in the disciplines of BLUNTWEAPON,
casts the spell of Medium Shield, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when
equipped.

The Longsword of Iniquitous Surprise bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
BACKSTABBING, and casts the spell of Major Cure Health, and provides the preternatural
Blessing of Athleticism when equipped.

The Longsword of Auricular Wisdom bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
ALTERATION, and casts the spell of Minor Cure Health, and provides the preternatural
Blessing of Athleticism when equipped.

The Mace of the Furious Horny Fist affords some abilities in the arts of HANDTOHAND,
and casts the spell of Teleport, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when
equipped.

The Short Sword of the Fervent Swimmer affords some abilities in the arts of SWIMMING,
and casts the spell of Medium Cure Health, and provides the preternatural Blessing of
Athleticism when equipped.

The Short Sword of Argent Wisdom affords some abilities in the arts of ILLUSION, and casts
the spell of Medium Shield, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when
equipped.

The ShortBow of Furious Deep Cleaving bears enchantments enhancing the skills of AXE,
and casts the spell of Minor Shield, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism
when equipped.

The WarAxe of Furious Hewing grants benefits in the disciplines of LONGBLADE, casts the
spell of Running, and provides the preternatural Blessing of Athleticism when equipped.
                                [7] HARVEST'S END, 3E 172         359



[7] Harvest's End, 3E 172*


See vol. I: Tal Marog Ker's Researches / Harvest's End, 3E 172.
360                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[8] Letters

[8.1] {Letter from Clarentavious Valisious}


For the eyes of the Exalted Grand Marshall of His August Imperial Highness' Legions, from
his Peer of the Twilit Fastnesses, the Battlemage Clarentavious Valisious.

As you read this, I am dead. My life, however, has not been given in vain, for I have
vouchsafed you one small hope in all this tide of despair. The Great Star Galley, wrought by
my own hand, still stands ready for your service. It will transport you to the High Halls and
Librarium of the College.

Feigning vile possession and fellowship with the Enemy, I have contrived to conceal it from
them, by dismantling my ingenious Opening Mechanism, and hiding away the five cogs upon
which its workings depend. I leave one cog here for you, the others I have cunningly secreted.
Assemble the mechanism, and you shall gain entry to the Star Galley Crib.

Beware the one that is named Methats.

He alone, I fear, suspects my ruse and might discover the workings.

One more criterion must be fulfilled before the Star Galley can convey you to the Colleges.
Despite my many exertions upon the issue, the Galley requires the full puissance of all five
anchors to pierce the mana streams and win free of its moorings.

One such anchor is here in my quarters. If but one anchor is not conjoined, the Galley will
lack the power to depart this space.

Now listen and pay heed. If you would achieve this undertaking and drive the dark ones from
our Emperor's sovereign estate, seek out my remains. There you shall find the Typos Sophia,
that shields any who possess it from the Taking into puppetry that is Possession. If you find
me yet alive by some miracle, it shall be yours for your great purpose.

In Finis, when addressing the burial of those souls fallen here, I pray you remember their
valour and their service in the name of Empire and forever hold high the name of Battlemage.
                                  [9] MESSAGES: MESSAGE 1                               361



[9] Messages

[9.1] {Message from Jagar Tharn}


[a neatly penned message on a small piece of paper, many times folded, and signed in a bold,
formal hand]

Read this and let it be judged fair, nor doubted.

The bearer wears the form of Lomegan Mariel, Imperial Secretary, but is indeed Sirran
Angada. Sirran Angada enjoys my countenance, and speaks with my voice.

                                          Jagar Tharn
362                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[9.2] {Unsigned Message}


Upon the central island is Lord Dagon's Hunting Lodge. Those who pledged their immortal
spirits in return for services are bound here for Dagon's sport. These miserable wraiths are
mad and malevolent, but in life each was proud and powerful. Seek their treasures: the
Longbow of Heaven's Hail, the Boots of Peace, the Gauntlets of the Poor, and the Helmet of
the Light Within. The Longbow casts arrows and spells with deadly accuracy. The Boots,
once worn by a famed mortal warrior who had renounced the use of weapons, confer great
skill in unarmed combat and feats of physical daring. The Gauntlets render the wearer
resistant to magic, while the Helmet draws power from an opposing spellcaster and lends that
power to its wearer. Some of these items are carried by the wraiths who possessed them in
life; other items are hidden where the diligent might find them.

A Dark Seducer, Lord Dagon's personal bodyguard and current paramour, carries the Sword
of the Moon Reiver, a unique sword forged from Dagon's own substance. No other weapon
has such power to do him harm. Seek her, vanquish her, and seize her sword, or your errand is
hopeless.

Entry to the Lodge is blocked by three great Sigil Wards. The Amulets of Entry for these
Sigils are carried by Dagon's greatest lieutenants. They are terrible in skill and power, and
protected from many weapons and magics -- but you need these amulets to approach Dagon.

Do not hope for aid from us in this place. This message is all we can provide. All else is
arrayed against you in this place. Trust no one.

Your friend is held in Lord Dagon's Hunting Lodge. Lord Dagon himself stands guard.
Beware of a trap. Lord Dagon is well-served by many spies. And if you would have a chance
against him, you must not fail of these things:

Gird yourself with the Armor of the Savior's Hide.
Arm yourself with the Sword of the Moon Reiver.
Trust in the power of secret names, and the aid of absent friends.
Put your hope in the shock of surprise, and the swiftness of desperate action.

The obstacles you face seem insurmountable. Thus will Lord Dagon be wonderfully dismayed
when you succeed.

Beyond all hope, weigh daring against the odds, and courage against despair.
                                       [10.1] {NOTE}                                     363



[10] Notes

[10.1] {Note}


[beneath several large, important-looking charts and diagrams]

Behold the ritual of making for the Grand and Thaumaturgical and Most Puissant Trebuchet
of Overarching Peril.

He that touches this parchment to the workings of the Trebuchet of Granvellusa and releases
its spirits therein shall apprehend before him an full and ready Engine of Mighty Destruction
for the subjugation of the Foes of all Direnni.

Forromeo has spoken. The world shall hear. Let all peoples tremble before the everlasting
might and grandeur of Clan Direnni.
364                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[10.2] {Note}


[These words are painstakingly scratched onto the parchment in watery uneven strokes]

The Armor of the Savior's Hide may safeguard you against the sting of the Spear of Bitter
Mercy. It turns the blow of an oath-breaker and guarded me against Dagon's hand, but not
against his venomous intellect.

Alas, my memory is clouded. So much time has passed since I took the pieces and hid them
from my own sight. I fear I have done the task too well.

I never wished to see the armor again, much less suspected it might be needed by another.

Enough of regrets. These faint snatches are as much as I recollect through the years of
madness. Make of them what you will.

One piece I recall in a place high over the water, a narrow margin, between two plumb drops,
one below, one above, looking down on the lookout and the faint creaking of timbers.
Another is somewhere similar, within stagger of the first but in the center of a people-home.
Where folk would gather, full of music and laughter and the slop of water of life, high above
the water and ringed all about with stone.
The third I placed in a most wet and inaccessible locale, for I had no thought for decay and
the crust of nature. All about was the sound of the great blue and slits of light fell through to
the water below. My friends would cast nets and lines to catch food from here, but I cannot
fetch out the name of it.
The fourth lies within the mountain, in the tall tower, in the darkness beyond the curtain of
water.
The fifth waits in cold darkness down below.

The last sailed up into the sky, and there revolved at the call of the wind. I tacked it to the
canvas, so I know not if it still hangs there.
                                        [10.3] {NOTE}                                       365



[10.3] {Note}


[Written in red... ink?... on a torn piece of parchment in an elegant, precise hand. The note is
unsigned.]

Lehmekweh

I expect an unexpected guest. See the unseen, and conduct this guest into my presence with
the greatest hospitality.
366                    3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[10.4] {Note}


[Scrawled on a scrap of paper in a forceful feminine hand is what appears to be a phonetic
transcription of a code in Daedric: the three letters jeb, meht, & quam:]

djeh meh kweh
                                       [10.5] {NOTE}   367



[10.5] {Note}


[scawled on a piece of foolscap torn from a book]

Roht = Rishaal = Peytifar
368                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[10.6] {Note}


[scawled on a piece of linen torn from a drape]

Meht = Gatanas = Memasgiat
                                       [10.7] {NOTE}   369



[10.7] {Note}


[scrawled on a piece of linen torn from a drape]

Zyr = Zenaide = Berkul
370                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[10.8] {Note}


[handwritten scrawled on the floor with a piece of charcoal]

I am dead. Tell my tender Mother dear I loved her, and Tamriel and my Emperor. Akatosh
curse the name of the traitor and all daedra. Mara bless and guard my soul.

You who find me - avenge me, take the traitor's blood in my name, and take in hand The
Dagger of the Stolid Kin, borne by my father and forged by his father before him. Beware of
magic while you carry this blade, but fear neither the sting of poison nor the sear of shock.
                                        [10.9] {NOTE}                                       371



[10.9] {Note}


[These lines are scribbled hastily on crumpled vellum. From the stains and the changes in ink
colour, you guess they were written over a long period of time.]

What new madness is this? Is it not enough that I am to be tormented here for all time with
the pain of my friends? The island is crawling with horrors and my ears are filled with the
shrieks of mortals, torn apart for sport!

I cannot leave, I am cursed to stay, but I shall not stand by and watch others be so used! There
must be some way I can help them.

I have heard one of them speak of the great horned temple, the way to leave this place, and of
the six keys to its great door. The temple must be the one in Granvellusa. The keys I fancy are
hidden away in the other temples.

They babble about a ritual hunt, as if this torture were a holy office! And their own temple,
the emerald abomination, seems the key to all, their arsenal and their demesne. I have seen
them foray out from it with their spears and their hounds of ice and fire.

For now it seems I am safe here, but I long to return to my little croft-cottage on Hartmoor,
where I can bar the door, and blot out the screams. Perhaps my old armor might guard against
the terrible spears. Perhaps the next poor soul brought here might gather the keys and escape.
372                      3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[10.10] {Note from Balaherne to Herne}


Brother Herne

I do not comprehend. By the rites of the Hunt, the hare must have some chance of escape,
however small.

I understand that this is Egahirn's first Hunt, I see that he must succeed, but does it not impair
the principles of the Hunt to have him bear one of the six keys? How is the hare to wrest it
from him?

Egahirn should pass the rite as you did, as I did, as a proper hunter, in full obedience to the
forms. Surely it is the only way for the rite to be firm and fast.

Balaherne
                         [10.11] {NOTE FROM CHIMERE GRAEGYN}                              373



[10.11] {Note from Chimere Graegyn}


[in badly faded ink on parchment yellowed with age]

For any unfortunate pursued by the Hunt.

Know that you are not alone, that you have a friend in this desolate place. For the moment my
croft-cottage is safe from the hunters. Find me there, in the middle of the moor away to the
North. I can offer you shelter and respite, but come quickly, for every day I feel my strength
fading.

C.
374                       3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[10.12] {Notes from Clarentavious Valisiou}

[10.12.1] {Note from Clarentavious Valisiou}



[scribbled in an unsteady hand]

The daedra prince has forced entry. Battlespire is fallen.
Lomegan surrendered the Portal Keys, and he was struck down. I saw others Taken. Trust no
one.
The gate home is closed by the invader's sigil; the only way out now is the old Star Galley.
I tried to guard the anchors, but most were loosed. If you may avenge us, restore the anchors.
If you despair, free the last anchors, and die with our enemies.
On the indispensable Anchors and the absolute need of their perpetual preservation.

For the edification and admonition of all that should pass through this hall.
Know that this is one of the five great Anchors that moor the Battlespire in its place and retain
it in the life-flood of sustaining Mana, without which there is no light, no life, no Being.
In their o'er-reaching wisdom, the Powers have required me, against my every protest and
complaint, to affix to it a dreadful device, which you see before you, whose purpose is to
sunder and divide this anchor and imperil the Spire and all who inhabit it.

Never divide the Anchor. It is the rock on which all our lives are founded.

All Anchors must be conjoined to assure the safety and stability of the Spire.

Above all, never allow them all to be unloosed. Sure destruction shall follow, as the
Battlespire departs the flux that keeps all sides of nature in unity.

Now avaunt, and quit this chamber, lest the imp of temptation, or some unhappy humour
overcome you, and lead you onto the path of certain annihilation.

C.V.


[10.12.2] {Note from Clarentavious Valisiou}



[Scrawled in a cramped, almost illegible hand is a single word:]

boustrophedon
                         [10.13] {NOTE FROM DEYANIRA TO JACIEL}                          375



[10.13] {Note from Deyanira to Jaciel}


[Among a group of notes you find the following hand-written note:]

Jaciel ­

Are you aware that some of the Seducers have been meeting in the Chapel of Reflections? I
felt distinctly that I was not welcome. I have seen other secretive and furtive behavior from
these recruits that makes me anxious.

I know you have accepted these Lordless Daedra as retainers. In fact, I strongly advocated
their case to you. You are most generous in affording them protection, and shrewd in
recruiting warriors of ancient craft and skill. But I begin to doubt the wisdom of retaining
agents of such doubtful loyalty. Perhaps this is a risk we cannot afford.

Please speak with me about this at your earliest convenience.

Love,
Deyanira
376                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[10.14] {Note from Herne}


For all Feydra's vassals, our Hounds.

You shall not return to the Chapel until the hunt is resolved, and the quarry's corpse is borne
in to rest upon the altar.

Remember, you are The Greater Hounds. You are to pursue and harry the quarry but must not
kill it. That honor shall be Egahirn's only.

Keep your amulets about you, the quarry is wily.

Now go, and run well, for the Hunt is a thing of beauty.

Herne.
                           [10.15] {NOTE FROM IMAGO STORM}                            377



[10.15] {Note from Imago Storm}


Dagon's incantory neonymic is Djehkeleho-dehbe-effehezepeh.
The Daedric characters are Djeh Koh Leh Oh -- Deh Beh -- Feh Ee Zeh Peh, or, in Tamrielic,
JKLO-DB-FEZP.

Xivilai's neonymic is Wegerohseh-chehkohieu.
The Daedric characters are Weh Geh Roh Seh -- Cheh Koh Eiu, or, in Tamrielic, WGRS-
CKU.

Faydra's Neonymic is Nepehkweh-kodo.
The Daedric characters are Neh Peh Kweh -- Koh Doh, or, in Tamrielic, NPK-KD
378                    3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[10.16] {Note to Mactana Greenway}


For Mactana Greenway, Gatekeeper.

A few more names for the Annals and Assizes of Entry. I believe these will be the last for
today.

Samar Starlover, Master of the Serpent Blade.
Grad Helthen, Grand Ipsissimus of the dissolving fires.
Clarentavious Valisious, Venerable Artificer, greybeard master of the Hammer and the
harness
Paxti Bittor, Exalted Summoner, Lion-Lord Invoker Pursuivant

{...} {...}, novice.
                     [10.17] NOTES: {NOTES TO THE BATTLESPIRE HERO} 1-3                    379



[10.17] {Notes to the Battlespire Hero}

[10.17.1] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



{...}
I sure hope you come through here, I could use the help.
We are in so much trouble! All hell's broken loose here, and the gate home's blocked with
some sort of damn thing which hurts to touch. A lot.
Have a look around, see if you can find anyone alive to talk to. I'm going to try to get a
disguise and get out in the confusion.
I'm trying to remember what the instructor always said - scout out the land, eliminate your
threats and gather resources. Or search, slaughter and steal for short.
See if you can keep up.
We're getting a real big test, looks like!

{...}


[10.17.2] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



We are heartened by your success in the Hunt.

Seek Lord Imago within his castle in the far north of Havok Wellhead. He knows of your
coming. But he may place obstacles in your path to test your merit and sincerity.

The lands of Faydra's clan lie to the west. The lands of Xivilai's clan lie to the east. These
places are not open to the Dremora, and are a mystery to us. However, it may be that a
cunning raider like yourself with find somethings of use there.

To leave this realm you must enter the gate within Imago's castle. There are three keys to this
gate. One I know is in the keeping of Lord Imago. The other two keys are, I presume, in the
hands of Dagon's favorites, Faydra and Xivilai. This gate will bear you to the Hunting Lodge
of Mehrunes Dagon, where your friend is held.

We wish we could do more to help you. The matter rests now with you, and with the Tides of
Fate.


[10.17.3] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



{...}

Glad you could make it.

bad news ­
1. wizards & guards dead. No prisoners I could find.
380                        3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

2. Daedra everywhere. Little long-ears - weak, but sneaky pack fighters. Big eyeless things
with long arms - stupid and very tough.
3. Paxti Bittor is the traitor. Daedra may have some codes and keywords, but there're plenty of
rooms and passages I can't get into.
4. Teleports don't work. Maybe mana locks, keywords? Look around - wizards are sloppy
with security.
5. Floating symbols are magic sigils, and deadly! Weir gate is sealed by a REAL nasty one.
Daedra wear amulets marked with same symbols. Tried to pass symbols wearing right
amulets, but some work, some don't - can't figure pattern.

Good news ­
1. I'm sticking close to a boss daedra named Sumeer. Stole a cloak, hood, & amulet from a
careless bodyguard. Sumeer has a mass teleportation artifact, I think. I wear the amulet, and
go when he goes.
2. My Plan A: stay close to Sumeer and improvise.
3. My Plan B: Find an amulet with the same symbol as the one blocking the weir gate to get
me back through the gate, or find something or someone else to get me through. Elseways we
will never see Tamriel again.
4. My Plan C: Sneak until I'm discovered, then take as many with me as I can.
5. Don't think they know I'm here.
6. Command and security are sloppy. Politics?
7. Left you a pair of healing potions in this scroll. Toast my health when you quaff them.

Suggestions ­
1. The door to the teleportal off the north corridor near the tiger rug has some sort of
password protection on it. Get it working. It leads upsection to Battlespire libraries, barracks,
armories, and such. DON'T COUNT ON ME to get this open. I'm riding the boss daedra's
coattails.
2. Find out how daedra got here. Bittor, the traitor, was master of teleportation and voidgates;
that's the likely route.
3. Search for codes and keys and clues and weapons. I don't think the daedra got them all by a
long shot. I couldn't search the battlemages or guards without drawing attention to myself, but
some of them may have had time to leave something for posterity. And this is the Battlespire,
for gods sakes. Who knows what stuff they have around here?
4. Stay with me, pal. Even if something happens to me, look for what's left. I'll make sure I
pass on anything I can.

Stay with me.
{...}


[10.17.4] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



{...}

They're on to me. I'm on the run.

I'm low on juice, and not in the best of health. I just began to realize I might not make it.
                     [10.17] NOTES: {NOTES TO THE BATTLESPIRE HERO} 5-7                       381

No matter what happens, I'll go out with a lot of noise and fuss. If I have to make a sacrifice,
just do me one last favor, and make sure the gesture isn't wasted. Sounds gloomy, but I need
to say it.

I hope we can look back on this someday as our greatest adventure. And if not, then drink a
flowing glass at each occasion in remembrance of me.

{...}


[10.17.5] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



{...}
I've found another of those damn things like the ones which are blocking the Weir Gate - and
a little Daedra went straight by it! I think he's got some sort of special charm or something
that lets him through. I sure can't get past.
Oh, and here's another hint for you - there's a big gem thing just near here - heals you right
up! Boy, was I glad to find it!

{...}


[10.17.6] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



Thought this might come in handy.

{...}


[10.17.7] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



{...}

So much for the disguise. One of the big ones caught me sneaking around, and ripped into me.
I knocked him through his hat, but he mussed my garments in a most thorough fashion. I
think they may be on the lookout now. Be careful.

I'm depending on silent feet and shadow spells now. You'll need two amulets to get past the
warding sigils. I left an extra one here on the dock. I found the gate, many rooms on, past a
graveyard, but don't know how the gate works. I'll hang around and slip through with the next
courier. If I can leave the gate open, you're golden. If not, you're on your own. Maybe there's
an inscription or manual hidden around somewhere.

Stay AWAY from the wraiths. I can't even scratch one. The big Daedra are tough, but dumb -
either they don't know spells, or can't cast them worth a damn.
382                        3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

Next is a place called Shade Perilous. It's a Daedra stronghold, not one of the Dagon holds,
but a Noctural domain. Makes no sense to me - Dagon and Noctural are supposed to hate each
other - but we'll see soon enough.

Keep a'coming.

{...}


[10.17.8] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



Overheard this password, but no idea what it means, or who needs it.

The Gerent of Dagon Rules Here

{...}


[10.17.9] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



{...}

So far, so good.

I'm with a group of Daedra with cloaks and hoods. Still careless, don't seem to expect trouble,
but this disguise thing is too risky. When I get a chance, I'll slip off and follow under spell
concealments.

This place is crawling with spooks and bones. They call this place the Soul Cairn. The chief --
heard one call him "Lord Something-or-Other Moath" -- sent troops out to scout. The report is
simple: DO NOT FOOL WITH THE WRAITHS! They cannot be killed or destroyed. Period.
Sounds like a good policy. These daedra troops look pretty tough, but they aren't making a
dent in the wraith things. So stay clear of them.

Our next stop is someplace called Shade Perilous. Not sure after that. A couple of my Daedra
companions had little accidents; I snatched their plunder. When I get a chance, I'll sort it out.
Anything extra or dangerous I'll dump along the way for you. I'm leaving you two Spell
Restoratives here; I got plenty extra. Keep your eyes out, and watch yourself.

{...}


[10.17.10] {Note to the Battlespire Hero}



{...}
I've heard that one of the Battlemages is still alive - Clarentavious, I think. I haven't seen him,
but then, I haven't had time to look for any secret doors or anything. They wanted him
because of some machine or other that's broken.
                  [10.17] NOTES: {NOTES TO THE BATTLESPIRE HERO}                 383

Oh, and Methats seems to be the one who's being left in charge, if you're interested.
Stay close, you might need me!
{...}
384                     3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[11] The Kendhall Book Of Riddles


                               The Kendhall Book Of Riddles
                                       by Kendhall


[Among the hundreds of riddles in this weighty tome, THE KENDHALL BOOK OF
RIDDLES, four have been marked with scraps of paper:]


Page 1

Loadbearer, Warrior
Spirited, Brave
Fleet-foot, Ironshod
Faithful One, Slave

Answer: Horse

Page 2

I rise above the roofs below
Finger up-raised to heaven
I speak in clear tones
That aim for others
To gather where I call.

Answer: Bell Tower

Page 3

Some live in me, some live on,
And some shave me to stride upon.
I rarely leave my native land.
Until my death I always stand.
High and low I may be found
Both above and under ground.

Answer: Tree

Page 4

Armor bright
Gleaming white
A single rank
Their faces blank
Now hid by night
Now bold by light
                       [11] THE KENDHALL BOOK OF RIDDLES   385

Bright red the land
Where soldiers stand

Answer: Teeth
386               3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[12] The Legendary Scourge*


See vol. I.
                      [13.4] MALHAM'S ANNOTATED COMPENDIUM ... IV                           387



[13] Malham's Annotated Compendium of Arcane Contrivances of the Second
    Age

[13.4] Malham's Annotated Compendium of Arcane Contrivances of the Second Age IV


 Malham's Annotated Compendium of Arcane Contrivances of the Second Age, Volume IV
                                   by Malham


Just as it is necessary for the state to prepare arms and to provide abundant stores of victuals
for the soldiers who are to fight for it, so it is fitting for Imperial Servants to fortify
themselves against the assaults of pagans and heretics with a multitude of sound writings. So
all know, and Malham speaks.

"White Finger of Lingering Death"
Produces the casting of Poison
By envious fate's decrees
Abide not long the lords of earth;
Beneath the poisoned bite the flesh must fall.

"Shroud of Night"
Casts the spell of Shadow
Whence art thou come? Know by his mien
That Shadow is power.

"Beacon of Warning"
Renders the power of Detect Enemy
Thine enemy be known.

"Glove of Service"
Grants the gift of lesser Monster Summoning
Though they be least, least answer thy call.

"Horn of the Hunt"
Grants the gift of modest Summon Brute
Pour out libations from the mingled cup; the soldiers answer; the captain's call.

"Badge of the Steward"
Grants the gift of Summon Wise Monster
From parched and arid wastes beyond the stars, the Wise harken to the clash of war.

"Guerdon of the Warden"
Grants the gift of grand Summon Guard"
From darkness he comes.

"Knower of Nightmares"
Grants the gift of Summon Surpassing Horror
When his horn sounds, the hosts shall part in fear and shame.
388                      3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

"Eyes of Arcane Sight"
Renders the power of Detect Spell
What works, bright or dark, are written between this world and the next? Those works you
shall read as threads woven in fire.

"Curtain of the Unseen World"
Renders the power of Invisibility
Behind this curtain he moves unknown to friend and foe.

"Beckon of the Averted Eye"
Renders the power of Chameleon
The stalker is lost in the blend of light and shadow, color and texture.

"Arms of Feathered Grace"
Renders the power of Slow Fall
He falls, but with grace and keen eye, like the raptor upon his prey.
                         [14] THE POSTING OF THE HUNT   389



[14] The Posting of the Hunt*


See vol. I.
390                    3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE



[15] The Requisite Book of Daedra*


See vol. I: The Book of Daedra.
                [16] A SHORT HISTORY OF THE AUGMENTED CRAFTWORKS                   391



[16] A Short History Of The Augmented Craftworks


                     A Short History Of The Augmented Craftworks


That others might know, and be warned and witful, those devices called "augmented" are
special, and deserving of special praise, for they bear multiple enchantments, the more
econmically to aid the enchanter and warrior is his daily labors.

The BattleAxe of Augmented Red Wisdom bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
DESTRUCTION, and does Major Frost Damage to the enemy.

The BattleAxe of Augmented Swiftblade bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
SHORTBLADE, and does Minor Frost Damage to the enemy.

The Broadsword of Augmented Leaping grants benefits in the disciplines of JUMPING, and,
when striking a target, causes Minor Frost Damage.

The Broadsword of Augmented Unseen Wisdom grants benefits in the disciplines of
THAUMATURGY, and, when striking a target, causes Medium Fire Damage.

The Claymore of Augmented Fleetness affords some abilities in the arts of RUNNING, and
causes Medium Frost Damage to a victim on contact.

The Claymore of Augmented Unknown Wisdom affords some abilities in the arts of
MYSTICISM, and causes Major Fire Damage to a victim on contact.

The CrossBow of Augmented Sureflight affords some abilities in the arts of MISSILE, and
causes Medium Magic Damage to a victim on contact.

The Dagger of Augmented Stalking grants benefits in the disciplines of STEALTH, and,
when striking a target, causes Minor Fire Damage.

The Dagger of Augmented Green Wisdom grants benefits in the disciplines of
RESTORATION, and, when striking a target, causes Minor Magic Damage.

The Javelin of the Augmented Dolphin bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
SWIMMING, and does Medium Fire Damage to the enemy.

The LongBow of Augmented Smiting grants benefits in the disciplines of BLUNTWEAPON,
and, when striking a target, causes Medium Magic Damage.

The Longsword of Augmented Surprise bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
BACKSTABBING, and does Major Fire Damage to the enemy.

The Longsword of Augmented Golden Wisdom bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
ALTERATION, and does Minor Fire Damageto the enemy.
392                  3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

The Mace of the Augmented Horny Fist affords some abilities in the arts of
HANDTOHAND, and causes Major Frost Damage to a victim on contact.

The Short Sword of the Augmented Swimmer affords some abilities in the arts of
SWIMMING, and causes Medium Fire Damage to a victim on contact.

The Short Sword of Augmented Silver Wisdom affords some abilities in the arts of
ILLUSION, and causes Medium Magic Damage to a victim on contact.

The ShortBow of Augmented Deep Biting bears enchantments enhancing the skills of AXE,
and does Minor Magic Damage to the enemy.

The WarAxe of Augmented Hewing grants benefits in the disciplines of LONGBLADE, and,
when striking a target, causes Medium Frost Damage.
               [17] STARKHORN'S COMPENDIUM OF HIS ARTS AND CRAFTS ...                  393



[17] Starkhorn's Compendium Of His Arts And Crafts In The Realms Of
    Lesser Enchantments


  Starkhorn's Compendium Of His Arts And Crafts In The Realms Of Lesser Enchantments
                                     by Starkhorn


TAKE CARE. The excellences of my works may not always be ready to the eye, and may lie
deep within the warp and weft of the spirit weave.

The BattleAxe of Starkhorn's Swiftblade bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
SHORTBLADE, and gives some Resistance to Shock when equipped by the owner.

The Boots of Starkhorn's Fleetness affords some abilities in the arts of RUNNING, and, when
in use by the owner, provides a modest Resistance to Poison.

The Broadsword of Starkhorn's Unseen Wisdom grants benefits in the disciplines of
THAUMATURGY, and, when equipped, confers a measure of Resistance to Magic for its
owner.

The Claymore of Starkhorn's Unknown Wisdom affords some abilities in the arts of
MYSTICISM, and, when in use by the owner, provides a modest Resistance to Poison.

The CrossBow of Starkhorn's Sureflight affords some abilities in the arts of MISSILE, and,
when in use by the owner, provides a modest Resistance to Poison.

The Cuirass of Starkhorn's Swimmer affords some abilities in the arts of SWIMMING, and,
when in use by the owner, provides a modest Resistance to Fire.

The Dagger of Starkhorn's Green Wisdom grants benefits in the disciplines of
RESTORATION, and, when equipped, confers a measure of Resistance to All Elements for
its owner.

The Gauntlets of Starkhorn's Red Wisdom bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
DESTRUCTION, and gives some Resistance to Shock when equipped by the owner.

The Greaves of Starkhorn's Leaping grants benefits in the disciplines of JUMPING, and,
when equipped, confers a measure of Resistance to Magic for its owner.

The Helmet of Starkhorn's Stalking grants benefits in the disciplines of STEALTH, and, when
equipped, confers a measure of Resistance to All Elements for its owner.

The Javelin of Starkhorn's Dolphin bears enchantments enhancing the skills of SWIMMING,
and gives some Resistance to All Elements when equipped by the owner.

The LongBow of Starkhorn's Smiting grants benefits in the disciplines of BLUNTWEAPON,
and, when equipped, confers a measure of Resistance to Magic for its owner.
394                   3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE

The Longsword of Starkhorn's Golden Wisdom bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
ALTERATION, and gives some Resistance to Frost when equipped by the owner.

The Mace of Starkhorn's Horny Fist affords some abilities in the arts of HANDTOHAND,
and, when in use by the owner, provides a modest Resistance to Fire.

The Pauldrons of Starkhorn's Surprise bears enchantments enhancing the skills of
BACKSTABBING, and gives some Resistance to Frost when equipped by the owner.

The Short Sword of Starkhorn's Silver Wisdom affords some abilities in the arts of
ILLUSION, and, when in use by the owner, provides a modest Resistance to Fire.

The ShortBow of Starkhorn's Deep Biting bears enchantments enhancing the skills of AXE,
and gives some Resistance to Frost when equipped by the owner.

The WarAxe of Starkhorn's Hewing grants benefits in the disciplines of LONGBLADE, and,
when equipped, confers a measure of Resistance to All Elements for its owner.
                        [18] STARLOVER'S LOG   395



[18] Starlover's Log*


See vol. I.
396
                   3. AN ELDER SCROLLS LEGEND: BATTLESPIRE


[19] The Vagaries of Magicka*


See vol. I.
                        [20] THE WATERS OF OBLIVION   397



[20] The Waters Of Oblivion*


See vol. I.
398
                                            399


4. The Elder Scrolls Adventures: Redguard
400
                               [1] BOOK OF DWARVEN LORE                                 401



[1] Book of Dwarven Lore


                                  Book of Dwarven Lore
                                    by Arrin Favoril


[This book on Dwarven lore reveals that the Dwarves were destroyed long ago by the Dark
Elves. There is one interesting passage which translates the Dwarven language, which bears a
slight resemblance to Elven.]
402                       4. THE ELDER SCROLLS ADVENTURES: REDGUARD



[2] Brother Kithral's Journal


                                         Brother Kithral's Journal1


[The journal of Brother Kithral, wherein he describes a search for Archmage Voa's ring in the
caverns below Stros M'Kai. This last part reveals much.]


I can taste the poison in my mouth - a yellow fog in the chest that clogs the vital passages.
The gash in my side weeps fast - which will kill me first - wound or toxin?

Damn her impatience! And damn my pride to think I might find the ring in this nefarious
darkness on my own. But she missed the rendezvous & I fear we are running out of time.
With the Archmage's ring we are one step closer to restoring the Crowns to power. I am sure
his body is here. Some trick of the undercurrent in the wake of the battle. The spiders milk is
deep. I - Iszara I pray nothing has happened to you. I hear the goblins behind the door. Ubula
Ubula Ubula they come for me. I have failed you my love the ring is nowhere nearer

You must hurry

The League is closing in the Empire is closing in.

The Darkness is close[r...]2




1
  ESAR has two different readings of the journal: The one above, which is a transcription of the actual picture of
the text, and its recitation by Brother Kithral himself with the following subtitles: "I can taste the poison in my
mouth; a yellow fog in the chest that clogs the vital passages. The gash in my side weeps fast -- which will kill
me first: wound or toxin? Damn her impatience! And damn my pride to think I might find the ring here in this
nefarious darkness on my own. But she missed the rendezvous and I fear we are running out of time. With the
Archmage's ring we are one step closer to restore the Crowns to power. I am sure his body is here, some trick of
undercurrent in the wake of the batt--- the spider's milk is deep. Iszara! I pray nothing has happened to you! I
hear the Goblins behind the door -- Ubula! Ubula! Ubula! -- They come for me! I have failed you, my love, and
the ring is nowhere nearer! You must hurry! The League is closing in! The Empire is closing in! The Darkness is
closi--"
2
  Reading unsure.
                                  [3.8] ELVEN ARTIFACTS VIII                                  403



[3] Elven Artifacts

[3.8] Elven Artifacts VIII


                                         Elven Artifact


[This book on Elven Artifacts details the Flask of Lillandril, an ancient flask with the ability
to absorb magic. The Flask was suppsedly shipwrecked with its founders off the coast of Stros
M'Kai sometime during the 1st Era.]


[...] of Lillandril, a magical flask discovered during the 1st Era of Tamriel (c. 1E470) by a
group of Elves living in Lillandril, a port city on the Northern shore of Summerset Isle. Upon
learning that the flask had the marvellous property of being able to absorb magic of any
persusasion, the founders realized their importance in the world and spread word of their
discovery.




They performed various favors for the Barons of Summerset Isle, keeping the magical powers
of the Wood Elves of Valenwood in check.




Eventually the founders, worried that Wood Elf assassins may kill them and take the flask,
left Summerset Isle for the City of Daggerfall, in High Rock, where they hoped to buy their
safety from the Clan Direnni, to live in secret, protected by the Direnni.

While sailing from Summerset to High Rock they were ahipwrecked on the coral reef along
the southern coast of what is now Stros M'Kai. The founders were killed and the Flask of
Lillandril was lost.

Stories of the flask have appeared over the ages, but it is still believed by many that it is lost
somewhere on the island of Stros M'Kai.




Reference linking the island to the flask occur in manuscript fragments on unknown but
ancient origin held in the private library of Kuric Dexian at Sentinel. One piece, the Lagan
Text, has symbols (reproduced above) which could be interpreted as map references. This has
404                  4. THE ELDER SCROLLS ADVENTURES: REDGUARD

led to the theory that the location of the flask was known at some time after the founders
demise. In particular [...]
                            [4] FFOULKES FIRMAMENT   405



[4] Ffoulkes Firmament*


See vol. I: The Firmament
406                   4. THE ELDER SCROLLS ADVENTURES: REDGUARD



[5] Flora of Hammerfell


                                     Flora of Hammerfell


[It says here that Aloe, when combined with Pure Water, can have healing properties.]


                                             Aloe




The ancients know well the afficiacy of the Aloe. It is a wondrous herb, useful in staunching
the flow of blood and in promoting the healing of wounds. It has also been found to lessen the
effect of the pox. An elexir may be simply made by combining the licqor from a crushed leaf
with purest water.

                                           Angelica




Angelica is known among those who dwell in Hammerfell as a delicacy when crystalised. It
has been used to cure the flatulence.

                                             Basil




This herb is beneficial for reducing swelling in the proboscus. It is applied as a poultice over
the affected area as a precautionary measure, straws should be placed in the nostrils prior to
application [...]
                                     [6] ISZARA'S JOURNAL                                    407



[6] Iszara's Journal


                                        Iszara's Journal


First Seed 26. CE 864

This will be my last entry, as I'm taking leave of this maddening torpor: the time to act is at
hand! Basil and the rest of his lazy wolves are content to mourn our Prince and hide in
shadows, even while we have the very thing the Governor fears most!

For months my love has lain in amber while the Empire firms its hold. Hammerfell will be
lost forever if Prince A'tor is not restored.

I am decided: if the League can't shake its slumber, then I will steal the soulgem as they sleep!
By morning I'll be in Stros M'Kai where there are others who might give me the help I need.

Cyrus

The gypsy woman told me you would come to Stros M'Kai. I laughed in her face of course.
but I leave this warning if only for respect of one's elders. If the blood-lock is opened then I
know it is you, and ask you to please heed the next:

Leave me my dilemma and go back to whatever road you love best those days.

You've had ample practise.
408            4. THE ELDER SCROLLS ADVENTURES: REDGUARD



[7] Keep Out


                                Keep Out


                            KEEP OUT
                    Until Further Notice & by Order of
                  The Provisional Governor of Stros M'Kai
                           Lord Admiral Richton

                               NO ONE
                              MAY ENTER
                              THIS AREA
                                     [8] N'GASTA'S NECROMANCY BOOK                         409



[8] N'Gasta's Necromancy Book


                                          N'Gasta's Necromancy Book1
                                                   by N'Gasta


[This must be the spell N'Gasta used to reach Clavicus Vile.2]




                                                     The jacinth wakes the rising sun.
                                                       and snow blankets the grass.
                                                    But night o'ertakes the mid-day sky.
                                                        and the gate is opened last.




1
    Cf. vol. I: N'Gasta! Kvata! Kvakis!
2
    Transliteration:

THE TIME IS
NOW
THE CURSE IS
SPOKEN
ARISE DEMON
AND BA NAMED
VENGEANCE

[...]

BAWARE
410              4. THE ELDER SCROLLS ADVENTURES: REDGUARD



[9] No Trespassing


                               No Trespassing




                           NO TRESPASSING

                    THIS SITE HAS BEEN CLAIMED BY
                THE IMPERIAL ARCHAEOLOGICAL SOCIETY

                             AUTHORIZED
                              PERSONNEL
                                ONLY

                      DWARVEN EXCLAMATION ACT 2E864
                       [10] REDGUARDS. THEIR HEROES & HISTORY   411



[10] Redguards. Their Heroes & History*


See vol. I: Redguards, Their History and Their Heroes.
412              4. THE ELDER SCROLLS ADVENTURES: REDGUARD



[11] Richton's Palace Expansion Schematic


                      Richton's Palace Expansion Schematic
                                   [12] TEXT ON POTIONS                      413



[12] Text on Potions


                                       Text on Potions


[Says here that Orc's Blood mixed with Pig's Sac provides great strength.]
414                    4. THE ELDER SCROLLS ADVENTURES: REDGUARD



[13] Tobias' Letter


                                          Tobias' Letter


Cyrus -

I hope this letter finds your hand, friend.

My latest travels have brought me to Stros M'Kai and no one here has seen your sister for
three months. I fear the worst. I feel obligated to stay for a few weeks. I will be at the Draggin
Tale Inn, should you return.

                                              Tobias
                            [14] WANTED                   415



[14] Wanted


                               Wanted




                   WANTED



                 FOR TREASON AND MURDER
                         'CYRUS'
                REDGUARD MALE 1.85 M. 80 K. 25-30 YRS.

              A REWARD OF 100 GOLD PIECES WILL BE GIVEN
               FOR INFORMATION LEADING TO THE ARREST
                 OF THIS CRIMINAL. BE IT KNOWN THAT,
                BY ORDER OF THE EMPORER, ANY PERSON
               HARBOURING A FUGITIVE WILL BE HANGED.
                                             INDEX                                           417

I. Names, Places, Titles, etc.

                     A                               Arkan · 35, 37
                                                     Arkay · 10
Abibon-Gora · 87                                     Army of Hammerfell · 278
Abuhk, Uthilla · 278                                 Artaeum · 283
Acolyte · 246-247                                    Arthago · 318
Adamantium · 141                                     Artifact · 46, 233, 235, 257, 303, 312, 357,
Aduros Nau · 87                                         380, 403
Aetherius · 177, 243, 265                            Asylum · 12-13, 49, 249
Ahrtabazus · 32                                      Atronach · 177, 285
Akatosh · 38-39, 43-44, 50, 56-58, 60, 62,           Aubk-i · 225, 318, 326, 328
   66, 96, 98, 104, 134, 155-163, 165-167,           Auriel · 98, 146
   370                                               Aurielian Gods · 156
Akatosh Chantry · 43, 57-58, 62                      Ayalea · 306
Akavari · 86, 311                                    Azura · 89
Akavarian · 86
Akavir · 34, 311                                                          B
Akaviri · 311, 329-330
Akorithi · 220, 224, 233, 326, 328                   Baan Dar · 35-37, 255
Alabaster · 35                                       Baggledon, Gerander P. · 14-15
Alcaire · 88                                         Bandit · 35, 99
Alchemist · 47, 52, 57, 72, 339, 341, 343,           Bandit God · 35
   345, 347, 349, 351, 353, 355                      Bank of Daggerfall · 14-15
Alembic · 47                                         Bankorai Pass · 79-80
Alessian · 85, 163                                   Bantha · 87
Alessian Reform · 85                                 Banthan · 83, 87
Alessians · 85                                       Baranth Do · 87
Ali · 128, 136, 162                                  Barenziah · 16, 27, 226-227, 267, 292
Aliera · 94, 99-103, 106-108, 110, 112,              Barres, Vondham · 305-306
   114, 116, 123, 128-130, 136-143, 156-             Basil · 406-407
   158, 160, 162, 164-166                            Battle of Firewaves · 33
All-Mother · 116                                     Battle of the Bluffs · 327
Amber · 294                                          Battlemage · 176-178, 257, 284, 339, 341,
Amulet · 46-47, 51, 165-166, 362, 376,                  343, 345, 347, 349, 351, 353, 355, 360,
   380-381                                              380, 382
Ancestor Worship · 87                                Battlespire · 333, 339, 341, 343, 345, 347,
Anchivius · 168                                         349, 351, 353, 355, 374, 379-382
Ansei · 23, 79-80, 278                               Baumoval, Croll · 170
Anticlere · 33, 328                                  Baylor, Ryston · 18
Anti-Magicka · 165                                   Bergama · 7
Antiphyllos · 7                                      Betony · 86, 92, 262, 325-328
Anvil · 24                                           Bjoulsae River · 329
Apprentice · 345                                     Black Knight · 26, 152
Archmage · 402                                       Black Marsh · 13, 285
Archmagister · 96, 98-99, 101, 104-105,              Blacklight · 113, 154
   113-116, 118-121, 123, 154, 156, 246              Blades · 177
Arena · 264                                          Blight · 341
Arenthia · 33                                        Blood Price · 100
Argonian · 60, 90, 92, 116                           Blood Sponge · 214
418                                            INDEX

Bloodfather · 223                                      Coven · 214
Bloodline · 222, 299                                   Craghold · 92, 327
Blossom · 339                                          Crowns · 402
Boali · 318                                            Cruethys · 154, 163
Boethiah · 311                                         Crunn · 38, 44, 50, 56, 60, 66, 71-73, 75
Book of Circles · 24, 79, 81, 278                      Cryngaine · 262, 326, 328
Book of Life · 85                                      Cryngaine Field · 326, 328
Borgas · 85                                            Crystal Tower · 25, 32, 80, 98, 112, 118,
Braeloque · 34                                           303-304
Bretic · 18, 94, 121                                   Cumberland · 329-330
Breton · 33, 85, 87-88, 92, 121, 145, 151,             Cyrodil · 262
   153, 157, 277, 302, 325, 329                        Cyrus · 407, 414
Bridwell · 92, 327
Brief History of the Empire · 17                                            D
Brisienna · 228-232, 258
Broken Diamonds · 18                                   Daedra · 33, 38, 47, 52, 54, 66, 73, 77, 83,
Brother of the Blade · 80, 278                            126-129, 142-143, 145, 152, 156, 161-
Buljursoma · 90                                           166, 265, 308, 311, 370, 374-375, 380-
                                                          382, 390
                     C                                 Daedra Prince · 83
                                                       Daedra Seducer · 52
Caladan · 314-316                                      Daedra Worshipper · 83
Calder · 30                                            Daedric · 145, 163, 265, 326, 338, 366,
Camaron · 325-328                                         377
Cameron · 318                                          Daggerfall · 5, 8, 14-15, 30, 33, 37-38, 58,
Camlorn · 30                                              61, 66-69, 79-80, 85-87, 92, 94, 96,
Camoran Usurper · 33-34, 86                               101, 106, 112, 119-120, 224-225, 228-
Captain of the Guard · 301                                229, 232, 241, 245, 258, 300, 325-329,
Caron · 137, 141, 143                                     403
Carthan · 314                                          Dai-katana · 128
Castellian · 237-239, 242                              Dar, Baan · 35-37, 211
Castle Daggerfall · 61, 68, 85, 92, 225, 232           Dark Brotherhood · 45, 249-251, 299
Castle Sentinel · 240                                  Dark Elf · 38-40, 42, 44, 50, 56, 60, 66, 92,
Castle Wayrest · 226-227, 234, 239, 244,                  94-96, 100, 106, 109, 112-116, 119-
   330                                                    120, 130, 132-133, 139, 142, 145-146,
Castle Wightmoor · 33                                     151, 153-154, 166, 265, 267, 277, 281,
Cegila · 80                                               300, 401
Champion · 100, 104-105, 264, 266, 302-                Dark Seducer · 362
   303                                                 Day of the Dead · 87
Champion of Tamriel · 104-105                          Demon · 96, 126-128, 130, 265
Chief Counselor · 327                                  Derik · 278
Chieftain · 85                                         Dexian, Kuric · 403
Chonus · 32                                            Diagna · 79, 86, 329
Clavicus Vile · 409                                    Dibella · 83, 107, 305
Cleansing · 343                                        Din · 340
Corcyr I · 94                                          Dioscori Song of Revelation · 7
Corwich · 29                                           Direnni · 85, 363, 403
Council Chamber · 302-303                              Direnni, Medora · 262, 325
Council of Three · 302                                 Direnni, Raven · 85
Council of Wizards · 303                               Divad The Singer · 23, 24, 278
                                               INDEX                                           419

Doldrums · 38, 66                                      Evermore · 30
Dowager Queen · 30
Draggin' Tale Inn · 414                                                     F
Dragon · 94-99, 101, 104-105, 114, 116,
  120-121, 123, 130-134, 155-159, 161-                 Faerie · 32, 305
  163, 165-167, 294, 306, 311                          Faerie Chain · 32
Dragonling · 47, 54                                    Fairtree · 313, 317
Dremora · 379                                          Falcreath · 131
Drigh R'Zimb · 87                                      Falcrenth · 284
Dwarf · 38, 44, 46, 50, 56, 60, 66, 72-76,             Fang Lair · 41, 131
  78, 94, 131-132, 165, 277, 401                       Farrun · 30
Dwarven · 41, 46, 75, 123, 401                         Favoril, Arrin · 401
Dwarven Exclamation Act · 410                          Fearstruck · 311-312
Dwarven Lore · 401                                     Feast of the Tiger · 87
Dwarvish · 68, 70, 72, 75                              Fey · 32, 376
Dwynnen · 30, 33, 88                                   Fiery Night · 87
                                                       Fighters Guild · 201
                     E                                 Fire Daedra · 52, 54, 265
                                                       First Era · 85-88, 169, 311, 329, 403
Eadwyre · 27, 233, 238, 267                            First Scholar · 277
Ebonarm, Reymon · 26, 79-81, 152-153,                  First Seed · 87, 150, 407
   279-280                                             Firsthold · 25, 27, 32, 97-98, 113-114, 125,
Ebonheart · 97, 101, 113, 128, 131, 139,                  136, 219, 267
   154, 163                                            Flask of Lillandril · 403
Ebony · 12, 26, 38, 41-47, 49-52, 54, 56,              Flora of Hammerfell · 406
   58-60, 66-67, 69-70, 73-75, 78, 100,                Flower Day · 87
   109, 123, 128, 130, 132, 277                        Flyte, Auberon · 328
Ebony Blade · 109                                      Flyte, Doryanna · 328
Edward · 64, 78, 94-130, 134-146, 151,                 Free, Jeh · 100
   153-159, 161, 163, 166-167, 264                     Frieda · 302, 304
Eight Traitors · 33                                    Frincheps · 38, 44, 49-50, 56, 60, 66
Einlea · 314-317                                       Froedwig-aj-Murr · 279
Elder Circle of Wayrest · 238                          Frost Fall · 18, 38, 60
Elder Ones · 32
Elder Scrolls · 1, 5, 333, 399                                              G
Elsweyr · 11, 90, 285
Elvish · 94, 96, 121                                   Gallwood, Odiva · 85
Elysana · 234, 237, 267                                Gardner · 329-330
Emperess of Tamriel · 18                               Gardner, Aphren · 330
Emperess Regent · 12                                   Gardner, Farangel · 329
Emperor · 7, 12-13, 18, 21, 23, 33, 88, 177,           Gardtide · 87
   228-230, 245, 258, 264, 267, 339, 341,              Gargoyle · 64
   343, 345, 347, 349, 351, 353, 355, 360,             Gatekeeper · 378
   370                                                 Geoffrey · 163-166
Emperor of Tamriel · 12, 88, 177, 258                  Geon, Bibenus · 25
Engelsdottir, Ora · 137                                Gerthland · 170-171
Ephen · 154                                            Gerthland Manor · 170-171
Esthlainder · 303                                      Gethessa · 284
Eternal Champion · 264, 266                            Gheateus · 32
Evening Star · 87                                      Ghost · 7, 33, 54, 141, 240, 277, 306
420                                           INDEX

Ghraewaj · 83                                         Hasillid · 93
Ghulari · 299                                         Hattu Mountain · 24
Giant · 28, 38, 44, 50, 54, 56, 60, 66, 76-           Heartfire · 83
   77, 83, 107, 176, 277-278, 293                     Helena · 33
Gil, Vir · 102                                        Hellion · 277
Ginko · 295                                           Helseth · 237-239, 242, 267
Glenpoint · 18, 85, 285                               Helstrom · 7
Glenumbra Moors · 18-19, 88                           Her Terrible Majesty · 18
Glenumbria Moors · 85                                 Hergen · 170-171
Goblin · 40-41, 94, 100, 119, 158, 277-               Herne · 372, 376
   278, 402                                           High Desert · 24
God of Animals · 90                                   High Elf · 94-95, 114, 116, 120, 130, 281,
God of Mercy · 84                                        325
God of War · 26                                       High Elven · 68
Gold · 45, 48                                         High Priest · 39-40
Golem · 177, 278, 285                                 High Rock · 29-30, 33-34, 38, 40, 70, 80,
Gortwog · 235-236, 245, 267                              85-88, 98, 100, 108, 136, 151-153, 157,
Goth, Aegrothius · 302                                   264, 285, 302, 329, 403
Gothryd · 233, 245, 267, 326-328                      Hira · 23-24
Graddock · 325, 328                                   His Terrible Majesty · 12-13
Graegyn, Chimere · 373                                Horley · 329
Granitsta · 279                                       Hunding · 23-24, 79-81, 278
Great Library · 304                                   Hunding, Frandar · 23, 79-81, 278
Greensly, Barbabyth · 174
Greklith · 318                                                              I
Grellan · 148, 152
Grey Falcon · 28-29                                   Ice · 151, 153
Groevinger, Hoennig · 279                             Ice Daedra · 54
Grungdingler · 302                                    Ice Golem · 278
Guild of Playwrites, Actors, and                      Ichor · 293-294
   Dramatists · 38, 66, 68                            Iliac Bay · 8, 34, 83-87, 179, 224, 228,
Guildmagister · 302                                       299, 320, 322, 325, 327-329
Guildmaster · 21, 201                                 Illthre, Palaux · 33
Gurnsey · 38, 44, 50, 56, 60, 66, 71-72               Illyadi · 32
                                                      Imperial Archaeological Society · 410
                    H                                 Imperial Battlemage · 177-178
                                                      Imperial City · 7, 12, 169, 277, 305
Hall of the Virtues of War · 23-24, 79-80,            Imperial Majesty · 229
  278                                                 Imperial Province · 277, 285
Hallin · 278                                          Imperial University · 277, 306
Hammerfell · 33, 41, 79, 83, 87, 90, 94,              Inn · 38, 44, 60, 66, 70-71, 75, 77, 170,
  131, 155, 246-247, 277-278, 285, 303,                   414
  305, 318, 406-407                                   Isle of Craghold · 92
Harald of Ysgramoor · 151                             Iszara · 402, 407
Harald of Ysgramor · 151                              Ius · 90-91
Hare · 357
Harlyth · 92                                                                J
Harpy · 64, 73, 83
Harrow · 342                                          Jarth, Waughin · 12
Harryston · 92                                        Jehanna · 30
                                              INDEX                                         421

Jephre the Singer · 65, 110, 152, 281                 Lheban · 38-42, 44-46, 48, 50, 56, 60-66
Jhone, Anido · 28                                     Lhotun · 240-241, 318
Jilathe · 33                                          Ligen, Erystera · 30
Jode · 8                                              Lillandril · 403
Joile · 80-81, 329                                    Lilmoth · 7
Jone · 8, 107, 125                                    Lisandus (i.e. Lysandus) · 240
Josea · 146-147, 149-153                              Lizard · 311
Journeyman · 342                                      Longleat, Sathyr · 329
Julgen · 92                                           Loredas · 155
Julia · 80-81                                         Loziard · 314-317
Julianos · 38, 44, 50, 56-57, 60-62, 65-66,           Lycanthropy · 179, 284-285
    163, 305                                          Lyrisius · 311
                                                      Lysandus · 30, 241, 245, 258, 262, 267,
                    K                                    325-328
                                                      Lyttumly, Porbert · 14
Kambria · 34
Kane, Melius · 277                                                       M
Karessen, Varnard · 284
Karoodil · 27                                         Mad Pelagius · 88
Katana · 46, 51-52, 109, 128                          Madylina · 170-171
Kati · 80                                             Mages Guild · 47, 68, 79, 204, 209-211,
Kendhall · 384                                          246, 284, 288, 299, 302-303
Khajiit · 28-29, 41, 72, 93, 103, 106, 110,           Magicka · 32, 40, 46, 51, 68, 78, 80, 121,
   130, 136                                             163-166, 246, 298, 396
Khajiiti · 78, 93, 325                                Maiden of the Spirit Sword · 79-81, 278
Khajiits · 115, 130                                   Malacath · 180
Kieran the Bard · 313-314, 316-317                    Maldor · 269
King of the Worms · 243                               Malham · 387
King of Worms · 243, 271                              Mana · 115, 127, 343, 360, 374, 380
Kithral · 402                                         Mannimarco · 243
Klaius · 262                                          Mantella · 177, 257
Knahaten Flu · 28                                     Mantiarco · 18
Komon · 38-44, 50, 56-57, 60-63, 66                   Mara · 9, 101-103, 128, 151-152, 269-270,
Koomu Alezer'i · 87                                     370
Kragenmoor · 154                                      Marog · 359
Kreestrom, Casmyr · 278                               Marukh · 88, 143, 169, 192
Kronin · 154                                          Master · 26, 36, 80, 160, 271, 278-280,
Krowle · 279                                            345, 378
Kurallian Mountains · 302, 304                        Medora · 262, 325
Kynareth · 327                                        Mehrunes Dagon · 362, 364, 377, 379, 382
                                                      Melarg, Destri · 23, 277-278
                    L                                 Memory Stone · 79
                                                      Mephala · 249, 251
Lady Magnessen · 228-232                              Mid Year · 18, 80, 87-88, 147, 155
Lagan Text · 403                                      Millie · 38, 44, 50, 56, 60, 66
Lainlyn · 83, 300                                     Milnes, Enric · 7
Lake Vread · 35                                       Mithril · 123, 131, 134, 157
Last Seed · 87                                        Mogref · 327
Leki, Makela · 79                                     Mojhad · 93
Leprosy · 146                                         Montalion · 299, 322-323
422                                           INDEX

Moon Festival · 88                                    On the Immortality of Dust · 7
Moonguard · 302, 304                                  Oracle · 246-247, 327
Moraelyn · 95-103, 105-110, 112-121,                  Orc · 46-47, 54, 73, 86, 196, 235-236, 245,
  123-146, 153-160, 162, 166, 264                       262, 267, 269-270, 305, 322, 329, 413
Morgiah · 27, 244, 267                                Orcish · 86, 235, 245
Morkledder · 302-303                                  Order of Diagna · 79, 86, 329
Morleth · 92                                          Order of Riana · 103
Morning Star · 87, 147, 318                           Oresme · 328
Mornthaur · 297                                       Orsinium · 79-80, 86, 235, 327, 329
Morrowind · 34, 40, 59, 85, 104, 123-124,             Ortho · 38, 44, 50, 56, 59-62, 65-67, 70-72
  136, 146, 151-154, 158, 285                         Othrok · 33-34
Mournhold · 7                                         Othroktide · 33-34, 88
Mouth · 71
Music · 23, 166, 364                                                       P
Mymophonus · 9
Mynisera · 30, 245, 258                               Pasipha · 238-239
                                                      Patia · 80
                    N                                 Penwall Derry · 174
                                                      Phrygia · 34
Necromancer · 243, 252, 267                           Pixies · 32
Necromancy · 409                                      Port Supply Office · 29
Nephrine · 32                                         Priest of Akatosh · 38-39, 44, 50, 56, 60-
Nephron · 38, 44, 50, 56-60, 66, 70, 73                  62, 66
New Year · 18, 87                                     Prince of Sentinel · 240-241, 318
Newgate, Vulper · 327                                 Provisional Governor · 408
Nightside Asylum · 249                                Prufrock, Greelina · 90
Nocturnal · 83
Noctyr-a · 83                                                              Q
Nords · 34, 85, 92, 106, 112, 116, 130-133,
  143-144, 146, 151, 153-154, 157, 163,               Queen Mother · 245
  325                                                 Queen Regent · 328
Northmoor · 30
Northpoint · 30                                                            R
Notorgo · 99
Nulfaga · 30, 219, 225, 327                           Ra'athim, Katariah · 12
Numidium · 176-178, 257                               Raic · 38, 44-46, 48, 50, 56, 60-63, 65-66
Nymph · 58, 60, 299, 305-306                          Rain's Hand · 87
                                                      Raliph · 80-81
                    O                                 Ravennian Forest · 326, 328
                                                      Red Diamond · 18
Oblivion · 58, 67, 75, 251, 265, 286, 309,            Redguard · 7-8, 23, 32-33, 83, 86-87, 92,
   397                                                   94, 277-280, 296, 318, 325-326, 328,
Oelander · 279-280                                       399, 411
Oghma Infinium · 3                                    Reich Gradkeep · 33, 325-328
Oitos · 305                                           Reich Parthkeep · 108
Old Bretic · 18                                       Resolutions of Zenithar · 163
Old Dwarvish · 68, 70                                 Richton · 408, 412
Old Ones · 325                                        Riglametha · 83
Old Redguard · 7-8, 83, 87, 277, 280                  Rihad · 277
Old Way · 282                                         Riverhold · 7, 11
                                               INDEX                                           423

Roane · 95, 97, 103                                    Shornhelm · 30, 302-303
Rockcreek · 90-91                                      Shub · 38, 44, 47, 50-51, 53-56, 60, 65-66,
Rol, Witten · 26                                          78
Royal Archaeologist · 28                               Siege of Betony · 325
                                                       Siege of Craghold · 327
                     S                                 Siege of Orsinium · 327
                                                       Silk · 107, 110, 115, 130, 136-137, 139,
Sage · 302, 304                                           141, 155, 159, 166
Sai · 145-146, 149, 152-154                            Silvanda · 279-280
Samaruik · 240                                         Skaven · 277
Sanguine · 65                                          Skeleton · 33
Satakalaam · 87                                        Skyhawk · 305
Scamp · 110                                            Skyrim · 34, 64, 85, 130, 146, 151-155,
Scholar · 18, 32, 69-70, 72, 87, 277, 305-                158, 284-285, 329
   306, 312, 318, 339, 341, 343, 345, 347,             Smuthworthy, Petuva · 14-15
   349, 351, 353, 355                                  Smythe, Bresne · 311
School of Julianos · 57, 62, 65, 305                   Snarlsbane, Helnor · 28-29
Scourg Barrow · 271                                    Snow Wolf · 25
Screaming Fawn · 174                                   Solitude · 7, 64, 88
Scribe · 9, 24, 37, 325                                Soul Cairn · 382
Seaspit, Darik · 28-29                                 Spear of Bitter Mercy · 364
Second Era · 28, 86, 327                               Springseed · 152
Second Seed · 88                                       Sprites · 32
Secunda · 88                                           Starkhorn · 393-394
Seht · 338                                             Starlover, Samar · 378
Sei, Jhim · 100                                        Stendarr · 44, 51, 84, 318
Selenu · 299                                           Stete · 38, 44-48, 50, 56, 60-61, 63-66
Sentinel · 7-8, 33, 79, 85-87, 92, 220, 224,           Stronghold · 382
   240-241, 263, 305, 318, 325-328, 403                Stros M'Kai · 402-403, 407-408, 414
Sepharve · 18                                          Subterranean Realms · 245
Septim Dynasty · 329                                   Sumerset Isle · 219
Septim Empire · 33, 94                                 Sumerset Navy · 29
Septim Family · 18, 329                                Summerset Isle · 403
Septim, Cephorus II · 33, 90                           Sumurset · 25, 27-28, 32, 49, 97, 281, 303
Septim, Kintyra II · 18-19                             Sumurset Isle · 28, 32, 281, 303
Septim, Pelagius III · 12-13, 33, 88, 90,              Sunhous, Butha · 92
   268                                                 Sun's Dawn · 33, 87-88, 328
Septim, Tiber I · 88, 176-178, 224, 233,               Sun's Dusk · 87-88
   235, 243, 257-258                                   Sun's Height · 87
Septim, Uriel III · 18                                 Sword-singer · 23-24, 79
Septim, Uriel IV · 33                                  Sygria · 32
Septim, Uriel V · 34                                   Sylphim · 32
Septim, Uriel VII · 90, 229, 245, 258                  Sylvan gods · 281
Serpent Priest · 87
Shade Perilous · 382                                                        T
Shandar · 269-270
Shehai · 23-24, 79-81, 277                             Tales and Tallows · 40
Shehai Shen She Ru · 23                                Tamarilyn Point · 87
Sheogorath · 41-42, 47, 75-76                          Tamriel · 7-8, 12, 18, 32-33, 41-42, 51, 64,
Shinji, Gaiden · 329                                     77, 84, 87-88, 100, 104-105, 110, 136-
424                                           INDEX

   138, 146, 151-152, 161-162, 169-170,               Vampire · 33, 222-223, 299, 320-323, 339
   177-178, 192, 223, 235, 243, 258, 264-             Vampirism · 222-223, 299, 320, 322
   266, 284-285, 289, 302-303, 306, 310-              Vanech · 327
   311, 318, 320, 322, 325, 329-330, 370,             Vanus, Galerion · 298
   380, 403                                           Vardengroet, Gyron · 302
Tamrielian · 161                                      Vardengroet, Horstle · 302
Tamrielic · 7, 23, 338, 377                           Vathysah · 92
Tamrielic Calendar · 23                               Vegepythicus · 313
Tear · 269-270, 345                                   Viana the Pure · 83
Temple · 42, 44-45, 48, 51, 57, 61-62, 64,            Voa · 402
   78, 84, 97, 128, 162-163, 165, 199, 281,           Vrage the Gifted · 151, 153
   284, 305, 319-320, 322, 371                        Vrasethi · 299
Temple of Julianos · 61                               Vread · 35
Temple of Stendarr · 44, 84                           Vune · 277
Terron · 11
Thagore · 85                                                             W
Tharn, Jagar · 21, 264-265, 361
The Bandit God · 35                                   Wabbajack · 324
The Faerie Chain · 32                                 Waking Day · 87
The Sage · 302, 304                                   War Master · 26
The Sentinel · 328                                    War of Betony · 86, 92, 325-328
Theth-i · 87                                          War of Righteousness · 86, 327
Thieves Guild · 21, 253-256                           War of Succession · 85
Thieves Guildmaster · 21                              Warlord · 235, 245
Third Era · 38, 66, 86, 176, 277, 329                 Way of the Spirit Sword · 23
Thrassian Plague · 86, 327                            Way of the Sword · 23, 79-80
Tibedetha · 88                                        Wayrest · 27, 30, 33, 61, 85-86, 88, 94,
Tidasus · 83                                            224, 226-227, 233-234, 237-239, 242,
Tirdas · 103                                            244, 258, 267, 300, 329-330
Tobias · 414                                          Wayrest Palace · 61
Torval · 12-13                                        Weir Gate · 381
Torval Asylum · 13                                    Weltan · 7-8
Totem of Tiber Septim · 176-178, 224,                 Werebear · 284-285
   233, 235, 243, 258                                 Wereboar · 285
Treaty of Gradkeep · 325                              Werecrocodile · 285
Triop, Szun · 32                                      Werelion · 285
Troll · 54, 114, 118-119, 265                         Wereshark · 285
Trowbridge · 314-315, 317                             Werevulture · 285
                                                      Werewolf · 73, 284-285, 295, 322
                    U                                 Whilloki · 32
                                                      Wifflington, Clyton J. · 14
Undead · 33, 265, 318                                 Wild Elf · 287
Underking · 177, 220, 257, 267, 318, 327              Wild Hunt · 85
Unicorn · 94, 96-98, 104-105, 121, 265                Willow · 106-107, 109, 115-116, 130, 136-
Unterge, Irek · 264                                     139, 157-158, 161, 165
                                                      Windhollow · 29
                    V                                 Winterhold · 85
                                                      Wizard · 302-303
Valenwood · 12, 33, 90, 136, 281, 285,
  403
                                           INDEX                                         425

Wood Elf · 33, 93, 106, 115, 132, 136,             Yeorth Burrowland · 87, 326, 328
  151-153, 157, 163, 166, 281, 306, 325,           Ykalon · 34
  403                                              Yoriss · 154
Woodborne · 234, 258, 267                          Ysgramor · 151
Wraith · 382
Wren · 313                                                             Z
Wrothgarian Mountains · 46-47, 51, 56,
  70, 80, 100, 155                                 Zalither · 92
Wyrm · 311, 349, 351                               Zell · 80
                                                   Zenithar · 63, 102, 138-139, 141-142, 152,
                     X                               163
                                                   Zhen · 269
Xivilai · 377, 379                                 Zombie · 33, 271

                     Y

Yelithah · 92
426                 INDEX

II. Years

First Era                   2E 24 · 37
1E 246 · 85                 2E 120 · 83
1E 369 · 85                 2E 148 · 83
1E 470 · 403                2E 266 · 33
1E 609 · 85                 2E 456 · 32
1E 760 · 23                 2E 864 · 407, 410
1E 800 · 329
1E 808 · 87                 Third Era
1E 948 · 329                3E 12 · 18
1E 950 · 327                3E 20 · 277
1E 973 · 79                 3E 123 · 18
1E 980 · 327, 329           3E 253 · 33
1E 1100 · 329               3E 267 · 33
1E 2702 · 330               3E 400 · 318
                            3E 401 · 85
Second Era                  3E 404 · 328
2E 12 · 83
